ML20133A503: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:._ . _.. . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _                           _ . _ . . . _ . . _ _ . . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ .
{{#Wiki_filter:._ . _.. . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _
    ..   .
_ . _ . . . _
        .           *
. . _ _ . . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ .
j                                                                                                                                                                           >
..
.
*
.
j
>
l
<
<
                                                                                                                                                                            l
!
                                                                                                                                                                            !
;
;
I
  -                                                                                                                                                                       I
-
                                                                                                                                                                            1
1
l                                                                       U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION                                                                 i
l
l                                                                                           REGION I                                                                     l
U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
                                                                                                                                                                            !
i
                                                                                                                                                                            .
l
:                                                                                                                                                                           !
REGION I
  -
l
                                                                                                                                                                            ;
!
                    Docket No.:                                     50-213
.
                                                                                                                                                                            i
:
!
-
;
Docket No.:
50-213
i
License No.:
DPR-61
'
'
                    License No.:                                    DPR-61                                                                                                  !
t
t                                                                                                                                                                          ;
;
i                                                                                       .                                                                                 ,
i
                    Report No.:                                     50-213/96-11                                                                                           l
.
!                   Licensee:                                       Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company                                                                 f
,
?                                                                   P. O. Box 270
Report No.:
i                                                                   Hartford, CT 06141-0270
50-213/96-11
                                                                                                                                                                            ;
l
)                   Facility:                                       Haddam Neck Station                                                                                     !
!
u                                                                                                                                                                           !
Licensee:
]                   Location:                                       Haddam, Connecticut
Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company
                                                                                                                                                                            ;
f
?
P. O. Box 270
i
Hartford, CT 06141-0270
;
)
Facility:
Haddam Neck Station
u
!
]
Location:
Haddam, Connecticut
;
1
1
I                   Dates:                                         September 21,1996 - November 15,1996
I
                                                                                                                                                                            i
Dates:
                    inspectors:                                     William J. Raymond, Senior Resident inspector                                                           ;
September 21,1996 - November 15,1996
                                                                    Peter J. Habighorst, Resident inspector
i
inspectors:
William J. Raymond, Senior Resident inspector
;
'
Peter J. Habighorst, Resident inspector
,
!
Edward B. King, Physical Security inspector
'
'
                                                                                                                                                                            ,
i
                                                                    Edward B. King, Physical Security inspector
                                                                                                                                                                            '
!                                                                                                                                                                            i
2
2
                                                                    Barry C. Westreich, Resident inspector                                                                 ,
Barry C. Westreich, Resident inspector
                                                                    Larry L. Scholl, Reactor Engineer                                                                       l
,
;                                                                   Alfred Lohmeier, Senior Reactor Engineer                                                                 I
Larry L. Scholl, Reactor Engineer
i                                                                                                                                                                             l
l
;
Alfred Lohmeier, Senior Reactor Engineer
I
i
1
1
.
.
.
.
                    Approved by:                                   John F. Rogge, Chief, Projects Branch 8
Approved by:
!                                                                   Division of Reactor Projects
John F. Rogge, Chief, Projects Branch 8
!
Division of Reactor Projects
i
i
.
.
Line 80: Line 119:
;
;
,
,
              9612310147 961224
9612310147 961224
              PDR             ADOCK 05000213
PDR
              G                                               PDR
ADOCK 05000213
                                                                                                                                                                              ,
G
            . _ . _                         _ .,                           . _ . _ _ _ .   -.                                                                         _ __
PDR
. _ . _
_ .,
.
.
_ _ _ .
-.
_
__
,


,   ,
,
        -
,
  .
-
                                          EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
.
                                            Haddam Neck Station
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
                                  NRC Inspection Report No. 50-213/96-11
Haddam Neck Station
      This integrated inspection included aspects of licensee operations, engineering,
NRC Inspection Report No. 50-213/96-11
      maintenance, and plant support. The report covers a seven-week period of resident
This integrated inspection included aspects of licensee operations, engineering,
      inspection; in addition, it includes the results of announced inspections by regional
maintenance, and plant support. The report covers a seven-week period of resident
      specialists.
inspection; in addition, it includes the results of announced inspections by regional
      Plant Operations:
specialists.
      Licensee corrective actions were ineffective in preventing a reactor dilution on September
Plant Operations:
      26,'1996. Operations personnel did not properly monitor the transfer of water to the
Licensee corrective actions were ineffective in preventing a reactor dilution on September
      refueling water storage tank, did not investigate potential dilution of the emergency
26,'1996. Operations personnel did not properly monitor the transfer of water to the
      boration flowpath, and did not follow normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.6-3. No
refueling water storage tank, did not investigate potential dilution of the emergency
      preventive maintenance program existed for valve (BA-V-367) that was suspected of
boration flowpath, and did not follow normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.6-3. No
      leaking-by. This was an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B Criterion XVI.
preventive maintenance program existed for valve (BA-V-367) that was suspected of
      The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The quality and detailin the
leaking-by. This was an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B Criterion XVI.
      procedures improved when compared to the procedures prior to September 1,1996. A
The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The quality and detailin the
      violation of technical specification (TS) 6.8.1 was identified whereas the licensee did not
procedures improved when compared to the procedures prior to September 1,1996. A
      have a procedure for a fuel handling accident. The emergency operator procedure (EOP)
violation of technical specification (TS) 6.8.1 was identified whereas the licensee did not
      exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by the refueling
have a procedure for a fuel handling accident. The emergency operator procedure (EOP)
      crane operators. The training for operators appropriately focused on the details and
exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by the refueling
      purpose for the significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.
crane operators. The training for operators appropriately focused on the details and
                                                                                                    !
purpose for the significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.
      The reactor drain down and actions to evaluate cavity sealleakage were acceptable.
!
                                                                                                    l
The reactor drain down and actions to evaluate cavity sealleakage were acceptable.
      Actions to prepare the plant for defueling were thorough. The defueling operations were       ;
l
      safely conducted utilizing good teamwork and communications. The refueling senior             i
Actions to prepare the plant for defueling were thorough. The defueling operations were
      reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management oversight and professional                 l
;
      demeanor. Training records and the content of refueling-related training material were
safely conducted utilizing good teamwork and communications. The refueling senior
      acceptable. The licensee did not have a training program description and implementing
i
      procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined                 l
reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management oversight and professional
      management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.
l
      Maintenance:
demeanor. Training records and the content of refueling-related training material were
      The licensee addressed several significant material deficiencies prior to entry into the
acceptable. The licensee did not have a training program description and implementing
      refueling mode and completing core offload. The residual heat removal (RHR) pump failed
procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined
      due to the rotation of the baffle, which was caused by the inadequate sizing and spacing
management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.
      of the oil baffle seal. A contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the
Maintenance:
      problem was the lack of the pump vendor drawings. Actions were completed to modify
The licensee addressed several significant material deficiencies prior to entry into the
      and significantly upgrade the preventive maintenance checks performed on the refueling
refueling mode and completing core offload. The residual heat removal (RHR) pump failed
      equipment. New tools were used to facilitate fuel movement in the spent fuel pool. The
due to the rotation of the baffle, which was caused by the inadequate sizing and spacing
      plant mechanics were not provided specific guidance on the maximum torque for fasteners
of the oil baffle seal. A contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the
      on threaded cast iron flanges in the fire protection system.
problem was the lack of the pump vendor drawings. Actions were completed to modify
      The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation system was
and significantly upgrade the preventive maintenance checks performed on the refueling
      not adequate to ensure that acceptable air flow is achieved. This surveillance inadequacy
equipment. New tools were used to facilitate fuel movement in the spent fuel pool. The
                                                                                                    !
plant mechanics were not provided specific guidance on the maximum torque for fasteners
                                                                                                    l
on threaded cast iron flanges in the fire protection system.
The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation system was
not adequate to ensure that acceptable air flow is achieved. This surveillance inadequacy
l


                                          .
.
                                              _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _                         __
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _
;    .    . -
__
                                                                                                                          [
[
,              ,
          ,                                                                                                              .
I                                                                                                                        !
I                                                                                                                        i
                                                                                                                          :
!
                resulted in a historical violatior' of the technical specificetions to maintain adequate                  .
                ventilation flow during fuel movement. Additional calibration program and surveillance test              j
                deficiencies resulted in apparent violations regarding the heat trace circuits for the boric              t
                acid system, and the testing of a containment penetration.
i              The licensee addressed several significant deficiancies in the spent fuel cooling system.                ;
;              The licensee identified flaw indications in the spent fuel pool (SFP) service water system                ,
                (SWS) supply lines during the Inservice Inspection (ISI) of five welded pipe supports. NRC
                review included the location of the reported indications, the description and nondestructive              !
;              techniques used to characterize the indications, the evaluation of the SWS supply line                    i
;
;
                operability, and the corrective action taken to preclude failure of other SFP SWS supply line
.
l               piping. The safety significance of the findings of " pipe lap" defects in the supply pipe was
. -
:               satisfactorily evaluated. The expanded inspection of all SFP SWS supply pipe at the
,
,
,
.
I
!
I
i
:
!
resulted in a historical violatior' of the technical specificetions to maintain adequate
.
ventilation flow during fuel movement. Additional calibration program and surveillance test
j
deficiencies resulted in apparent violations regarding the heat trace circuits for the boric
t
acid system, and the testing of a containment penetration.
i
The licensee addressed several significant deficiancies in the spent fuel cooling system.
;
;
The licensee identified flaw indications in the spent fuel pool (SFP) service water system
,
(SWS) supply lines during the Inservice Inspection (ISI) of five welded pipe supports. NRC
review included the location of the reported indications, the description and nondestructive
!
;
techniques used to characterize the indications, the evaluation of the SWS supply line
i
;
operability, and the corrective action taken to preclude failure of other SFP SWS supply line
l
piping. The safety significance of the findings of " pipe lap" defects in the supply pipe was
:
satisfactorily evaluated. The expanded inspection of all SFP SWS supply pipe at the
!-
!-
support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of the defects, the NDE examinations of
''
''
                support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of the defects, the NDE examinations of
the defects, the analytic evaluation of the defects, and the corrective action taken was
                the defects, the analytic evaluation of the defects, and the corrective action taken was
consistent with good engineering practice.
,              consistent with good engineering practice.
,
i
i
j             Enoineerina:                                                                                             l
j
$                                                                                                                         )
Enoineerina:
                Engineering support for plant operations showed mixed performance. The initial decision                   l
$
l              regarding operational readiness of the spent fuel pool cooling system for defueling                       l
)
                operations was non-conservative with respect tc the technical specifications and the
Engineering support for plant operations showed mixed performance. The initial decision
j               implementing surveillance procedure. A planned modification to correct a long standing
l
                deficiency changed a check valve design and location was completed prior to defueling
regarding operational readiness of the spent fuel pool cooling system for defueling
operations was non-conservative with respect tc the technical specifications and the
j
implementing surveillance procedure. A planned modification to correct a long standing
)
)
,              activities. This modification was implemented to improve the cooling system
deficiency changed a check valve design and location was completed prior to defueling
activities. This modification was implemented to improve the cooling system
,
J
J
                configuration. The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool
configuration. The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool
;               was performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of pool
;
was performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of pool
temperatures,
,
,
                temperatures,
j
j              The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect safety
The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect safety
;               equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require flood barrier
;
equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require flood barrier
installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure resulted in a non-
,
(
conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to mitigate the event. This
condition is considered an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion Ill,
,
,
                installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure resulted in a non-
i
(              conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to mitigate the event. This
Inadequate engineering support was identified regarding the safety-related instrumentation
,              condition is considered an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion Ill,
setpoint calculations and calibration procedures. Two apparent violations were identified
i              Inadequate engineering support was identified regarding the safety-related instrumentation
j
                setpoint calculations and calibration procedures. Two apparent violations were identified
regarding the calculation of instrument setpoint allowances, and for the corrective actions
j               regarding the calculation of instrument setpoint allowances, and for the corrective actions               j
j
j               taken for failed instrument calibrations. The inspection also identified weaknesses in the               !
j
taken for failed instrument calibrations. The inspection also identified weaknesses in the
independent verification process. These weaknesses were evident in the setpoint reviews
'
'
                independent verification process. These weaknesses were evident in the setpoint reviews                  !
d
d              and also in a technical specification clarification that was issued for the reactor vessel level
and also in a technical specification clarification that was issued for the reactor vessel level
                indicating system.
indicating system.
i             The licensee f ailed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a
i
j               deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and inexperienced
The licensee f ailed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a
2-              personnel in the licensing organization. Although actions were completed to address
j
                deficiencies in the procedure used to assess control room habitability, the bases for the use
deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and inexperienced
4               of portable breathing apparatus was found to be inadequately supported by engineering
personnel in the licensing organization. Although actions were completed to address
l               calculations. Further NRC review is warranted to determine whether the licensing basis for
2-
;r
deficiencies in the procedure used to assess control room habitability, the bases for the use
                the spent fuel pool cooling system is adequately defined relative to single failures. The
4
of portable breathing apparatus was found to be inadequately supported by engineering
l
calculations. Further NRC review is warranted to determine whether the licensing basis for
;
the spent fuel pool cooling system is adequately defined relative to single failures. The
r
'
'
                                                                                      iii
iii
d
d
V
V
    ,   2                     ~ . -                                                       -                         - , _
,
2
~ . -
-
,
- , _


                                    . - _ _           _ _ _ _ _ . . . -
. - _ _
  *   '
_ _ _ _ _ . .
        ,
. -
    ,
*
'
,
,
l
l
?
?
l
l
1
1
        failure to make a prompt report regarding plant operation outside the design basis due to
failure to make a prompt report regarding plant operation outside the design basis due to
        an inoperable B residual heat removal pump was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72.
an inoperable B residual heat removal pump was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72.
        Plant Support:
Plant Support:
'
The licensee maintained an effective security program. Management support is ongoing as
l
l
'
evidenced by the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system and the installation of the
        The licensee maintained an effective security program. Management support is ongoing as
biometrics hand geometry system for more positive plant access control. Alarm station
        evidenced by the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system and the installation of the
operators were knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was
        biometrics hand geometry system for more positive plant access control. Alarm station
being performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and
        operators were knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was
the training was well documented. Management controls for identifying, resolving, and
        being performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and
preventing programmatic problems were effective and noted as a programmatic strength.
        the training was well documented. Management controls for identifying, resolving, and
Protected area detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security plan (the
        preventing programmatic problems were effective and noted as a programmatic strength.
Plan) commitments, and security equipment testing was being performed as required in the
        Protected area detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security plan (the
Plan Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in a timely manner as
        Plan) commitments, and security equipment testing was being performed as required in the
evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with non-functioning security
        Plan Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in a timely manner as
equipment, and documentation weaknesses noted during the previous inspection had
        evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with non-functioning security
improved. As an addition to the inspection, Section 6.8 of the Plan, titled Keys, Locks,
        equipment, and documentation weaknesses noted during the previous inspection had
Combinations and Related Equipment was reviewed. The inspector determined, based on
        improved. As an addition to the inspection, Section 6.8 of the Plan, titled Keys, Locks,
discussions with security supervision, procedural reviews, and by performing an inventory
        Combinations and Related Equipment was reviewed. The inspector determined, based on
of the key storage cabinets, using the licensee's lock and key accountability
        discussions with security supervision, procedural reviews, and by performing an inventory
documentation, that the locks and keys were being controlled and maintained as described
        of the key storage cabinets, using the licensee's lock and key accountability
in the Plan.
        documentation, that the locks and keys were being controlled and maintained as described
iv
        in the Plan.
                                                                                                    l
                                                                                                    1
                                                    iv


  . _           . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ - _ _ - _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ ..-_ _ - .._. _ _ _
. _
I                                                                                                                                                                                   !
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ - _ _ - _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ ..-_ _ - .._. _ _ _
        ..         s                                                                                                                                                               ,
I
                .
!
                            *                                                                                                                                                      ,
..
                                                                                                                                                                                    i
s
                                                                                                                                                                                    :
,
                                                                                                                                                                                    1
*
                                                                                                                                                                                    i
.
                                                                                              TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                 -!
,
                                                                                                                                                                                    l
i
                                                                                                                                                                                    1
:
                                                                                                                                                                                    ,
1
                                                                                                                                                                                    !
i
l                         EX EC'UTIVE S U M M A RY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii                                   i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-!
l
1
,
!
l
EX EC'UTIVE S U M M A RY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
i
i
                          TA B LE O F C O NT E NTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
i
..                         R E PO RT D ETA I L S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1                               !
TA B LE O F C O NT E NTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
!                                                                                                                                                                                   >
..
l                                                                                                                                                                                   ;
R E PO RT D ETA I L S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
!
!
>
l
;
l
l
                          Sum m a ry of Pla nt St at u s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1                               ;
Sum m a ry of Pla nt St at u s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1
;
l . O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
,
,
                          l . O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1
1
!                                                                                                                                                                                   6
!
6
>
t
i
01
Co nduct of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
i
01.1 Draining to the Refueling Reference Level
2
j
......................
01.2 Re actor Cavity Seal Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
l
01.3 Def ueling Activitie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
l
1
02
Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
l
O 2.1 Operational Readiness for Defueling (Mode 6) and Core Offload . . . . . . . 7
i
i
1
03
Operations Procedures and Documentation
12
j
.........................
03.1 Revision of Procedures for Shutdown Operations (eel 9 6-1 1 -01 ) . . . . . ' 12
j
>
>
                                                                                                                                                                                    t
.
i                          01            Co nduct of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2                                i
04
                                          01.1 Draining to the Refueling Reference Level ......................                                                              2      j
Operator Knowledge and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
                                          01.2 Re actor Cavity Seal Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3                                      l
j
                                          01.3 Def ueling Activitie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4                                  l
04.1 Reactor Coolant System inventory Diversion (eel 96-11-02)
                                                                                                                                                                                    1
14
                          02            Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7                                          l
;
                                          O 2.1 Operational Readiness for Defueling (Mode 6) and Core Offload . . . . . . . 7                                                      i
. . . . . . . .
                                                                                                                                                                                    i
04.2 Response to Low Cavity Level Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                                                                                                                                                                                    1
l
                          03            Operations Procedures and Documentation .........................                                                                12      j
1
                                          03.1 Revision of Procedures for Shutdown Operations (eel 9 6-1 1 -01 ) . . . . . ' 12                                                    j
05
                                                                                                                                                                                    >
Operator Training and Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                                                                                                                                                                                    .
;
                          04            Operator Knowledge and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14                                           j
05.1 Cavity Seal Lea k Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                                          04.1 Reactor Coolant System inventory Diversion (eel 96-11-02) . . . . . . . . 14                                                        ;
l
                                          04.2 Response to Low Cavity Level Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15                                             l
05.2 Operator Training on Procedural Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
                                                                                                                                                                                    1
1
                          05             Operator Training and Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16                                     ;
'
                                          05.1 Cavity Seal Lea k Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16                                     l
08
                                          05.2 Operator Training on Procedural Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17                                               1
Miscellaneous M atters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
                                                                                                                                                                                    '
08.1 19 9 6 1N PO Evalu ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
                          08             Miscellaneous M atters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
l
                                          08.1 19 9 6 1N PO Evalu ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
11. M a i nt e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
                                                                                                                                                                                    l
M1 -
                          11. M a i nt e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Conduct of Maintenance
                          M1 -           Conduct of Maintenance ............................. ........                                                                     18
18
                                          M1.1. General Comments .....................................                                                                     18      ]
............................. ........
                                          M1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)                                 ...     4 . . . . . . . .             19      1
M1.1. General Comments
                          M2             Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . .                                               22
18
                                          M 2.1 "B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Following Overhaul                                               . . . .. . .       22
]
                                          M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supply Line inspection . . . . . . . . . . 24                                                         l.
.....................................
                          M8             Previous Open items                           .........................................                                           26
M1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)
19
1
...
4 . . . . . . . .
M2
Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment
22
. . . . . . . . . .
M 2.1
"B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Following Overhaul
22
. . . .. . .
M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supply Line inspection . . . . . . . . . . 24
l
.
M8
Previous Open items
26
.........................................
M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03, Followup Refuel Equipment Failures . . . . . . . . . 26
,
,
                                          M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03, Followup Refuel Equipment Failures . . . . . . . . . 26
                                          M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, Investigation of May 23 Spent Fuel Event . . . . 27
l
l
M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, Investigation of May 23 Spent Fuel Event . . . . 27
!
!
f
f
.
.
                                                                                                            V
V
  , , . , -, .                               . _ . -             -         .                     -.             -             - -     - .                     . . . - -   ..
, , . ,
-, .
.
. -
-
.
-.
-
-
-
- .
. . . - -
..


                                                                                                                                                  1
1
.   .                                                                                                                                             l
.
  .                                                                                                                                               !
.
                                                                                                                                                  I
l
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                                                                                                                 i
.
                                                                                                                                                  i
!
      Ill. Engineering   . ...... ....... ....... ...... .                                                   .       ..... ... ..             27  l
I
                                                                                                                                                  l
Table of Contents (cont'd)
      El       Conduct of Engineering ..... ............... .. ...... .......                                                                 27 l
i
              E1.1 Instrumentation Setpoint Control (eel 96-11-04) ... ............                                                           27  l
Ill. Engineering
                  .2 Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05) . .................                                                           34
27
      E2       Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . ...........                                                 35 {
. ...... ....... ....... ...... .
              E2.1 Temporary Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Cooling . . . . . . . . .                                                   .... 35
.
              E2.2 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Check Valve Replacement . . . . ..........                                                         37
..... ... ..
              E2.3 Inadequate Auxiliary Building Flood Protection (eel 96-11 -06) . . . . . .                                                 38
l
              E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation ...........                                                   . ...........               39
El
              E2.5 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Single Failures (URI 96-11 -07) . . . . . . 40
Conduct of Engineering
              E2.6 Refueling Boron Concentration ..... .. . . ... ............                                                               45 l
27
      E7       Quality Assurance in Engineering o .tivities ... ......... ...........                                                         45
l
              E7.1   Missed Commitments . . . . . . .............                                             . ............                 45
..... ............... .. ...... .......
      E8       Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902) . . . . .                                 .. ...............                         47
E1.1
              E8.1   (Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Design Basis . . ..................                                                           47
Instrumentation Setpoint Control (eel 96-11-04)
              E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability                                       ..         . ........ .             49 ;
27
              E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loading . . . .                                           ..         .... ....         49
... ............
              E8.4 Review of LERs (VIO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09, eel 96-11-10)                                                         .....   50
.2
      IV. Plant Support     .....           ..............                       ....... . ........... ..                                   54 1
Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05) .
                                                                                                                                                  !
34
      S1      Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities .                               ......... ...........                             54
.................
      S2       Status of Security Facilities and Equipment ....... .. .. .... .....                                                           55
E2
              S 2.1 Protected Area Detection Aids . .............. ...........                                                               55 i
Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . .
      S5       Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification                                     ....... ......                   57
35
                                                                                                                                                  :
...........
      S6      Security Organization and Administration .                         ........... .. .. .......                                   57
E2.1
                                                                                                                                                  l
Temporary Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Cooling . . . . . . . . .
                                                                                                                                                  l
35
      S7      Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities . . .                                         ... .             .. ..   58
....
              67.1 Effectiveness of Management Controls .. .. .............. ..                                                               58  l
E2.2 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Check Valve Replacement . . . .
              S7.2 Audits         .. ................                             .       ... ...               . .. . ......               58 ;
37
                                                                                                                                                  !
..........
                                                                                                                                                  i
E2.3 Inadequate Auxiliary Building Flood Protection (eel 96-11 -06) . . . . . .
      F2       Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment . . . . . .                                     .....             .....     59 ;
38
              F2.1   Fire Protection         System       Valve   Flange       Cracks           .......... ... ....                       59
E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation
      V. Management Meetings . . . . .                 .. ........ ........ ....                                         .... .. ..         60
39
      X1     Exit Meeting Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   ... ..... . ..                             .     ... ..     60
...........
      X4     Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)                                                   ...... .. .           60
. ...........
                                                                        vi
E2.5 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Single Failures (URI 96-11 -07) . . . . . . 40
E2.6 Refueling Boron Concentration
45
..... .. . . ... ............
E7
Quality Assurance in Engineering o .tivities
45
... ......... ...........
E7.1
Missed Commitments . . . . . .
45
.............
. ............
E8
Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902) . . . . .
47
.. ...............
E8.1
(Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Design Basis . .
47
..................
E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability
49
..
. ........ .
E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loading . . . .
49
..
.... ....
E8.4 Review of LERs (VIO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09, eel 96-11-10)
50
.....
IV. Plant Support
54
1
.....
..............
....... . ........... ..
S1
Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities .
54
......... ...........
S2
Status of Security Facilities and Equipment
55
....... .. .. .... .....
S 2.1
Protected Area Detection Aids
55
i
. .............. ...........
S5
Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification
57
....... ......
S6
Security Organization and Administration .
57
........... .. .. .......
S7
Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities . . .
58
... .
.. ..
67.1 Effectiveness of Management Controls
58
.. .. .............. ..
S7.2 Audits
58
.. ................
.
... ...
. .. . ......
i
F2
Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment . . . . . .
59
.....
.....
F2.1
Fire Protection System Valve Flange Cracks
59
.......... ... ....
V. Management Meetings . . . . .
60
.. ........ ........ ....
.... .. ..
X1
Exit Meeting Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
... ..... . ..
.
... ..
X4
Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)
60
...... .. .
vi


  -     ~ -                 .     - - -     .   -         .   . -.- -               - -       --       .-. -
-
    *       !  ,
~ -
      ,
.
                                                                                                                  P
- - -
                                                                                                                  :
.
'                                                                                                                i
-
                                                      REPORT DETAILS                                              *
.
                                                                                                                  :
. -.- -
              Summarv of Plant Status
- -
                                                                                                                  '
--
.-. -
*
!
!
i             At the start of the inspection period, the plant was in cold shutdown (Mode 5) with the
,
,
P
:
i
'
REPORT DETAILS
*
:
Summarv of Plant Status
'
!
i
At the start of the inspection period, the plant was in cold shutdown (Mode 5) with the
4
4
              reactor and pressurizer vented. The plant was in a recovery mode with activities in
reactor and pressurizer vented. The plant was in a recovery mode with activities in
              progress to repair or address degraded RHR system deficiencies and thereby restore
progress to repair or address degraded RHR system deficiencies and thereby restore
i'             redundancy to the shutdown cooling function prior to proceeding with the vessel                     !
i'
              disassembly and core offload. The reactor operated in Mode 5 and 6, and then entered
redundancy to the shutdown cooling function prior to proceeding with the vessel
!
disassembly and core offload. The reactor operated in Mode 5 and 6, and then entered
operational Mode O when the core was completely offloaded during the period. The
,
,
              operational Mode O when the core was completely offloaded during the period. The
licensee ceased most outage activities during the September 1,1996 nitrogen intrusion
              licensee ceased most outage activities during the September 1,1996 nitrogen intrusion               !
!
,
,
              event, which were not recommenced.
event, which were not recommenced.
l
l
The major operational and outage milestones achieved included: repair and restoration to
.
.
              The major operational and outage milestones achieved included: repair and restoration to
service of the B RHR pump on September 25; evaluation of a pin hole leak in the RHR heat-
              service of the B RHR pump on September 25; evaluation of a pin hole leak in the RHR heat-
#
#
              exchanger inlet valve RHR-V-791 A and obtaining code relief from the Nuclear Regulatory
exchanger inlet valve RHR-V-791 A and obtaining code relief from the Nuclear Regulatory
*
*
              Commission (NRC) on October 7; completion of items to remove a stop work order placed               j
Commission (NRC) on October 7; completion of items to remove a stop work order placed
              on the plant by the Nuclear Safety Organization (NSO) group and needed to correct                   ;
j
j             deficiencies identified by the licensee independent Review Teams root cause evaluation for         i
on the plant by the Nuclear Safety Organization (NSO) group and needed to correct
              the September 1 nitrogen intrusion event; drained reactor water to the refueling reference
;
              level on October 28; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to begin
j
4              refueling - Mode 6 was entered on October 31; lifting the reactor head on November 6;               l
deficiencies identified by the licensee independent Review Teams root cause evaluation for
i
the September 1 nitrogen intrusion event; drained reactor water to the refueling reference
level on October 28; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to begin
refueling - Mode 6 was entered on October 31; lifting the reactor head on November 6;
l
4
1
1
              filling the reactor vessel and refueling cavity to 23 feet on November 7; the removal of the
filling the reactor vessel and refueling cavity to 23 feet on November 7; the removal of the
              reactor internals on November 11; the completion of actions to address material                   -
reactor internals on November 11; the completion of actions to address material
                                                                                                                  l
-
              deficiencies in the spent fuel cooling system to assure the spent fuel pool was ready to
deficiencies in the spent fuel cooling system to assure the spent fuel pool was ready to
,            receive the fuel from the reactor; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to
receive the fuel from the reactor; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to
,
'
'
              begin core offload, which began on November 13; and, the removal of all fuel from the               ]
begin core offload, which began on November 13; and, the removal of all fuel from the
              reactor - the core offload was completed on November 15,1996.
]
reactor - the core offload was completed on November 15,1996.
'
'
                                                                                                                    l
)
)              Oraanizational Chanaes                                                                               !
Oraanizational Chanaes
                                                                                                                    !
!
                                                                                                                    l
Significant organizational changes and developments occurred. A new President and Chief
              Significant organizational changes and developments occurred. A new President and Chief             1
1
              Executive Officer for Northeast Utilities was appointed in September and further                     !
Executive Officer for Northeast Utilities was appointed in September and further
1             management changes were announced as part of a Recovery Organization for the five NU
1
              nuclear plants. A new Operations Manager was selected, and the plant staff was                       l
management changes were announced as part of a Recovery Organization for the five NU
              reorganized in October to place three Directors at the site in the ares of engineering, work
nuclear plants. A new Operations Manager was selected, and the plant staff was
              services and unit operations. The board of directors for the Haddam Neck joint owners
reorganized in October to place three Directors at the site in the ares of engineering, work
services and unit operations. The board of directors for the Haddam Neck joint owners
met on October 9 to review the results of the economic analysis, which was not favorable
,
,
              met on October 9 to review the results of the economic analysis, which was not favorable
for continued plant operation. The owners announced that the permanent shutdown of
              for continued plant operation. The owners announced that the permanent shutdown of
Haddam Neck was likely. The licensee essentially halted outage activities except as
              Haddam Neck was likely. The licensee essentially halted outage activities except as
necessary to support the core offload. On November 18, the licensee announced plans for
              necessary to support the core offload. On November 18, the licensee announced plans for
staffing reductions and organizational changes needed to support plant decommissioning.
,
,
              staffing reductions and organizational changes needed to support plant decommissioning.
The licensee initiated plans to reduce site staffing in stages starting in April 1997 and to
              The licensee initiated plans to reduce site staffing in stages starting in April 1997 and to
achieve a final decommissioning organization by December 1997. Further decisions
              achieve a final decommissioning organization by December 1997. Further decisions
regarding future operations were deferred pending a vote by the board of directors, which
              regarding future operations were deferred pending a vote by the board of directors, which
was scheduled for early December 1996.
              was scheduled for early December 1996.
4
4
On October 23, the NRC announced the creation of the Office of Special Projects that was
                On October 23, the NRC announced the creation of the Office of Special Projects that was
effective on November 4. The new organization was established for the oversight of
                effective on November 4. The new organization was established for the oversight of                 i
i
                activities at Millstone and Haddam Neck. The Director of the Special Projects, Dr. William         i
activities at Millstone and Haddam Neck. The Director of the Special Projects, Dr. William
              Travers, toured the site on November 5 and met with the senior site management. Dr
i
              Travers was accompanied by Mr. Jacque Durr during the tour.
Travers, toured the site on November 5 and met with the senior site management. Dr
:
Travers was accompanied by Mr. Jacque Durr during the tour.
                                                        - ,
:
- ,


                            .                   .       .     -     .         .
.
  o   O
.
    ,   >
.
-
.
.
o
O
>
,
!
!
l
l
Line 441: Line 746:
l
l
'
'
        Table of Contents (cont'd)                       2
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                                                  I. Ooerations
2
l       01     Conduct of Operations'
I. Ooerations
              Using Inspection Procedure 71707, the inspectors conducted periodic reviews of
l
01
Conduct of Operations'
Using Inspection Procedure 71707, the inspectors conducted periodic reviews of
plant status and ongoing operations. Operator actions were reviewed during
i
,
'
periodic plant tours to determine whether operating activities were consistent with
the procedures in effect, including the alarm response procedures.
01.1 Drainina to the Refuelina Reference Level
a.
Inspection Scoce (71707)
,
l
The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee procedures and observe
licensee controls and management oversight for the draining of the reactor vessel in
preparation for removing the head,
b.
Observations and Findinas
The licensee prepared a new procedure NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Mode 5
and 6, for this evolution. The inspector reviewed the procedure for content and
technical adequacy. The procedure provided the operator guidance on the flow
paths to use for draining to the refueling reference level, the required valve lineups,
the limitations on the rate of draining and the use of diverse level indications to
confirm actuallevel, and guidance on monitoring the evolution for unanticipated
conditions.
The inspector observed on October 28 the conduct of the drain down to a level of
about 10 inches below the vessel flange. The crew conducting the evolution had
previously reviewed and practiced the evolution. The pre-job brief was thorough.
The evolution was monitored by the shift mentors and a licensee management
representative. The drain down was completed initially by opening valve PU-V-275
i
i
to divert water to the refueling water storage tank; the evolution was completed by
draining to the waste disposal tank via valve WD-V-210. The operators were very
attentive to the controls and indications during the evolution, and monitored
pressurizer level and the cavity level indication system.
c.
Conclusions
The drain down was completed without incident, and in a well controlled manner.
Topical headings such as 01, M8, etc., are used in accordance with the NRC
'
'
              plant status and ongoing operations. Operator actions were reviewed during              ,
standardized reactor inspection report outline. Individual reports are not expected to
              periodic plant tours to determine whether operating activities were consistent with    l
address all outline topics.
              the procedures in effect, including the alarm response procedures.
        01.1 Drainina to the Refuelina Reference Level
          a.  Inspection Scoce (71707)                                                                ,
                                                                                                      l
              The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee procedures and observe
              licensee controls and management oversight for the draining of the reactor vessel in
              preparation for removing the head,
          b.  Observations and Findinas
                                                                                                      l
              The licensee prepared a new procedure NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Mode 5
              and 6, for this evolution. The inspector reviewed the procedure for content and
              technical adequacy. The procedure provided the operator guidance on the flow
              paths to use for draining to the refueling reference level, the required valve lineups,
              the limitations on the rate of draining and the use of diverse level indications to
              confirm actuallevel, and guidance on monitoring the evolution for unanticipated
              conditions.
              The inspector observed on October 28 the conduct of the drain down to a level of
              about 10 inches below the vessel flange. The crew conducting the evolution had
              previously reviewed and practiced the evolution. The pre-job brief was thorough.
              The evolution was monitored by the shift mentors and a licensee management
              representative. The drain down was completed initially by opening valve PU-V-275        i
              to divert water to the refueling water storage tank; the evolution was completed by
              draining to the waste disposal tank via valve WD-V-210. The operators were very
              attentive to the controls and indications during the evolution, and monitored
              pressurizer level and the cavity level indication system.
          c.  Conclusions
              The drain down was completed without incident, and in a well controlled manner.
            '
              Topical headings such as 01, M8, etc., are used in accordance with the NRC
        standardized reactor inspection report outline. Individual reports are not expected to
        address all outline topics.


*   * ,
*
  ,
*
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                     3
,
      01.2 Reactor Cavity Seal Leak
,
        a.   Insoection Scope
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            The inspecticn scope was to review the licensee's response to a leak in the reactor
3
            cavity seal.
01.2 Reactor Cavity Seal Leak
        b.   Observations and Findinas
a.
            Backaround
Insoection Scope
            in 1988, the licensee installed a new, permanent refuehng cavity seal ring as part of
The inspecticn scope was to review the licensee's response to a leak in the reactor
            PDCR 85-781. The seat is a solid ring that bridges the space from the cavity floor
cavity seal.
            to the reactor vessel flange. The seal ring incorporates a flexible metal membrane
b.
            which is part of the annulus seal, and provides for relative displacement of the
Observations and Findinas
            reactor vessel and the reactor cavity during plant operations. The primary seal is
Backaround
            attached at both the reactor and cavity ends by all welded joints. A secondary type
in 1988, the licensee installed a new, permanent refuehng cavity seal ring as part of
            sealis installed as a backup to the flexible membrane, which limits the possible flow
PDCR 85-781. The seat is a solid ring that bridges the space from the cavity floor
            area should the primary barrier fail. The seat ring also has four hinged hatches,
to the reactor vessel flange. The seal ring incorporates a flexible metal membrane
            which are open during normal operations, and closed for refueling. The hatches are
which is part of the annulus seal, and provides for relative displacement of the
            the only non-welded gasketed joints in the seal. Each hatch is sealed by a set of
reactor vessel and the reactor cavity during plant operations. The primary seal is
            double gaskets made of an elastomer material; each gasket is mounted in a separate
attached at both the reactor and cavity ends by all welded joints. A secondary type
            groove on the edge of the hatchway. The hatches have provisions for leak testing
sealis installed as a backup to the flexible membrane, which limits the possible flow
            with air and were tested to assure proper seal at the start of this refueling. Finally,
area should the primary barrier fail. The seat ring also has four hinged hatches,
            a catch basin with tell-tale drain is mounted below the entire seal arrangement to
which are open during normal operations, and closed for refueling. The hatches are
            allow monitoring from the welded and gasketed joints. The leak detection system
the only non-welded gasketed joints in the seal. Each hatch is sealed by a set of
            collects leakage from the north (loop 1/2) and south (loop 3/4) halves of the seal
double gaskets made of an elastomer material; each gasket is mounted in a separate
            plate.
groove on the edge of the hatchway. The hatches have provisions for leak testing
            Rak Event
with air and were tested to assure proper seal at the start of this refueling. Finally,
            The licensee finished preparations to fill the reactor cavity as part of the core       !
a catch basin with tell-tale drain is mounted below the entire seal arrangement to
            offload sequence. The reactor head was lifted and stored at about 3:00 a.m. on
allow monitoring from the welded and gasketed joints. The leak detection system
            November 5, and the licensee began to transfer water from the refueling water
collects leakage from the north (loop 1/2) and south (loop 3/4) halves of the seal
            storage tank starting at 4:43 a.m. The intention was to fill the cavity to the
plate.
            refueling level with at least 23 feet of water above the top of the core,
Rak Event
            corresponding to a level of about 560 inches on the cavity level indication system
The licensee finished preparations to fill the reactor cavity as part of the core
            (CLIS).
offload sequence. The reactor head was lifted and stored at about 3:00 a.m. on
            The operators stopped the cavity fill with the level at 479 inches at 9:50 a.m. on
November 5, and the licensee began to transfer water from the refueling water
            November 6 when excessive leakage was identified from the cavity sealleakoff tell
storage tank starting at 4:43 a.m. The intention was to fill the cavity to the
            tale drain. The acceptable leak rate limit to support fuel movement established by
refueling level with at least 23 feet of water above the top of the core,
            the Westinghouse refueling procedure was 200 drops per minute, or 16 ml/ min.
corresponding to a level of about 560 inches on the cavity level indication system
            The measured leak rate varied slightly, but was about 10' times the allowable limit at
(CLIS).
            200 to 250 ml/ min (or about 4 gallons per hour). The leakage stabilized at about
The operators stopped the cavity fill with the level at 479 inches at 9:50 a.m. on
              160 ml/ min on November 5. The core offload was delayed starting on November 5
November 6 when excessive leakage was identified from the cavity sealleakoff tell
            as the cavity leak was investigated and evaluated. On November 6, after
tale drain. The acceptable leak rate limit to support fuel movement established by
            concluding that the safety benefits outweighed possible negative safety
the Westinghouse refueling procedure was 200 drops per minute, or 16 ml/ min.
The measured leak rate varied slightly, but was about 10' times the allowable limit at
200 to 250 ml/ min (or about 4 gallons per hour). The leakage stabilized at about
160 ml/ min on November 5. The core offload was delayed starting on November 5
as the cavity leak was investigated and evaluated. On November 6, after
concluding that the safety benefits outweighed possible negative safety


                                                                                  .
.
.   .
.
      *
.
  .
*
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                     4
.
            implications, the licensee continued the cavity fill to the 23 ft level. The leakage
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            increased slightly to 180 ml/ min at that time.
4
            The licensee's engineering evaluated the leakage with the assistance from
implications, the licensee continued the cavity fill to the 23 ft level. The leakage
            Westinghouse (the seal designer) and maintenance. Divers were used to complete
increased slightly to 180 ml/ min at that time.
            an air leak test of the hatches. Although all four hatches showed acceptable
The licensee's engineering evaluated the leakage with the assistance from
            leakage, the results were deemed ambiguous due to the possibility that the
Westinghouse (the seal designer) and maintenance. Divers were used to complete
            underwater test did not check the entire sealing surface. The licensee completed
an air leak test of the hatches. Although all four hatches showed acceptable
            and approved technical and safety evaluations, which concluded that the most
leakage, the results were deemed ambiguous due to the possibility that the
            probable source of the leak was from the gasketed hatch joints, and that
underwater test did not check the entire sealing surface. The licensee completed
            catastrophic failure was highly improbable. The technical evaluation considered the
and approved technical and safety evaluations, which concluded that the most
            ruggedness of the seal ring design, the expected stresses on the welded joints from
probable source of the leak was from the gasketed hatch joints, and that
            refueling and normal operations, as well as from design basis events, such as
catastrophic failure was highly improbable. The technical evaluation considered the
            earthquake and fuel drop loads. A new leakage limit of 2 liters / min was
ruggedness of the seal ring design, the expected stresses on the welded joints from
            established, corresponding to a flow area of 0.004 square inches, which was not
refueling and normal operations, as well as from design basis events, such as
            considered significant for weld failure.
earthquake and fuel drop loads. A new leakage limit of 2 liters / min was
            Procedure guidance was provided to define operator periodic monitoring of the leak     i
established, corresponding to a flow area of 0.004 square inches, which was not
            rate, as well as expected actions if limits or total leakage or rate of increase were
considered significant for weld failure.
            exceeded. The operators monitored the leakage from the tell tale drain using a         i
Procedure guidance was provided to define operator periodic monitoring of the leak
            closed circuit television camera with readout in the control room; the leak rate was
i
            trended. The operators also measured leakage as needed depending on leakage
rate, as well as expected actions if limits or total leakage or rate of increase were
            trends. The licensee recommenced the defueling sequence with the removal of the         )
exceeded. The operators monitored the leakage from the tell tale drain using a
            vessel internal package at 12:22 a.m. on November 11. The cavity seal leak rate
closed circuit television camera with readout in the control room; the leak rate was
            slowly and monotonically decreased and became very small (10 ml/ min) by the time
trended. The operators also measured leakage as needed depending on leakage
            core offload was completed.                                                             ,
trends. The licensee recommenced the defueling sequence with the removal of the
                                                                                                    !
vessel internal package at 12:22 a.m. on November 11. The cavity seal leak rate
        c.   Conclusions                                                                             j
slowly and monotonically decreased and became very small (10 ml/ min) by the time
            Licensee actions to evaluate the cavity sealleakage were acceptable, with good
core offload was completed.
            support provided by engineering and maintenance.
,
                                                                                                    !
c.
      01.3 Defuelina Activities
Conclusions
                                                                                                    I
j
        a.   Inspection Scope
Licensee actions to evaluate the cavity sealleakage were acceptable, with good
              During the week of November 11,1996, the residera inspector staff with the
support provided by engineering and maintenance.
              assistance of one region based NRC inspector, conducted a performance-based
01.3 Defuelina Activities
              inspection of the Haddam Neck's defueling operations using NRC Inspection
a.
              Procedure 60710, " Refueling Activities."
Inspection Scope
            The purpose of this inspection was to evaluate the effectiveness of the licensee's
During the week of November 11,1996, the residera inspector staff with the
              defueling activities. The inspection consisted of observations of defueling activities
assistance of one region based NRC inspector, conducted a performance-based
              in containment, in the spent fuel pool, and in the control room, and to independently
inspection of the Haddam Neck's defueling operations using NRC Inspection
              verify adherence to various procedural and technical specification requirements.
Procedure 60710, " Refueling Activities."
              The inspectors reviewed the training material and content provided to licensee
The purpose of this inspection was to evaluate the effectiveness of the licensee's
              operators and contractors hired to perform defueling activities.
defueling activities. The inspection consisted of observations of defueling activities
                                                                                                    I
in containment, in the spent fuel pool, and in the control room, and to independently
                                                                                                    l
verify adherence to various procedural and technical specification requirements.
The inspectors reviewed the training material and content provided to licensee
operators and contractors hired to perform defueling activities.
l


                          .- -       -   . _ _ - . - - - _ .     .   . - - -           .     ._   .
.- -
  O     *
-
      ,    <
. _ _ - .
                                                                                                        l
- - - _ .
    .    Table of Contents (cont'd)                       5                                           j
.
                                                                                                        <
. - - -
            b.   Observations and Findinas
.
                The inspectors observed approximately 60% of the fuel transfer activities between     l
._
                November 11 through November 15,1996. The inspectors noted good
.
                communications between the control room, opender operator in containment,
O
                upender operator in the spent fuel pool, and manipulator crane operator in
*
                containment. The upender operator in containment conscientiously performed his         )
<
                duties using good communication skills and maintained the refueling log up-to-date.   '
,
                The refueling senior reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                oversight and professional demeanor.                                                   ,
5
                                                                                                        i
j
                The inspectors obe mad personnel operate the manipulator crane safely and used        l
.
                good communications throughout the operations. They were observed to                  j
<
                communicate well with the refueling SRO, the refueling engineer and the health        '
b.
                physics technicians. For example, late Wednesday (November 13,1996) day shift          i
Observations and Findinas
                problems were experienced grappling the second fuel cell on the west side of the
The inspectors observed approximately 60% of the fuel transfer activities between
                vessel, Apparently, the cell was slightly bowed and didn't allow grappling using the
November 11 through November 15,1996. The inspectors noted good
                ncrmal indexing methods. The bridge operators proceeded cautiously to manually
communications between the control room, opender operator in containment,
                position the bridge several times. The refueling engineer and the bridge supervisor    l
upender operator in the spent fuel pool, and manipulator crane operator in
                were present and deliberated with the refueling SRO on various alternatives. The      J
containment. The upender operator in containment conscientiously performed his
                dayshift bridge personnel suggested rotating the refueling mast to achieve alignment  i
)
                but the refueling procedures did not specifically allow or prohibit this action        j
duties using good communication skills and maintained the refueling log up-to-date.
                although the contractors considered this an acceptable practice. The evening bridge
'
                crew arrived within a half an hour after the problem occurred and suggested moving
The refueling senior reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management
                the mast cable to achieve alignment with the fuel cell. This was allowed in the
oversight and professional demeanor.
                refueling vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure. Operators
                moved the mast cable and successfully grappled the fuel cell.
                On November 12,1996, the inspectors observed appropriate control by the
                refueling SRO as the manipulator crane operator bypassed crane limit switches. The
                limits switches were bypassed during the refueling equipment checks and during the
                emergency procedure exercise. Both activities were accomplished with the
                manipulator mast grappled to the " dummy" fuel assembly. The inspectors observed
                that no other request to bypass any of the trolley, bridge, or hoist limit switches
                occurred during fuel movement.
                The licensee adhered to various procedural and technical specification requirements,
                based on direct inspector observations in the control room, the spent fuel building    ,
                and in the containment. The inspectors verified the following requirements;            I
,
,
                minimum reactor cavity level, minimum spent fuel pool level, source range nuclear     ,
i
!               instrumentation operability and audible count indication, establishment of             l
The inspectors obe mad personnel operate the manipulator crane safely and used
                communications, residual heat removal operability and minimum flowrate,               l
good communications throughout the operations. They were observed to
j
communicate well with the refueling SRO, the refueling engineer and the health
'
physics technicians. For example, late Wednesday (November 13,1996) day shift
i
problems were experienced grappling the second fuel cell on the west side of the
vessel, Apparently, the cell was slightly bowed and didn't allow grappling using the
ncrmal indexing methods. The bridge operators proceeded cautiously to manually
position the bridge several times. The refueling engineer and the bridge supervisor
were present and deliberated with the refueling SRO on various alternatives. The
J
dayshift bridge personnel suggested rotating the refueling mast to achieve alignment
i
but the refueling procedures did not specifically allow or prohibit this action
j
although the contractors considered this an acceptable practice. The evening bridge
crew arrived within a half an hour after the problem occurred and suggested moving
the mast cable to achieve alignment with the fuel cell. This was allowed in the
refueling vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure. Operators
moved the mast cable and successfully grappled the fuel cell.
On November 12,1996, the inspectors observed appropriate control by the
refueling SRO as the manipulator crane operator bypassed crane limit switches. The
limits switches were bypassed during the refueling equipment checks and during the
emergency procedure exercise. Both activities were accomplished with the
manipulator mast grappled to the " dummy" fuel assembly. The inspectors observed
that no other request to bypass any of the trolley, bridge, or hoist limit switches
occurred during fuel movement.
The licensee adhered to various procedural and technical specification requirements,
based on direct inspector observations in the control room, the spent fuel building
,
and in the containment. The inspectors verified the following requirements;
minimum reactor cavity level, minimum spent fuel pool level, source range nuclear
,
,
!
instrumentation operability and audible count indication, establishment of
communications, residual heat removal operability and minimum flowrate,
l
-
equipment tag-outs for the reactor coolant pumps and the refueling canal drain
i
piping valves. The equipment was in its proper operation and requirements were
adhered to. The health physics coverage and foreign material controls were
effective. The foreign material control was maintained as specified in WCM 2.2-5
and the log was maintained up-to-date. The refueling prerequisites, precautions and
l
l
              -
                equipment tag-outs for the reactor coolant pumps and the refueling canal drain
i                piping valves. The equipment was in its proper operation and requirements were
                  adhered to. The health physics coverage and foreign material controls were
                  effective. The foreign material control was maintained as specified in WCM 2.2-5
                  and the log was maintained up-to-date. The refueling prerequisites, precautions and
                                                                                                        l
l
l
                                                                                                        l
l                                                                                                      l
                                                                                                        1
t
t
                                                                                                        1
1
;                                                                                                       1
;
l                                                                                                       I
1
l
I


                  ._     _                     ._           __.                                       _ _
._
    g   a
_
          .
._
      .
__.
  .
_ _
          Table of Contents (cont'd)                     6
g
                surveillance requirements were completed as specified in NOP 2.3-5, Refueling             i
a
                Operations.                                                                               >
.
.
.
Table of Contents (cont'd)
6
surveillance requirements were completed as specified in NOP 2.3-5, Refueling
i
Operations.
>
l
l
l
l                On November 13,1996, the inspectors walked down the containment purge system
On November 13,1996, the inspectors walked down the containment purge system
using licensee normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.13-2, " Reactor Containment
;
;
'
'
                using licensee normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.13-2, " Reactor Containment
Atmospheric Control System, attachment 7.1." The inspector's walkdown of the
                Atmospheric Control System, attachment 7.1." The inspector's walkdown of the
ventilation alignment concluded that the dampers were correctly aligned for
                ventilation alignment concluded that the dampers were correctly aligned for
containment purge, radiation monitors were operable to measure release rates, and
                containment purge, radiation monitors were operable to measure release rates, and
that the flowrate from the purge fans were within the release permit. The inspector
                that the flowrate from the purge fans were within the release permit. The inspector
walked down the spent fuel cooling system to verify it was aligned as specified in
                walked down the spent fuel cooling system to verify it was aligned as specified in
NOP 2.10-1.
                NOP 2.10-1.
On November 14,1996 the inspectors compared NOP 2.13-5A, " Tracking and
                On November 14,1996 the inspectors compared NOP 2.13-5A, " Tracking and
Establishing Modified Containm.-it Integrity and Containment Closure," with tag
                Establishing Modified Containm.-it Integrity and Containment Closure," with tag
clearance 96-1004. The purpose of the comparison was to validate containment
                clearance 96-1004. The purpose of the comparison was to validate containment
closure was established during core alterations. The inspector noted no
                closure was established during core alterations. The inspector noted no
discrepancies between the completed NOP 2.13-5A and tag clearance 96-1004.
                discrepancies between the completed NOP 2.13-5A and tag clearance 96-1004.                 l
The inspector verified approximately 40% of the tags were properly hung on the
                The inspector verified approximately 40% of the tags were properly hung on the             '
'
                components identified in tag clearance 96-1004.
components identified in tag clearance 96-1004.
                                                                                                            l
The training records were reviewed for the training conducted to licensed operators
                The training records were reviewed for the training conducted to licensed operators
and contractors who were hired by the licensee to perform refueling activities. The.
                and contractors who were hired by the licensee to perform refueling activities. The.
inspector reviewed the lesson plans, attendance records, and the job performance
                inspector reviewed the lesson plans, attendance records, and the job performance         1
1
                measures used in the training. The inspector concluded that the records and
measures used in the training. The inspector concluded that the records and
                training material content were acceptable. The inspector noted that the licensee did
training material content were acceptable. The inspector noted that the licensee did
                not have a training program description and implementing procedure for conducting         j
not have a training program description and implementing procedure for conducting
                refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined management's expectations
j
                for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.                           l
refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined management's expectations
                Throughout the core offload, the inspector verified that fuel movement was
for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.
                completed in accordance with the sequence specified in the Fuel Handling Data
Throughout the core offload, the inspector verified that fuel movement was
                Sheets of FP-CYW-R19. The inspector confirmed that the fuel stored in the pool
completed in accordance with the sequence specified in the Fuel Handling Data
                met the burnup requirements of Technical Specification 4.9.14, based on the
Sheets of FP-CYW-R19. The inspector confirmed that the fuel stored in the pool
                completion of SUR 5.3-54 and the independent confirmation of fuel assembly
met the burnup requirements of Technical Specification 4.9.14, based on the
                burnup data. The licensee maintained the fuel movement status boards during the
completion of SUR 5.3-54 and the independent confirmation of fuel assembly
                core offload. The inspector verified by a sampling review that the status board was
burnup data. The licensee maintained the fuel movement status boards during the
                accurate and reflected the finallocation of special nuclear materialin the spent fuel
core offload. The inspector verified by a sampling review that the status board was
                pool.
accurate and reflected the finallocation of special nuclear materialin the spent fuel
            c.   Conclusions
pool.
                The defueling operations observed were safely conducted utilizing good teamwyk
c.
                and communications between allinvolved. The refueling SROs maintained gooo
Conclusions
                management oversight and professional demeanor. Technical specification
The defueling operations observed were safely conducted utilizing good teamwyk
                requirements and procedural controls reviewed were acceptably implemented and
and communications between allinvolved. The refueling SROs maintained gooo
l               adhered to. The training records and training material content were acceptable.           ;
management oversight and professional demeanor. Technical specification
i               The inspector noted that licensee did not have a training program descriptio1 and         i
requirements and procedural controls reviewed were acceptably implemented and
                implementing procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements
l
                                                                                                            1
adhered to. The training records and training material content were acceptable.
                                                                                                            .
;
i
The inspector noted that licensee did not have a training program descriptio1 and
i
implementing procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements
.


  _._.~ _             _._                                       .
_._.~ _
                                                                                                                          ,
_._
    o      .                                                                                                              !
.
                +
          .
                                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          !
              Table of Contents (cont'd)                          7                                                      '
                          that outlined management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and              ,
                          contractor personnel.                                                                            !
                                                                                                                          t
                                                                                                                          ,
              02          Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment
              O2.1 Operational Readiness for Defuelino (Mode 6) and Core Offload
                a.      Insoection Scope
                                                                                                                          ;
                                                                                                                          !
                          The inspection scope was to review the licensee actions to recover from the                      j
                          nitrogen intrusion event and to assure the plant was ready to complete the core                  '
                          offload,
                b.      Observations and Findinos                                                                        ,
                                                                                                                        'f
                          Following a nitrogen intrusion event in September,1996, the licensee initiated a'                l
                          series of broad actions to recover from the event and to assure the plant was ready              l
                          to enter Mode 6 and to begin core offload. The licensee action plan established the              l
                          following criteria which had to be satisfied prior to proceeding to core offload: (i)            l
                          both RHR trains were available for service, including the securing of regulatory relief
                          as needed; (ii) the completion of an independent review team (IRT) to investigate
,
,
                          and determine the root cause of the major events that challenged reactor safety                  !
!
o
.
l
+
.
l
!
!
!
Table of Contents (cont'd)
7
'
'
                          margins; and, (iii) the completion of appropriate corrective actions identified from            j
that outlined management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and
                          the IRT as related to the initiation of core offload. The action plan was                        !
,
                          subsequently expanded to include the findings and weaknesses noted in NRC                        !
contractor personnel.
                          Inspection 50-213/96-80, and the recommendations from the Nuclear Safety and                    !
!
                          Oversight (NSO) group, as described below. The licensee requested the NU Safety                  l
t
                          Analysis Branch to complete an analysis of the nitrogen intrusion event to assess                !
                          the adequacy of the available compensatory measures and the potential plant
                          vulnerabilities.                                                                                >
                                                                                                                            >
                          The NSO provided recommendations to line management regarding actions that
i                          should be taken to address performance issues prior to proceeding to reactor                    :
,
,
                          disassembly and core offload. The recommendations were included in memoranda
02
Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment
O2.1 Operational Readiness for Defuelino (Mode 6) and Core Offload
a.
Insoection Scope
;
!
The inspection scope was to review the licensee actions to recover from the
j
nitrogen intrusion event and to assure the plant was ready to complete the core
'
offload,
b.
Observations and Findinos
,
'f
Following a nitrogen intrusion event in September,1996, the licensee initiated a'
l
series of broad actions to recover from the event and to assure the plant was ready
l
to enter Mode 6 and to begin core offload. The licensee action plan established the
l
following criteria which had to be satisfied prior to proceeding to core offload: (i)
l
both RHR trains were available for service, including the securing of regulatory relief
as needed; (ii) the completion of an independent review team (IRT) to investigate
and determine the root cause of the major events that challenged reactor safety
!
,
margins; and, (iii) the completion of appropriate corrective actions identified from
j
'
the IRT as related to the initiation of core offload. The action plan was
!
subsequently expanded to include the findings and weaknesses noted in NRC
!
Inspection 50-213/96-80, and the recommendations from the Nuclear Safety and
!
Oversight (NSO) group, as described below. The licensee requested the NU Safety
Analysis Branch to complete an analysis of the nitrogen intrusion event to assess
!
the adequacy of the available compensatory measures and the potential plant
vulnerabilities.
>
>
The NSO provided recommendations to line management regarding actions that
i
should be taken to address performance issues prior to proceeding to reactor
:
disassembly and core offload. The recommendations were included in memoranda
,
dated September 20 (CT-NCO-96-004) and September 25 (CY-NSO-96-004 Rev 1),
1
1
                          dated September 20 (CT-NCO-96-004) and September 25 (CY-NSO-96-004 Rev 1),
and included the results of the Independent Review Team investigation and the
                          and included the results of the Independent Review Team investigation and the
common cause analyses. The recommendations covered the following ',tems:
                          common cause analyses. The recommendations covered the following ',tems:
restore both RHR trains to an operable status; review plant systems r.eeded for core
                          restore both RHR trains to an operable status; review plant systems r.eeded for core
j
j                         offload to provide confidence that systems will function as intended; review the
offload to provide confidence that systems will function as intended; review the
l                         systems needed for Mode 6 to verify that deficiencies are resolved or will not
l
!                         degrade system performance; continue the stop work order in effect to protect key
systems needed for Mode 6 to verify that deficiencies are resolved or will not
                          safety functions as the RHR deficiencies were addressed; improve the quality of pre-             .
!
                          job briefs; improve the control of outage activities to reduce shutdown risk; increase           {
degrade system performance; continue the stop work order in effect to protect key
safety functions as the RHR deficiencies were addressed; improve the quality of pre-
.
job briefs; improve the control of outage activities to reduce shutdown risk; increase
{
i
management coverage of key activities; review and improve operating and
l
l
maintenance procedures associated with reactor disassembly and core offload;
i
i
l                          management coverage of key activities; review and improve operating and
assure the level of controls for reduced inventory conditions are appropriate and
l                          maintenance procedures associated with reactor disassembly and core offload;
i                          assure the level of controls for reduced inventory conditions are appropriate and
i                          increase operator sensitivity to single barrier configurations; address deficiencies in
!                          reactor vessel vent and levelindications for Mode 5 operations; and address
i
i
              -r. .       -   ~-       r . - . -y ..     ,                         . _ . , . , , , . , . ,. ~., ,m -
increase operator sensitivity to single barrier configurations; address deficiencies in
!
reactor vessel vent and levelindications for Mode 5 operations; and address
i
-r.
.
-
~-
r . - . -y
..
,
. _ . , . ,
, , . , .
,.
~.,
,m
-


  k     D
k
          *
D
    .
*
          Table of Contents (cont'd)                     8                                           !
.
                management expectations for operators to seek outside assistance when
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                unexpected results are encountered.
8
                The inspector reviewed the activities by the line and NSO organizations to develop   ,
management expectations for operators to seek outside assistance when
      -
unexpected results are encountered.
                and implement the action plans to address the issues summarized above. The
The inspector reviewed the activities by the line and NSO organizations to develop
                licensee divided the corrective actions into a Mode 6 and Core Offload Checklists,
,
                and assigned responsibility to the operations, maintenance, work control, and
and implement the action plans to address the issues summarized above. The
                engineering groups as needed to implement the plan. The inspector monitored the
-
                completion of the activities and selected certain actions for independent review and
licensee divided the corrective actions into a Mode 6 and Core Offload Checklists,
                followup. The inspector also attended meetings by the plant operations review         ;
and assigned responsibility to the operations, maintenance, work control, and
                committee convened on September 30, October 7,18,24,28,31 and November 7
engineering groups as needed to implement the plan. The inspector monitored the
                                                                                                        '
completion of the activities and selected certain actions for independent review and
                to review the status and completion the actions needed proceed with the offload.
followup. The inspector also attended meetings by the plant operations review
                The licensee plan addressed the items discussed above as well as other actions
;
                necessary to assure operational readiness for refueling. The inspector reviewed the
committee convened on September 30, October 7,18,24,28,31 and November 7
                completion of the action plan on a sampling basis. The actions are described
'
                below, and were summarized (in part) in a letter to the NRC dated October 23,
to review the status and completion the actions needed proceed with the offload.
                  1996 (B15938).
The licensee plan addressed the items discussed above as well as other actions
                (1)     Safety Analvsis Assessment
necessary to assure operational readiness for refueling. The inspector reviewed the
                The NUSCo Safety Analysis Branch provided the results of its assessment of the
completion of the action plan on a sampling basis. The actions are described
                September 1 nitrogen intrusion event in a memorandum dated September 25,1996
below, and were summarized (in part) in a letter to the NRC dated October 23,
                (NE-96-SAB-240). The assessment included three aspects of the event: the
1996 (B15938).
                adequacy of procedure Abnormal Operating Procedure (AOP) 3.2-12, the potential
(1)
                scenarios that could have occurred had other barriers to adequate core cooling
Safety Analvsis Assessment
                failed; and, a simulation of the event using the RELAP5/ MOD 3 computer model to
The NUSCo Safety Analysis Branch provided the results of its assessment of the
                provide a best estimate of the lowest level reached in the reactor.
September 1 nitrogen intrusion event in a memorandum dated September 25,1996
                Based on an estimated nitrogen in leakage rate of 4 cubic feet per minute, the
(NE-96-SAB-240). The assessment included three aspects of the event: the
                licensee calculated that about 5000 to 6300 gallons of RCS water was displaced
adequacy of procedure Abnormal Operating Procedure (AOP) 3.2-12, the potential
                during the nitrogen intrusion event, and the minimum reactor vessel water level was
scenarios that could have occurred had other barriers to adequate core cooling
                between 31 and 62 inches above the top of the hot leg. The guidance provided to
failed; and, a simulation of the event using the RELAP5/ MOD 3 computer model to
                the operators in AOP 3.2-12 would have allowed the operators to successfully
provide a best estimate of the lowest level reached in the reactor.
                mitigate the event had the level decrease continued. This outcome was assured
Based on an estimated nitrogen in leakage rate of 4 cubic feet per minute, the
                even if the RHR and charging pumps had become air bound. Although core boiling
licensee calculated that about 5000 to 6300 gallons of RCS water was displaced
                would have occurred, the core would have remained cool through reflux boiling, or
during the nitrogen intrusion event, and the minimum reactor vessel water level was
                natural circulation cooling, until the operators restored forced cooling using an RHR
between 31 and 62 inches above the top of the hot leg. The guidance provided to
                or charging pump. The licensee concluded that the margins to core safety were
the operators in AOP 3.2-12 would have allowed the operators to successfully
                significantly reduced during the event, and a number of potential conditions which
mitigate the event had the level decrease continued. This outcome was assured
                could have lead to core damage were identified had additional degradations
even if the RHR and charging pumps had become air bound. Although core boiling
                occurred. The probability of those outcomes were not quantified due to the
would have occurred, the core would have remained cool through reflux boiling, or
                  absence of the conditions during the event, the lack of quantitative data, and the
natural circulation cooling, until the operators restored forced cooling using an RHR
!               operator awareness of degraded conditions starting on September 1,1996.
or charging pump. The licensee concluded that the margins to core safety were
                  Although the safety significance of the nitrogen intrusion event was high, there
significantly reduced during the event, and a number of potential conditions which
                  were no actual adverse safety consequences for the plant, plant personnel or the
could have lead to core damage were identified had additional degradations
                  public health and safety.
occurred. The probability of those outcomes were not quantified due to the
absence of the conditions during the event, the lack of quantitative data, and the
!
operator awareness of degraded conditions starting on September 1,1996.
Although the safety significance of the nitrogen intrusion event was high, there
were no actual adverse safety consequences for the plant, plant personnel or the
public health and safety.
l
l
,
,
I
I


-   ,
-
      .
,
  .
.
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                   9
.
            (2)     fare Coolina System Redundancy
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            The licensee completed repairs to the "B" RHR pump on September 25,1996 and
9
            characterized the defect in the "A" RHR heat exchanger inlet valve, RHR-V791 A.
(2)
            The "B" pump failed due to a combination of original manufacturing defects and a
fare Coolina System Redundancy
            marginal design in the tolerances of internal components in the rotating element.
The licensee completed repairs to the "B" RHR pump on September 25,1996 and
            Licensee actions this period addressed those deficiencies on the "B" pump, as well
characterized the defect in the "A" RHR heat exchanger inlet valve, RHR-V791 A.
            as leakage from the stationary oil baffle ring on September 23. Since some of the
The "B" pump failed due to a combination of original manufacturing defects and a
            same tolerance deficiencies had been corrected on the "A" RHR pump, the licensee
marginal design in the tolerances of internal components in the rotating element.
            concluded that the "A" RHR pump was reliable for core offload and deferred
Licensee actions this period addressed those deficiencies on the "B" pump, as well
            additional work identified as lessons learned from the "B" pump f ailure until after
as leakage from the stationary oil baffle ring on September 23. Since some of the
            core offload. The RHR system had two operable pumps as of September 25.
same tolerance deficiencies had been corrected on the "A" RHR pump, the licensee
            Non-destructive examination of the defect on valve RHR-V791 A was completed on
concluded that the "A" RHR pump was reliable for core offload and deferred
            September 20 after a radiographic source was lowered into the RHR pit. The
additional work identified as lessons learned from the "B" pump f ailure until after
            licensee's engineering evaluation was that the structural integrity of the valve was
core offload. The RHR system had two operable pumps as of September 25.
            not affected by the highly localized through-wall defect, there was no gross wall
Non-destructive examination of the defect on valve RHR-V791 A was completed on
            thinning, and large flaws exceeding the structural limits of ASME Section XI IWC-
September 20 after a radiographic source was lowered into the RHR pit. The
            3000 were likely not present. The licensee submitted a request for relief from the
licensee's engineering evaluation was that the structural integrity of the valve was
            requirements of ASME code Section XI IWC-3000 to allow declaring the valve
not affected by the highly localized through-wall defect, there was no gross wall
            operable, but degraded with the through-wall defect. The NRC granted the code
thinning, and large flaws exceeding the structural limits of ASME Section XI IWC-
            relief on October 7,1996. The licensee continued to monitor leakage from the
3000 were likely not present. The licensee submitted a request for relief from the
            valve using the operators during normal rounds to the RHR pit, as supplemented by
requirements of ASME code Section XI IWC-3000 to allow declaring the valve
            the installation of video equipment with continuous readout in the control room,     i
operable, but degraded with the through-wall defect. The NRC granted the code
            The licensee established criteria to reclose the valve should leakage exceed set     l
relief on October 7,1996. The licensee continued to monitor leakage from the
            limits. RHR-V791 A was opened and both trains of RHR were fully operable on         I
valve using the operators during normal rounds to the RHR pit, as supplemented by
            October 7,1996.
the installation of video equipment with continuous readout in the control room,
            (3)     Refuelina Seouence
i
                                                                                                  l
The licensee established criteria to reclose the valve should leakage exceed set
            Based on an analysis of the September 1 nitrogen bubble event, the licensee         l
limits. RHR-V791 A was opened and both trains of RHR were fully operable on
            recognized that the refueling sequence defined in Refueling Procedure FP-CYW-R19     J
October 7,1996.
            contained windows of vulnerability where indications of core temperature and
(3)
            vessel level were reduced for periods that were unnecessarily long. The refueling
Refuelina Seouence
            sequences was reviewed and revised to optimize availability of levelindication for
Based on an analysis of the September 1 nitrogen bubble event, the licensee
            operators. Specifically, as described in Temporary Procedure Change TPC 96-648,
recognized that the refueling sequence defined in Refueling Procedure FP-CYW-R19
            Section 7.1.2 was changed to move the action of disconnecting the temporary core
J
            thermocouple and reactor vessellevelinstrumentation closer to just before the head
contained windows of vulnerability where indications of core temperature and
            lift sequence, so as to keep vessel level information available to the operators as
vessel level were reduced for periods that were unnecessarily long. The refueling
            long a possible.
sequences was reviewed and revised to optimize availability of levelindication for
              (4)     Procedure Uoarade and Operator Trainina
operators. Specifically, as described in Temporary Procedure Change TPC 96-648,
              in response to the September 1 event, the licensee established an operation's
Section 7.1.2 was changed to move the action of disconnecting the temporary core
              procedure grotp to address deficiencies within infrequently used shutdown
thermocouple and reactor vessellevelinstrumentation closer to just before the head
              procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two reactors.
lift sequence, so as to keep vessel level information available to the operators as
              operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor. The licensee
long a possible.
(4)
Procedure Uoarade and Operator Trainina
in response to the September 1 event, the licensee established an operation's
procedure grotp to address deficiencies within infrequently used shutdown
procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two reactors.
operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor. The licensee


  *
*
    ,' .
,'
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                   10
.
              revised in excess of twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations.
Table of Contents (cont'd)
I             The type of procedures involved included operations department instructions,
10
              normal operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating
revised in excess of twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations.
              procedures, and work control manual procedures. Attachment A of this report lists
I
              the revised procedures that were reviewed by the inspector Major changes
The type of procedures involved included operations department instructions,
normal operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating
procedures, and work control manual procedures. Attachment A of this report lists
the revised procedures that were reviewed by the inspector Major changes
included: operator logging of all reactor coolant system inventory changes, guidance
;
'
'
              included: operator logging of all reactor coolant system inventory changes, guidance  ;
on when pre-evolution briefings should occur, various methods to make-up to the
              on when pre-evolution briefings should occur, various methods to make-up to the
reactor coolant system, awareness of shutdown risk, annunciator actions in
              reactor coolant system, awareness of shutdown risk, annunciator actions in
response to high/ low cavity level alarms, methods of adding make-up to the reactor
              response to high/ low cavity level alarms, methods of adding make-up to the reactor
coolant system during a postulated cavity leak or reactor coolant leak, and
              coolant system during a postulated cavity leak or reactor coolant leak, and
additional requirements for operator log entries. The above procedures were
              additional requirements for operator log entries. The above procedures were
prepared in October,1996. The level of detail and quality of the procedures
              prepared in October,1996. The level of detail and quality of the procedures
improved from prior to September 1,1996. Operator training on the revised
              improved from prior to September 1,1996. Operator training on the revised
procedures was observed by the inspector, as documented in report detail 05.2.
              procedures was observed by the inspector, as documented in report detail 05.2.
(5)
              (5)     System Readiness Reviews
System Readiness Reviews
              The system engineers conducted reviews of systems needed to support operation in
The system engineers conducted reviews of systems needed to support operation in
              Mode 6 to assure the plant was ready for core offload. The reviews included a
Mode 6 to assure the plant was ready for core offload. The reviews included a
              walkdown of the systems and a review of outstanding trouble and deficiency
walkdown of the systems and a review of outstanding trouble and deficiency
              reports to assure items impacting system operation were addressed. The purpose
reports to assure items impacting system operation were addressed. The purpose
              of the review was to assure that no significant material conditions existed that
of the review was to assure that no significant material conditions existed that
            'would affect the safe conduct of core offload.
'would affect the safe conduct of core offload.
              The licensee identified and corrected several items in the spent fuel pool cooling
The licensee identified and corrected several items in the spent fuel pool cooling
              system, as described in section (6) below. Several other significant deficiencies
system, as described in section (6) below. Several other significant deficiencies
              were identified and corrected, including problems in the boric acid heat trace system )
were identified and corrected, including problems in the boric acid heat trace system
              (see LER 96-27 and Section E8.4 below) and inadequate spent fuel building             )
)
              ventilation (see LER 96-25 and Section M1.2 below). The licensee also addressed       l
(see LER 96-27 and Section E8.4 below) and inadequate spent fuel building
              the uncertainty calculation for instrument loops needed in Mode 6 and the condition
)
              of the refueling equipment. Several material condition deficiencies were identified
ventilation (see LER 96-25 and Section M1.2 below). The licensee also addressed
              regarding leaky valves in the CVCS system. The licensee elected to continue to use
l
              administrative means to address the valve leakage, and to defer maintenance to
the uncertainty calculation for instrument loops needed in Mode 6 and the condition
              address valve leakage until after the core was offloaded. The deferral of the valve
of the refueling equipment. Several material condition deficiencies were identified
              work was deemed necessary to minimize the time in a higher risk condition (by
regarding leaky valves in the CVCS system. The licensee elected to continue to use
              offloading the core), and then conduct the valve work with the reactor defueled.
administrative means to address the valve leakage, and to defer maintenance to
              (6)     Spent Fuel Pool Material Deficiencies                                         !
address valve leakage until after the core was offloaded. The deferral of the valve
              Several actions were taken to address deficient material conditions in the spent fuel
work was deemed necessary to minimize the time in a higher risk condition (by
              pool (SFP) cooling system. The areas addressed by the licensee prior to core
offloading the core), and then conduct the valve work with the reactor defueled.
              offload included: replacement of the check valves on the discharge of the SFP
(6)
              cooling pumps; replacement of both SFP cooling pump motor breakers due to
Spent Fuel Pool Material Deficiencies
              potential hot spots; identification and repair of a linear indication on the service
Several actions were taken to address deficient material conditions in the spent fuel
              water (SW) supply piping to the SFP heat exchangers; the inspection and repair as
pool (SFP) cooling system. The areas addressed by the licensee prior to core
              necessary of pipe support attachments welded to the SW pipes, starting from the
offload included: replacement of the check valves on the discharge of the SFP
              intake structure up to the SFP heat exchangers; inspection and repair of degraded
cooling pumps; replacement of both SFP cooling pump motor breakers due to
              welds on the SW supply and return piping at the SFP heat exchangers; inspection
potential hot spots; identification and repair of a linear indication on the service
water (SW) supply piping to the SFP heat exchangers; the inspection and repair as
necessary of pipe support attachments welded to the SW pipes, starting from the
intake structure up to the SFP heat exchangers; inspection and repair of degraded
welds on the SW supply and return piping at the SFP heat exchangers; inspection


  .   .
.
        -
.
    .
-
                                                                                                        :
.
                                                                                                        ,
:
                                                                                                        1
,
1
:
:
        Table of Contents (cont'd)                     11
Table of Contents (cont'd)
              and cleaning of valve SW-MOV-837A to assure it was leak tight; and, the
11
              replacement of valve SW-239 on the Adams filter supply to the SFP heat
and cleaning of valve SW-MOV-837A to assure it was leak tight; and, the
              exchanger, after the valve disc was found separated from the stem. See Section             ;
replacement of valve SW-239 on the Adams filter supply to the SFP heat
              M2.2 for further NRC review of this area.
exchanger, after the valve disc was found separated from the stem. See Section
              (7)     Operations Performance
;
              The licensee took several actions to correct deficiencies in operations performance,
M2.2 for further NRC review of this area.
              as characterized by low stanurds in procedure use and adequacy, a lack of a
(7)
              questioning attitude ano inadequate pre-j( . briefs. The action included: the
Operations Performance
              appointment of a new Operatio,s Manager; the issuance of several new and or
The licensee took several actions to correct deficiencies in operations performance,
              revised procedures; and, the promulgation of an increased emphasis on
as characterized by low stanurds in procedure use and adequacy, a lack of a
              management standards and expectation:, through revised procedures and
questioning attitude ano inadequate pre-j( . briefs. The action included: the
              management meetings with plant workers. A new department instruction was
appointment of a new Operatio,s Manager; the issuance of several new and or
              prepared for pre-evolution briefings, which provided a detailed checkoff of the items     ;
revised procedures; and, the promulgation of an increased emphasis on
              to be covered during a briefing. The department instruction for " conduct of               '
management standards and expectation:, through revised procedures and
              operations (ODI-1)" was revised to emphasize expectations regarding the need for a
management meetings with plant workers. A new department instruction was
              questioning attitude, and the expectation that assistance from outside the duty shift
prepared for pre-evolution briefings, which provided a detailed checkoff of the items
              crew be obtained when offnormal conditions exist.
;
              The licensee also issued revised department instructions for monitoring RCS
to be covered during a briefing. The department instruction for " conduct of
              inventory in Modes 5 and 6 (ODI 190). Finally, the licensee increased management
'
              oversight and control of outage activities by revising WCM 1.2-9 to require that
operations (ODI-1)" was revised to emphasize expectations regarding the need for a
              significant delays and work stoppages be processed as an outage schedule change.
questioning attitude, and the expectation that assistance from outside the duty shift
              The schedule changes would be reviewed for impact on shutdown risk and would
crew be obtained when offnormal conditions exist.
              be approved by the Unit Director.
The licensee also issued revised department instructions for monitoring RCS
              (8)     Manaaement Oversiaht
inventory in Modes 5 and 6 (ODI 190). Finally, the licensee increased management
                                                                                                        f
oversight and control of outage activities by revising WCM 1.2-9 to require that
              The licensee took steps to better define management expectations to the work force
significant delays and work stoppages be processed as an outage schedule change.
              in a series of memoranda and meetings. In particular, management expectations
The schedule changes would be reviewed for impact on shutdown risk and would
              regarding several station activities were defined in a memorandum form the Unit
be approved by the Unit Director.
              Director dated October 7,1996, covering the following topics: the conduct of
(8)
              physical work, work planning, pre-job briefs, supervisory oversight, job
Manaaement Oversiaht
              completeness, feedback of lessons learned, and stopping work when help is
f
              needed. The licensee increased the presence of upper management onsite during
The licensee took steps to better define management expectations to the work force
              back shift hours and for the following key activities: drain down to the refueling
in a series of memoranda and meetings. In particular, management expectations
              reference level, lift of the reactor head, filling the reactor cavity, removing the upper
regarding several station activities were defined in a memorandum form the Unit
              internals, and starting core offload. The back shift coverage was provided by the
Director dated October 7,1996, covering the following topics: the conduct of
              Operationa Manager, the Work Services Director and the Unit Director. The licensee
physical work, work planning, pre-job briefs, supervisory oversight, job
              also assigned mentors to each operating shift to monitor for compliance with the
completeness, feedback of lessons learned, and stopping work when help is
              new standard for the conduct of operations. The shift mentors were experienced
needed. The licensee increased the presence of upper management onsite during
              operations personnel from other nuclear plants. The mentors were on shift from the
back shift hours and for the following key activities: drain down to the refueling
              start of the vessel drain down to the completion of the core offload.
reference level, lift of the reactor head, filling the reactor cavity, removing the upper
internals, and starting core offload. The back shift coverage was provided by the
Operationa Manager, the Work Services Director and the Unit Director. The licensee
also assigned mentors to each operating shift to monitor for compliance with the
new standard for the conduct of operations. The shift mentors were experienced
operations personnel from other nuclear plants. The mentors were on shift from the
start of the vessel drain down to the completion of the core offload.
.
.


.   .                                                                                                   l
l
      .
.
  .
.
                                                                '
.
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                     12
.
            (9)     Awareness of Shutdown Risk
'
            The licensee issued a revised department instructions for monitoring shutdown risk
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            (ODI 191). The purpose of ODI 191 was to promulgate expectations and to
12
            increase operator awareness of five key safety functions, procedural controls and
(9)
            operational philosophies designed to minimize shutdown risk.
Awareness of Shutdown Risk
            The inspector noted that the implementation of the above measures had mixed
The licensee issued a revised department instructions for monitoring shutdown risk
            success. Despite the renewed emphasis on monitoring key functions and shutdown
(ODI 191). The purpose of ODI 191 was to promulgate expectations and to
            risk, an event occurred on November 2 while the vessel was drained to the refueling
increase operator awareness of five key safety functions, procedural controls and
            reference levelin which work on the critical path for defueling was interrupted for
operational philosophies designed to minimize shutdown risk.
            about 15 hours following a personnel contarnination event inside the containment.
The inspector noted that the implementation of the above measures had mixed
            The delays occurred at the time of high shutdown risk, and were not fully
success. Despite the renewed emphasis on monitoring key functions and shutdown
            appreciated nor investigated by plant personnel, and were not communicated to
risk, an event occurred on November 2 while the vessel was drained to the refueling
            upper management in a timely manner. Plant operators and other outage personnel
reference levelin which work on the critical path for defueling was interrupted for
            demonstrated a poor sensitivity to the time spent in a high risk condition. This
about 15 hours following a personnel contarnination event inside the containment.
            matter is addressed further in Inspection 96-12.
The delays occurred at the time of high shutdown risk, and were not fully
        c.   Conclusions
appreciated nor investigated by plant personnel, and were not communicated to
            Licensee actions were generally thorough to recover from the nitrogen intrusion
upper management in a timely manner. Plant operators and other outage personnel
            event, restore redundar.cy to core cooling functions and to assure the facility and     a'
demonstrated a poor sensitivity to the time spent in a high risk condition. This
            plant staff were ready to enter Mode 6 and complete the core offload sequence.
matter is addressed further in Inspection 96-12.
            Corrective actions to address plant material conditions and plant staff performance
c.
            deficiencies were appropriate. Subsequent routine inspections will review the
Conclusions
            adequacy of licensee actions to improve worker performance and minimize                   ;
Licensee actions were generally thorough to recover from the nitrogen intrusion
            shutdown risk.                                                                             I
event, restore redundar.cy to core cooling functions and to assure the facility and
      O3     Operations Procedures and Documentation
a'
      O 3.1 Revision of Procedures fo Shutdown Operations (eel 96-11-01)
plant staff were ready to enter Mode 6 and complete the core offload sequence.
        a. Inspection Scope
Corrective actions to address plant material conditions and plant staff performance
            The inspection scope was to evaluate the completeness of procedure changes that
deficiencies were appropriate. Subsequent routine inspections will review the
              addressed deficiencies in procedures used for shutdown operations. The                     l
adequacy of licensee actions to improve worker performance and minimize
            deficiencies involved:
shutdown risk.
              *     improper use of an administrative control procedure (ACP) 1.2-5.3,
O3
                    Evaluations of Activities / Evolutions Not Controlled by Procedure, to vent the
Operations Procedures and Documentation
                    charging system and drain the reactor coolant system
O 3.1 Revision of Procedures fo Shutdown Operations (eel 96-11-01)
              *     lack of guidance on preserving reactor coolant loop overpressure protection
a.
                    when isolated
Inspection Scope
              *     identification of station nitrogen usage
The inspection scope was to evaluate the completeness of procedure changes that
              Additionally, the inspector reviewed the quality of procedural changes.
addressed deficiencies in procedures used for shutdown operations. The
deficiencies involved:
*
improper use of an administrative control procedure (ACP) 1.2-5.3,
Evaluations of Activities / Evolutions Not Controlled by Procedure, to vent the
charging system and drain the reactor coolant system
*
lack of guidance on preserving reactor coolant loop overpressure protection
when isolated
*
identification of station nitrogen usage
Additionally, the inspector reviewed the quality of procedural changes.


o   .
o
      .
.
  .
.
      Table of Contents (cont'd)                     13
.
      b.   Observations and Findinas
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            in response to the events in early September,1996, the licensee established an
13
            operation's procedure group to address deficiencies with infrequently used
b.
            shutdown procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two
Observations and Findinas
            reactors operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor.
in response to the events in early September,1996, the licensee established an
            The inspector verified that the licensee deleted the use of ACP 1.2-5.3 on October
operation's procedure group to address deficiencies with infrequently used
            23,1996. The licensee developed and approved two NOPs that were previously
shutdown procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two
            developed using the guidance of ACP 1,2-5.3. The two procedures were NOP 2.6-
reactors operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor.
            12, " Draining the Reactor Coolant System in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.6-98,
The inspector verified that the licensee deleted the use of ACP 1.2-5.3 on October
            " Recirculation of 18 Charging Pump on the Refueling Water Storage Tank." The
23,1996. The licensee developed and approved two NOPs that were previously
            procedures provided adequate detail and guidance to accomplish their intended
developed using the guidance of ACP 1,2-5.3. The two procedures were NOP 2.6-
            objective.
12, " Draining the Reactor Coolant System in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.6-98,
            The licensee implemented procedural enhancement in NOP 2.6-12, " Draining the
" Recirculation of 18 Charging Pump on the Refueling Water Storage Tank." The
            Reactor Coolant System (RCS) in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.4-7, " Return of a
procedures provided adequate detail and guidance to accomplish their intended
            Loop to Service with the Plant Shutdown," to provided guidance during a draindown
objective.
            to preserve loop overpressure protection (isolated RCS loop) with the drain header
The licensee implemented procedural enhancement in NOP 2.6-12, " Draining the
            aligned to the loop and placing the drain header relief valve in-service.
Reactor Coolant System (RCS) in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.4-7, " Return of a
            Operations Department instruction (ODI)-190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6,
Loop to Service with the Plant Shutdown," to provided guidance during a draindown
            required operators to log on a shiftly basis station nitrogen use, and to make
to preserve loop overpressure protection (isolated RCS loop) with the drain header
            management aware of an unexpected change in its trend. The licensee revised an
aligned to the loop and placing the drain header relief valve in-service.
            additional twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations. The type
Operations Department instruction (ODI)-190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6,
            of procedures involved included operations department instructions, normal
required operators to log on a shiftly basis station nitrogen use, and to make
            operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating procedures, and
management aware of an unexpected change in its trend. The licensee revised an
            work control manual procedures. Attachment A to this report lists the procedures
additional twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations. The type
            that were reviewed by the inspector.
of procedures involved included operations department instructions, normal
            The licensee identified during the procedural upgrades that no procedural guidance
operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating procedures, and
            existed for a fuel handling accident. On October 24,1996, the licensee approved
work control manual procedures. Attachment A to this report lists the procedures
            AOP 3.2-63, " Fuel Handling Accident." Failure to ha've a procedure providing
that were reviewed by the inspector.
            guidance during a postulated fuel handling accident is a violation of technical
The licensee identified during the procedural upgrades that no procedural guidance
            specification (TS) 6.8.1. TS 6.8.1 requires that written procedures shall be
existed for a fuel handling accident. On October 24,1996, the licensee approved
            established and maintained covering the applicable procedures recommended in
AOP 3.2-63, " Fuel Handling Accident." Failure to ha've a procedure providing
            Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.33, Revision 2, (February,1978). Regulatory
guidance during a postulated fuel handling accident is a violation of technical
            Guide 1.33 Appendix A item 6.X lists procedures for irradiated fuel damage while
specification (TS) 6.8.1. TS 6.8.1 requires that written procedures shall be
            refueling. This is an apparent violation (eel 96 11-01). The lack of procedural
established and maintained covering the applicable procedures recommended in
            guidance is significant in that this event is analyzed in the Updated Final Safety
Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.33, Revision 2, (February,1978). Regulatory
            Analysis Report, and emergency declarations are based upon a dropped assembly.
Guide 1.33 Appendix A item 6.X lists procedures for irradiated fuel damage while
            The inspector noted that the licensee experienced a dropped fuel assembly on
refueling. This is an apparent violation (eel 96 11-01). The lack of procedural
              February 26,1986. The licensee corrective actions were to improve the foreign
guidance is significant in that this event is analyzed in the Updated Final Safety
            material exclusion procedures since the apparent cause was a foreign object.
Analysis Report, and emergency declarations are based upon a dropped assembly.
              Specifically, a foreign object caused the fuel alignment pin to be bent resulting in
The inspector noted that the licensee experienced a dropped fuel assembly on
            the fuel assernbly coming up with the vessel's upper internal package. No
February 26,1986. The licensee corrective actions were to improve the foreign
              corrective actions addressed procedural guidance to mitigate a dropped fuel
material exclusion procedures since the apparent cause was a foreign object.
              assembly.
Specifically, a foreign object caused the fuel alignment pin to be bent resulting in
the fuel assernbly coming up with the vessel's upper internal package. No
corrective actions addressed procedural guidance to mitigate a dropped fuel
assembly.


    -.--                 _.--
-.--
  .       <                                                                                           ,
_.--
              .
.
        .
<
                                                                                                        ;
,
                                                                                                        t
.
                                                                                                        ,
.
                                                                                                        ,
;
                                                                                                        i
t
            Table of Contents (cont'd)                   14                                           l
,
              c.   Conclusions                                                                         l
,
                  The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The inspector noted     j
i
                    improved detail and quality in the procedures revised when compared to the quality l
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                    of procedures prior to September 1,1996. A v'sation of TS 6.8.1 was identified       '
14
                    whereas the licensee did not have a procedure for fuel handlinC accident as         j
l
                    recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.33.
c.
                                                                                                        !
Conclusions
            04     Operator Knowledge and Performance                                                   l
The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The inspector noted
            04.1 Reactor Coolant System Inventorv Diversion (eel 96-11-02)
j
                                                                                                        i
improved detail and quality in the procedures revised when compared to the quality
              a.   Insoection Scone
l
                    The inspector evaluated operator performance during a makeup to the refueling       ;
of procedures prior to September 1,1996. A v'sation of TS 6.8.1 was identified
                    water storage tank (RWST) on September 26,1996. Operators initiated a makeup         '
'
                    of approximately 15,020 gallons to the RWST using the guidance in NOP 2.6-3,
whereas the licensee did not have a procedure for fuel handlinC accident as
                    " Blended Makeup to RWST." The purpose of the RWST makeup was to prepare to
j
l                   fill the reactor cavity. The RWST is the primary source of borated water for the
recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.33.
                    reactor cavity.                                                                     ;
!
              b.   Observations and Findinas
04
                    On September 26,1996, during a makeup to the RWST, operators noted a
Operator Knowledge and Performance
                    diversion of approximately 600 gallons or 4% of the total makeup inadvertently sent
04.1 Reactor Coolant System Inventorv Diversion (eel 96-11-02)
                    into the rsector coolant system (RCS). The apparent cause was leak-by through a
i
                    shut manual valve (BA-V-367). Valve BA-V-367 is a 2 inch manual globe valve in
a.
                    the piping system between the recycled pure water storage tank (RPWST) and the
Insoection Scone
                    suction of the charging pumps. In order to have the makeup water enter into the
The inspector evaluated operator performance during a makeup to the refueling
                    RCS, BA-V-367 and charging flow control valve CH-FCV-110 needed to leak by.
;
l                   Procedure NOP 2.6-3 6.1.1 required a valve lineup be performed if the dilution
water storage tank (RWST) on September 26,1996. Operators initiated a makeup
!                   water supply is aligned from the RPWST. The operators did not perform this step,
'
                    yet the dilution water supply was from the RPWST. This valve alignment would
of approximately 15,020 gallons to the RWST using the guidance in NOP 2.6-3,
                    have verified that BA-V-367 was closed.
" Blended Makeup to RWST." The purpose of the RWST makeup was to prepare to
                    The operators did not aggressively pursue a decrease in RCS boron from 2305 part
l
l                   per million (ppm) to 2288 ppm after the makeup to the RWST. Operators requested
fill the reactor cavity. The RWST is the primary source of borated water for the
l                   a second boron sample from chemistry; however, they did not identify the source of
reactor cavity.
l                   the diverted water. The potential existed for pure water to be in the charging
;
                    system that was credited as the emergency boration flowpath. On October 1,
b.
                    1996, the licensee sampled the flow paths. The boron concentration was between
Observations and Findinas
                    1817 and 1825 ppm less that the RCS, which confirmed the existence of a dilution
On September 26,1996, during a makeup to the RWST, operators noted a
diversion of approximately 600 gallons or 4% of the total makeup inadvertently sent
into the rsector coolant system (RCS). The apparent cause was leak-by through a
shut manual valve (BA-V-367). Valve BA-V-367 is a 2 inch manual globe valve in
the piping system between the recycled pure water storage tank (RPWST) and the
suction of the charging pumps. In order to have the makeup water enter into the
RCS, BA-V-367 and charging flow control valve CH-FCV-110 needed to leak by.
l
Procedure NOP 2.6-3 6.1.1 required a valve lineup be performed if the dilution
!
water supply is aligned from the RPWST. The operators did not perform this step,
yet the dilution water supply was from the RPWST. This valve alignment would
have verified that BA-V-367 was closed.
The operators did not aggressively pursue a decrease in RCS boron from 2305 part
l
per million (ppm) to 2288 ppm after the makeup to the RWST. Operators requested
l
a second boron sample from chemistry; however, they did not identify the source of
l
the diverted water. The potential existed for pure water to be in the charging
system that was credited as the emergency boration flowpath. On October 1,
1996, the licensee sampled the flow paths. The boron concentration was between
1817 and 1825 ppm less that the RCS, which confirmed the existence of a dilution
l
into the RCS. The boron concentration was still greater than the required shutdown
,
,
                    into the RCS. The boron concentration was still greater than the required shutdown  l
margin concentration of approximately 850 ppm.
j
'
'
                    margin concentration of approximately 850 ppm.                                     j
!
                                                                                                        !
The inspector reviewed the maintenance history for valve BA-V-367. The valve
3
3
                    The inspector reviewed the maintenance history for valve BA-V-367. The valve
was not subjected to any routine preventive maintenance activity, and the only
                    was not subjected to any routine preventive maintenance activity, and the only
.
                                                              .
1
1
-


  _                                           _ _ _ _                   _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _
_
        .
_ _ _ _
-          .
_ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _
    c.                                                                                               .)
.
c.
.
.)
-
:
:
I
I
*
*
                                                                                                            l
)
                                                                                                          )
Table of Contents (cont'd)
          Table of Contents (cont'd)                     15                                             i
15
.                recorded corrective maintenance activity was performed in 1989 (Authorized Work
i
i'               Order 89-10487) to adjust the valve packing due to leakage,                             j
recorded corrective maintenance activity was performed in 1989 (Authorized Work
.
i'
Order 89-10487) to adjust the valve packing due to leakage,
j
4
4
.'
Prior to this event, five adverse condition reports (ACRs) were prepared in
!
September,1996, identifying various chemical and volume control system valve
,
i
leakage. On September 3,1996, a similar event occurred whereas operators
j
l
suspected that a boric acid flow control valve (BA FCV-112C) was leaking through
i
[
to the charging header during a makeup to the RWST. The difference between the
4
two events was the makeup flowpath, and that operators secured from the makeup
,
j
on September 3,1996, when they noted an unexpected rise in pressurizer level of
1 %. Additionally, on September 18,1996 the licensee documented in ACR 96-
.
.
'
:
                Prior to this event, five adverse condition reports (ACRs) were prepared in
1062 that boric acid and pure water valves were not designed as zero leakage thus
!               September,1996, identifying various chemical and volume control system valve            ,
!
i                leakage. On September 3,1996, a similar event occurred whereas operators                j
creating the possibility of dilutions into the RCS. The inspector concluded that
l                suspected that a boric acid flow control valve (BA FCV-112C) was leaking through          i
]
[                to the charging header during a makeup to the RWST. The difference between the             l
based upon the recent events, licensee corrective actions to preclude the event on
4                two events was the makeup flowpath, and that operators secured from the makeup            ,
<
j                on September 3,1996, when they noted an unexpected rise in pressurizer level of
September 26,1996 were ineffective in that compensatory measures to preclude
.
.
                1 %. Additionally, on September 18,1996 the licensee documented in ACR 96-
unintended leakage into the RCS were not taken. Each of the corrective actions
:                1062 that boric acid and pure water valves were not designed as zero leakage thus          !
;
!                creating the possibility of dilutions into the RCS. The inspector concluded that
proposed from the five related ACRs were to trouble report the suspected leaking
                based upon the recent events, licensee corrective actions to preclude the event on        ]
;
                                                                                                            <
j
.                September 26,1996 were ineffective in that compensatory measures to preclude
valve, and schedule future repairs. This is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50
                unintended leakage into the RCS were not taken. Each of the corrective actions           ;
l
;                proposed from the five related ACRs were to trouble report the suspected leaking           !
j               valve, and schedule future repairs. This is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50           l
                Appendix B criterion XVI (eel 96-11-02).
'
'
                                                                                                          I
Appendix B criterion XVI (eel 96-11-02).
                                                                                                          ?
I
,          c.   Lonclusions
?
c.
Lonclusions
,
1
1
l               The Q:ensee corrective actions in response to recent valves that leak-by in the boric   ,
l
j               acid at:d pure water systems were ineffective in preventing the event on September       !
The Q:ensee corrective actions in response to recent valves that leak-by in the boric
i               26,1959. Operations personnel did not aggressively respond to either terminating         l
,
j               the make up to the RWST with known RCS inventory changes, or the potential of             ,
j
,                having diluted water in the credited emergency boration flowpath. Operators did           j
acid at:d pure water systems were ineffective in preventing the event on September
l               not adhere to the NOP 2.6-3 that would have required a valve alignment check of         '
!
.                valve BA-V-367. No preventive maintenance program existed for the valve (BA-V-           <
i
                367) that was suspected of leaking-by.
26,1959. Operations personnel did not aggressively respond to either terminating
          04.2 Resoonse to Low Cavity Level Alarm                                                     -
l
j
the make up to the RWST with known RCS inventory changes, or the potential of
,
having diluted water in the credited emergency boration flowpath. Operators did
j
,
l
not adhere to the NOP 2.6-3 that would have required a valve alignment check of
'
valve BA-V-367. No preventive maintenance program existed for the valve (BA-V-
<
.
367) that was suspected of leaking-by.
04.2 Resoonse to Low Cavity Level Alarm
-
)
)
                                                                                                            1
!
!          a.   Inspection Scoce                                                                           i
1
a.
Inspection Scoce
i
,
t
The inspection scope was to observe and evaluate operator actions in response to a
low cavity level alarm on October 24,1996.
,
,
                                                                                                            l
!
t                The inspection scope was to observe and evaluate operator actions in response to a
,
                low cavity level alarm on October 24,1996.
!
            b.    Observations and Findinas
f
f
{                 On October 24,1996, the inspector observed operator actions in response to a
b.
j                 slow decrease in RCS inventory (pressurizer level decrease of 1 %) over
Observations and Findinas
j                 approximately 3.5 hours. The inventory reduction was confirmed by a reactor
{
On October 24,1996, the inspector observed operator actions in response to a
j
slow decrease in RCS inventory (pressurizer level decrease of 1 %) over
j
approximately 3.5 hours. The inventory reduction was confirmed by a reactor
cavity low level alarm. The operator quantified the rate of inventory decrease at
,
,
                  cavity low level alarm. The operator quantified the rate of inventory decrease at
approximately 0.44 gallons per minute (gpm), and implemented the applicable
                  approximately 0.44 gallons per minute (gpm), and implemented the applicable
procedures; AOP 3.2-31 A," Reactor Coolant Systern/ Refueling Cavity Leak (Modes
                  procedures; AOP 3.2-31 A," Reactor Coolant Systern/ Refueling Cavity Leak (Modes
5 and 6)," and Annunciator Procedure (ANN) 4.24-2, " Cavity Low Level." The
                  5 and 6)," and Annunciator Procedure (ANN) 4.24-2, " Cavity Low Level." The
operators did not identify any leakage from the RCS, or the RHR system. At the
                  operators did not identify any leakage from the RCS, or the RHR system. At the
---
                              ---                                                               -
-
.-.
- -
--
-


    - . - - . . - - - . - - - - - - - - -                                                       -- - -       .       _~.     .     - - -
- . - - . . - - - . - - - - - - - - -
  ,         .             .
-- - -
                                  .
.
                                                                                                                                                j
_~.
                    e                                                                                                                              ,
.
- - -
j
,
.
.
.
e
,
,
,
                                                                                                                                                  '
l
l
'
l
l
j                               Table of Contents (cont'd)                     16                                                               ;
j
                                                          ~
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                                                                                                                                                  '
16
                                          time of RCS inventory reduction, the operators noted an increase in the aerated
;
                                          drains tank level. Conversations between operations personnel and the on-shift
~
                                          chemistry technician concluded that two RHR boron samples were drawn at the                             ;
'
                                          start and the end of the RCS inventory reduction. The first sample at approximately                     '
time of RCS inventory reduction, the operators noted an increase in the aerated
                                          8:00 a.m., equated to the start of the decrease in reactor coolant system inventory.                    :
drains tank level. Conversations between operations personnel and the on-shift
                                          A second sample taken at approximately 11:30 a.m., at the end of the reduction in
chemistry technician concluded that two RHR boron samples were drawn at the
j                                        RCS inventory. The operators attributed the decrease to a RHR sample valve that                          l
;
                                          was leaking by from the RHR system into the aerated drains tank. The valve was
start and the end of the RCS inventory reduction. The first sample at approximately
'
'
                                                                                                                                                  ;
8:00 a.m., equated to the start of the decrease in reactor coolant system inventory.
                                          trouble reported.
:
                                                                                                                                                    !
A second sample taken at approximately 11:30 a.m., at the end of the reduction in
l                                  c.   Conclusions                                                                                             i
j
                                                                                                                                                  !
RCS inventory. The operators attributed the decrease to a RHR sample valve that
                                          On October 24,1996, the operator.s noted RCS inventory changes and implemented                         ]
'
                                          the applicable procedures,                                                                             j
was leaking by from the RHR system into the aerated drains tank. The valve was
                                                                                                                                                  :
;
                                05       Operator Training and Qualification                                                                     >
trouble reported.
                                                                                                                                                  !
l
                                05.0 Cavity Seal Leak Trainina                                                                                     i
c.
                                                                                                                                                  I
Conclusions
                                                                                                                                                  1
i
                                    a.   inSDection Scope                                                                                         ,
!
                                                                                                                                                  ,
On October 24,1996, the operator.s noted RCS inventory changes and implemented
                                          On November 12,1996, the inspector observed the refueling crane operators
]
                                          perform exercises involving emergency operating procedure (EOP) 3.1-48, " Loss of                       '
the applicable procedures,
                                          Refueling Cavity Inventory." The inspection scope was to evaluate cperator                               l
j
                                          adherence to the EOP action steps, and to verify that the actions were
:
                                          accomplished within the acceptance criteria,
05
                                    b.   Observations and Findinas                                                                                 i
Operator Training and Qualification
                                          The contractor refueling crane operators displayed adequate knowledge of the
>
                                          procedure and its implementation. The operators adhered to the applicable steps
!
                                          within EOP 3.1-48 Attachments A and B for both the manipulator crane operator
05.0 Cavity Seal Leak Trainina
                                          and the upender operator. The scenario was to take a mock fuel assembly from
i
                                          above the core to its safe location within the fuel transfer canal, place the transfer
I
                                          cart into containment, close the spent fuel pool sluice gate, and simulate closing the-
1
                                          manual transfer canal valve inside containment.
a.
                                          The evolution was timed to verify that the required actions could be taken in less
inSDection Scope
                                          time than assumed in the analysis for the time it would take to drain the cavity in
,
                                          the event of a seal failure. The licensee had shown that the cavity could drain in
,
                                          about 20 minutes based on past operating events at Haddam Neck, with a seal
On November 12,1996, the inspector observed the refueling crane operators
                                          design more vulnerable than the existing seal. The acceptance criteria for EOP 3.1-
perform exercises involving emergency operating procedure (EOP) 3.1-48, " Loss of
                                          48 was established at half that time, or 10 minutes.
'
                                          During establishment of initial conditions, the inspector observed that one of the
Refueling Cavity Inventory." The inspection scope was to evaluate cperator
                                          manipulator crane operators lowered the mock fuel assembly on top of the core,
adherence to the EOP action steps, and to verify that the actions were
                                          whereas the initial condition for the exercise stated within two feet from the top of
accomplished within the acceptance criteria,
                                          the core, in discussions with the operator, the inspector learned that he was not       ,
b.
                                                                _.                         -       - -     __
Observations and Findinas
                                                                                                                    .         -_         - _ -
i
The contractor refueling crane operators displayed adequate knowledge of the
procedure and its implementation. The operators adhered to the applicable steps
within EOP 3.1-48 Attachments A and B for both the manipulator crane operator
and the upender operator. The scenario was to take a mock fuel assembly from
above the core to its safe location within the fuel transfer canal, place the transfer
cart into containment, close the spent fuel pool sluice gate, and simulate closing the-
manual transfer canal valve inside containment.
The evolution was timed to verify that the required actions could be taken in less
time than assumed in the analysis for the time it would take to drain the cavity in
the event of a seal failure. The licensee had shown that the cavity could drain in
about 20 minutes based on past operating events at Haddam Neck, with a seal
design more vulnerable than the existing seal. The acceptance criteria for EOP 3.1-
48 was established at half that time, or 10 minutes.
During establishment of initial conditions, the inspector observed that one of the
manipulator crane operators lowered the mock fuel assembly on top of the core,
whereas the initial condition for the exercise stated within two feet from the top of
the core, in discussions with the operator, the inspector learned that he was not
,
-
.
_.
-
-
-
__
.
-_
- _ -


  _ _       . -       _ _ _ _             _ _ - _ __ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _                           _ _ _ _ _ . ,
_ _
      .   .
. -
                                                                                                                      .
_ _ _ _
                  -
_ _ - _ __ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
        .                                                                                                             t
_ _ _ _ _
                                                                                                                      f
. ,
                                                                                                                      f
.
                                                                                                                      !
.
                                                                                                                      1
.
                Table of Contents (cont'd)                                     17                                   !
-
                                                                                                                      i
t
                        familiar with the top of core location on the Z-Z tape (vertical orientation). The           i
.
                        refueling SRO was notified by the inspector and the manipulator crane operator               ;
f
                        raised the assembly above the core. The inspector confirmed that the Z-Z tape was             l
f
                        appropriately marked for the top of core as part of the final manipulator crane               !
!
                        checkouts. The final crane checkouts occurred after the training exercise. No                 l
1
                        adverse consequence was observed during this evolution.                                       }
Table of Contents (cont'd)
                                                                                                                      l
17
                        The completion of the training was verified as being appropriately documented in             l'
!
                        vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure.
i
                c.     Conclusions
familiar with the top of core location on the Z-Z tape (vertical orientation). The
                                                                                                                      l
i
                                                                                                                      ;
refueling SRO was notified by the inspector and the manipulator crane operator
                        The EOP exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by               l
;
raised the assembly above the core. The inspector confirmed that the Z-Z tape was
l
appropriately marked for the top of core as part of the final manipulator crane
!
checkouts. The final crane checkouts occurred after the training exercise. No
l
adverse consequence was observed during this evolution.
}
l
The completion of the training was verified as being appropriately documented in
l
vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure.
'
c.
Conclusions
l
;
The EOP exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by
l
'
'
                        the refueling crane operators.                                                                 i
the refueling crane operators.
                05.2 Operator Trainina on Procedural Revisions                                                         !
i
                                                                                                                      r
05.2 Operator Trainina on Procedural Revisions
                a.     Inspection Scope
!
                                                                                                                      j
r
                        The scope of the inspection was to observe and evaluate the quality of classroom               i
a.
                        training provided to operators. The training was on the procedural changes used               ,
Inspection Scope
j
The scope of the inspection was to observe and evaluate the quality of classroom
i
training provided to operators. The training was on the procedural changes used
,
.
.
                        during a shutdown condition.                                                                   >
during a shutdown condition.
>
'
'
                                                                                                                      l
l
                b.     Observations and Findinas                                                                     i
b.
                        The inspector attended operator training on September 27,1996 for the rt.3:: tor
Observations and Findinas
l                       cavity level indication system (CLIS), and on October 22,1996 for the significant
i
l                       changes to the operations procedures for shutdown operations.
The inspector attended operator training on September 27,1996 for the rt.3:: tor
l                       The training provided to the operators on the CLIS focused on indicator limitations
l
                        and system errors in response to excessive RCS gas flowrates. The training also
cavity level indication system (CLIS), and on October 22,1996 for the significant
                        identified the purpose of vacuum compensation, and the lesson-learned during the
l
                        ingress of nitrogen into the RCS in late August,1996.
changes to the operations procedures for shutdown operations.
                        The training on October 22,1996 provided an overview of sixteen (16) new or
l
j                       significantly revised procedures, accomplished an "in-plant" job performance                   l
The training provided to the operators on the CLIS focused on indicator limitations
and system errors in response to excessive RCS gas flowrates. The training also
identified the purpose of vacuum compensation, and the lesson-learned during the
ingress of nitrogen into the RCS in late August,1996.
The training on October 22,1996 provided an overview of sixteen (16) new or
j
significantly revised procedures, accomplished an "in-plant" job performance
;
;
                        measure to align the purification system for RCS makeup, and simulated a pre-
measure to align the purification system for RCS makeup, and simulated a pre-
l                       evolution briefing on RCS draindown. At the closure of the training, a written exam
l
j                       was provided to operators. The training duration was approximately eight hours.
evolution briefing on RCS draindown. At the closure of the training, a written exam
j
was provided to operators. The training duration was approximately eight hours.
The trainer provided a copy of each procedure, went over the basis for each of the
'
'
                        The trainer provided a copy of each procedure, went over the basis for each of the
prerequicites and precautions for the new procedures, and provided the basis for
                        prerequicites and precautions for the new procedures, and provided the basis for
each procedure step change. During the classroom instruction, exercises were
                        each procedure step change. During the classroom instruction, exercises were
l
l                       performed to classify the emergency level for a dropped fuel assembly, and to
performed to classify the emergency level for a dropped fuel assembly, and to
                        calculate the expected volumes of inventory during either draindown or makeup to
calculate the expected volumes of inventory during either draindown or makeup to
                        the RCS.
the RCS.
;
;
4                        The operations manager and training instructor provided a critique on the operations
The operations manager and training instructor provided a critique on the operations
                        crew pre-evolution briefing for a RCS draindown from 50% pressurizer level to                 j
4
crew pre-evolution briefing for a RCS draindown from 50% pressurizer level to
j
,
,
(
(
                                                    .,     .--                   -
.,
                                                                                                        -
.--
-
-


    - -         -__ - - . - . -                 - - _-_.               ..   .- .-   . _ . . -- -       -   -
- -
  .       .
-__ - - . - . -
            .
- - _-_.
        .
..
                                                                                                                l
.- .-
            Table of Contents (cont'd)                             18
. _ . . -- -
                        eleven inches below the reactor vessel flange. The critique of the bricfing focused
-
                        on the need for communication repeat backs, improvements for the unit supervisor
-
                        (US) to state all procedure prerequisite steps, and the need to request engineering
.
                        support for contingency actions.
.
            c.       ' Conclusions                                                               .
.
                        The training to operators appropriately focused on the details and purpose for the
.
                        significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.
l
            08         Miscellaneous Matters
Table of Contents (cont'd)
            08.1 1996 INPO Evaluation
18
l                       The last evaluation by the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) was
eleven inches below the reactor vessel flange. The critique of the bricfing focused
                        performed in May,1996, and the report was issued in September and made
on the need for communication repeat backs, improvements for the unit supervisor
                        available for NRC review on October 3,1996. In overview, the assessment found
(US) to state all procedure prerequisite steps, and the need to request engineering
                        several notable practices and accomplishments, including a high level of pride in the
support for contingency actions.
                        plant, strong plant focus of the station work groups that resulted in good teamwork,
c.
                        effective valve maintenance, a concerted effort to upgrade equipment in the areas
' Conclusions
                        of control rod position indication and radiation monitoring, the use of nonintrusive
.
                        acoustic testing.
The training to operators appropriately focused on the details and purpose for the
significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.
08
Miscellaneous Matters
08.1 1996 INPO Evaluation
l
The last evaluation by the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) was
performed in May,1996, and the report was issued in September and made
available for NRC review on October 3,1996. In overview, the assessment found
several notable practices and accomplishments, including a high level of pride in the
plant, strong plant focus of the station work groups that resulted in good teamwork,
effective valve maintenance, a concerted effort to upgrade equipment in the areas
of control rod position indication and radiation monitoring, the use of nonintrusive
acoustic testing.
i
Several areas for improvement were also noted, such as: precursors to reactivity
control events, maintenance conducted outside the AWO job scope, engineering
evaluations that are not thorough, a need to be more aggressive in ALARA, and,
ineffective use of operating experience, work observations, self-assessments and
risk assessment tools. The inspector noted that the INPO findings did not identify
any safety significant findings not already known to the NRC.
II. Maintenance
M1
Conduct of Maintenance
,
i
i
                        Several areas for improvement were also noted, such as: precursors to reactivity
1
                        control events, maintenance conducted outside the AWO job scope, engineering
M1.1 General Comments
                        evaluations that are not thorough, a need to be more aggressive in ALARA, and,
a.
                        ineffective use of operating experience, work observations, self-assessments and
inspection Scone (62703)
                        risk assessment tools. The inspector noted that the INPO findings did not identify
The inspectors observed all or portions of the following work activities:
                        any safety significant findings not already known to the NRC.
e
                                                            II. Maintenance
AWO 96-7718
            M1          Conduct of Maintenance                                                                  ,
Cavity Seal Hatch Leak Test
                                                                                                                i
e
                                                                                                                1
AWO 96-6787
            M1.1 General Comments
RHR-V791 A Nondestructive Examination
            a.         inspection Scone (62703)
                        The inspectors observed all or portions of the following work activities:
                        e     AWO 96-7718             Cavity Seal Hatch Leak Test                           I
                        e     AWO 96-6787             RHR-V791 A Nondestructive Examination
;
;
                        e     AWO 96-7552             B RHR Pump Thrust End Stationary Oil Baffle
e
                                                                                                                !
AWO 96-7552
i                        e     AWO 96-8734             Ultrasonic Service Water Flow Measurements on the     I
B RHR Pump Thrust End Stationary Oil Baffle
i                                                       Spent Fuel Pool Return Header
i
                                                                                                                !
e
AWO 96-8734
Ultrasonic Service Water Flow Measurements on the
I
i
Spent Fuel Pool Return Header
!


  .   .
.
        <
.
    .
<
                                                                                                      l
.
                                                    19                                               l
l
                                                                                                      l
19
              *     AWO 96-8540           SFP Cooling Piping Repair
l
                                                                                                      1
*
              *      AWO 96-9229           Reactor Cavity Seal Leak
AWO 96-8540
        b.   Observations and Findinas
SFP Cooling Piping Repair
              The above maintenance activities were adequately implemented. Except as
*
              discussed in Section M2 below, the inspector had no further comments in this area.
AWO 96-9229
        M 1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)                                   I
Reactor Cavity Seal Leak
        a.   Inspection Scope
b.
              The inspectors observed the following surveillance activities:                           ,
Observations and Findinas
                                                                                                      1
The above maintenance activities were adequately implemented. Except as
                                                                                                      1
discussed in Section M2 below, the inspector had no further comments in this area.
              *     SUR 5.1-159B                 Boron Injection Flowpath Verification and
M 1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)
                                                  Metering Pump Test
a.
              *     SUR 5.7-162                   In-Place Testing of the Spent Fuel Building Filters
Inspection Scope
              *     Special Test 11.7-200         Underwater Reactor Cavity Hatch Seal
The inspectors observed the following surveillance activities:
                                                  Troubleshooting
,
              *     SUR 5.3-54                   Burnup Requirements for Spent Fuel Pool
1
                                                  Storage
1
              *     SUR 5.1-104A                 Boric Acid Flowpath Operability Test
*
              *     ENG 1.7-102                   SFPC Heat Exchanger and Pump Test
SUR 5.1-159B
              Except as noted below, the inspector had no further comments in this area,
Boron Injection Flowpath Verification and
          b. Observations and Findinas
Metering Pump Test
              Ventilation Testina
*
              On September 27,1996, the system engineer documented a failed air flow while
SUR 5.7-162
              performing surveillance procedure (SUR) 5.7-162. SUR 5.7-162 implements
In-Place Testing of the Spent Fuel Building Filters
*
Special Test 11.7-200
Underwater Reactor Cavity Hatch Seal
Troubleshooting
*
SUR 5.3-54
Burnup Requirements for Spent Fuel Pool
Storage
*
SUR 5.1-104A
Boric Acid Flowpath Operability Test
*
ENG 1.7-102
SFPC Heat Exchanger and Pump Test
Except as noted below, the inspector had no further comments in this area,
b.
Observations and Findinas
Ventilation Testina
On September 27,1996, the system engineer documented a failed air flow while
performing surveillance procedure (SUR) 5.7-162. SUR 5.7-162 implements
technical specification (TS) surveillance 4.9.12.a.3. The minimum TS spent fuel
'
'
              technical specification (TS) surveillance 4.9.12.a.3. The minimum TS spent fuel
building air flow through the charcoal filters is 3,600 cubic feet per minute (cfm)
              building air flow through the charcoal filters is 3,600 cubic feet per minute (cfm)
and the measured air flow on September 27,1996 was 1,990 cfm. The spent fuel
              and the measured air flow on September 27,1996 was 1,990 cfm. The spent fuel
building ventilation system is required to be operable during movement of fuelin the
              building ventilation system is required to be operable during movement of fuelin the
spent fuel building. The ventilation system ensures that all radioactive material
              spent fuel building. The ventilation system ensures that all radioactive material
released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the charcoal
              released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the charcoal
absorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere.
              absorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere.


                                                    ..     -
..
  o   .
-
    .   *
o
                                                20
.
          The licensee learned through troubleshooting efforts between September 28 -
*
          October 2,1996 that the flowrate through the spent fuel building ventilation system
.
          was dependent on the configuration of the primary auxiliary building (PAB)
20
          ventilation system. Specifically, spent fuel building ventilation system airflow
The licensee learned through troubleshooting efforts between September 28 -
          changes from acceptable to unacceptable depending on the number of PAB exhaust
October 2,1996 that the flowrate through the spent fuel building ventilation system
          fans in operation, amount of supply air in the PAB system, and if containment purge
was dependent on the configuration of the primary auxiliary building (PAB)
          is in service or not. The primary reason for interaction of the two ventilation
ventilation system. Specifically, spent fuel building ventilation system airflow
          systems is that both are connected to the exhaust ducting prior to reaching the
changes from acceptable to unacceptable depending on the number of PAB exhaust
          main stack. The proper flow was obtained by adjusting the fan Jischarge damper.
fans in operation, amount of supply air in the PAB system, and if containment purge
          The surveillance procedure did not require a verification of the PAB exhaust
is in service or not. The primary reason for interaction of the two ventilation
          ventilation system alignment. The inspector reviewed historical surveillance results
systems is that both are connected to the exhaust ducting prior to reaching the
          and concluded that the last three tests were performed within the acceptance             ,
main stack. The proper flow was obtained by adjusting the fan Jischarge damper.
          criteria of the TS, however they were performed during power operation with no
The surveillance procedure did not require a verification of the PAB exhaust
          containment purge in service. Specifically, the surveillance was performed on
ventilation system alignment. The inspector reviewed historical surveillance results
          January 14,1993 (refueling outage was between May,1993 - July 20,1993), and
and concluded that the last three tests were performed within the acceptance
          on July 13,1994 (refueling outage began January 28,1995 - April 19,1995), and
,
          February 13,1996 (outage began on July 22,1996). During refueling conditions,
criteria of the TS, however they were performed during power operation with no
          containment purge supply and exhaust valves must be operable in accordance with
containment purge in service. Specifically, the surveillance was performed on
          TS 3.9.9. and one of the two PAB exhaust fans are in operation for containment
January 14,1993 (refueling outage was between May,1993 - July 20,1993), and
          purge. The failure to have an adequate procedure to verify that the spent fuel
on July 13,1994 (refueling outage began January 28,1995 - April 19,1995), and
          building ventilation system was able to perform its intended function is considered a
February 13,1996 (outage began on July 22,1996). During refueling conditions,
          violation of TS 6.8.1 (eel 96-11-03). Even though the testing performed in
containment purge supply and exhaust valves must be operable in accordance with
          September,1996 was prior to the system being required to be operable, the results
TS 3.9.9. and one of the two PAB exhaust fans are in operation for containment
          indicate that the airflow was less than required based upon the affects of PAB
purge. The failure to have an adequate procedure to verify that the spent fuel
          ventilation, and when the historical surveillance were performed.                         ,
building ventilation system was able to perform its intended function is considered a
                                                                                                    i
violation of TS 6.8.1 (eel 96-11-03). Even though the testing performed in
          On October 4,1996 the licensee determined that this surveillance failure was a
September,1996 was prior to the system being required to be operable, the results
          condition prohibited by technical specifications. Licensee event report (LER) 96-025
indicate that the airflow was less than required based upon the affects of PAB
          dated October 24,1996 documented this event. An apparent cause of the
ventilation, and when the historical surveillance were performed.
          surveillance failure was inadequate knowledge of testing and engineering personnel       j
,
          regarding the PAB ventilation alignment changes between power operation and               l
i
          refueling operations, and the affects on the flowrates through the spent fuel pool       j
On October 4,1996 the licensee determined that this surveillance failure was a
          building ventilation system.                                                             l
condition prohibited by technical specifications. Licensee event report (LER) 96-025
                                                                                                    l
dated October 24,1996 documented this event. An apparent cause of the
          The design basis of the spent fuel pool ventilation system was evaluated in
surveillance failure was inadequate knowledge of testing and engineering personnel
          systematic evaluation program (SEP) Topic XV-20 and referenced in Updated Final
j
          Safety Analyris Report (UFSAR) section 15.5.2.2. The licensee concluded in SEP
regarding the PAB ventilation alignment changes between power operation and
          Topic XV-20 that spent fuel building ventilation was not required to be in operation
refueling operations, and the affects on the flowrates through the spent fuel pool
          during a fuel hindling accident to maintain offsite doses less than 10 CFR 100
j
          limits; however, it was recognized that the normal operating procedure requires that
building ventilation system.
          it be in service with the exhaust aligned to the charcoal filter when fuelis being
The design basis of the spent fuel pool ventilation system was evaluated in
systematic evaluation program (SEP) Topic XV-20 and referenced in Updated Final
Safety Analyris Report (UFSAR) section 15.5.2.2. The licensee concluded in SEP
Topic XV-20 that spent fuel building ventilation was not required to be in operation
during a fuel hindling accident to maintain offsite doses less than 10 CFR 100
limits; however, it was recognized that the normal operating procedure requires that
it be in service with the exhaust aligned to the charcoal filter when fuelis being
l
l
          moved. Notwithstanding, the analysis in SEP Topic XV-20, technical specification
moved. Notwithstanding, the analysis in SEP Topic XV-20, technical specification
3.9.12 requires the system to be operable during movement of fuel within the spent
l
l
          3.9.12 requires the system to be operable during movement of fuel within the spent
fuel building at an airflow of 4,000 cfm +/-10%.
          fuel building at an airflow of 4,000 cfm +/-10%. UFSAR section 15.5.2.2 states
UFSAR section 15.5.2.2 states
          that the fuel be4 ding ventilation system and its associated charcoal filters will be in
that the fuel be4 ding ventilation system and its associated charcoal filters will be in
          operation durir g fuel handling.
operation durir g fuel handling.
1
1


>   .
>
      ,
.
  ,
,
                                                21
,
        Licensee corrective actions were to administratively control the position of the PAB
21
        ventilation damper (specifically dilution damper setting), and control the SFB
Licensee corrective actions were to administratively control the position of the PAB
        exhaust fan discharge damper position. The surveillance was re-performed
ventilation damper (specifically dilution damper setting), and control the SFB
        successfully with containment purge in-service prior to fuel movement.
exhaust fan discharge damper position. The surveillance was re-performed
        The inspector verified that SUR 5.7-162 appropriately implemented ASME/ ANSI
successfully with containment purge in-service prior to fuel movement.
        N510-1980, Testing of Nuclear Air-Cleaning Systems, Section 8, Airflow Capacity
The inspector verified that SUR 5.7-162 appropriately implemented ASME/ ANSI
        and Distribution Tests guidance. The industry standard was reference in technical
N510-1980, Testing of Nuclear Air-Cleaning Systems, Section 8, Airflow Capacity
        specification basis 3.9.12.
and Distribution Tests guidance. The industry standard was reference in technical
        Boron Flow Path
specification basis 3.9.12.
        On October 18,1996 the inspector observed a nuclear system operator (NSO)
Boron Flow Path
        implement SUR 5.1-1598, Boron injection Path Valve Lineup and Metering Pump
On October 18,1996 the inspector observed a nuclear system operator (NSO)
        Test (Shutdown Modes 5 and 6). The activity on October 18,1996 was performed
implement SUR 5.1-1598, Boron injection Path Valve Lineup and Metering Pump
        with appropriate procedural compliance and a good pre-evolution briefing.
Test (Shutdown Modes 5 and 6). The activity on October 18,1996 was performed
        Seal Hatch Leak Test
with appropriate procedural compliance and a good pre-evolution briefing.
        On November 8,1996, the inspector observed licensee personnel implement special
Seal Hatch Leak Test
        test (ST) 11.7-200. The procedure was to confirm the o-ring integrity on the cavity
On November 8,1996, the inspector observed licensee personnel implement special
        seal hatches. An air pressure test between the two o-rings on the hatches was
test (ST) 11.7-200. The procedure was to confirm the o-ring integrity on the cavity
        performed prior to flooding of the reactor cavity. It was performed satisfactorily on
seal hatches. An air pressure test between the two o-rings on the hatches was
        October 2,1996; however, due to leakage from the cavity tell-tail drains on
performed prior to flooding of the reactor cavity. It was performed satisfactorily on
        November 5,1996, the licensee opted to re-verify the hatch integrity with the
October 2,1996; however, due to leakage from the cavity tell-tail drains on
        refueling cavity full of water. ST 11.7-200 was developed to accomplish this diving
November 5,1996, the licensee opted to re-verify the hatch integrity with the
        evolution.
refueling cavity full of water. ST 11.7-200 was developed to accomplish this diving
        The pre-evolution briefing was led by the system engineer with operations
evolution.
        management, maintenance personnel, contractor divers, health physics, and
The pre-evolution briefing was led by the system engineer with operations
        radwaste technicians in attendance. The briefing was detailed. The health physics
management, maintenance personnel, contractor divers, health physics, and
        technicians led a briefing wi:h the divers on the radiological controls during the dive l
radwaste technicians in attendance. The briefing was detailed. The health physics
        using radiation protectio., manual (RPM) 2.5-7, Diving Evolutions, for guidance. The   j
technicians led a briefing wi:h the divers on the radiological controls during the dive
        health physics briefing focused on low dose areas, importance of controls of cavity     i
l
        entrance and exits, and the process for tool removal. The inspector noted that dose
using radiation protectio., manual (RPM) 2.5-7, Diving Evolutions, for guidance. The
        to the divers was remotely displayed and during the performance of ST 11.7-200
j
        and continuously monitored by health physics technicians. The inspector observed
health physics briefing focused on low dose areas, importance of controls of cavity
        the reactor operator at the cavity tell tail drains record the cavity sealleak rates
i
        prior to, during, and after each of the pressure tests on the cavity hatches. No
entrance and exits, and the process for tool removal. The inspector noted that dose
        change in cavity sealleak rates was observed. The inspector noted that the             i
to the divers was remotely displayed and during the performance of ST 11.7-200
        operator displayed good knowledge of radiological conditions by remaining in the
and continuously monitored by health physics technicians. The inspector observed
        designated low dose areas when leak rates were not requested.
the reactor operator at the cavity tell tail drains record the cavity sealleak rates
        The performance of ST 11.7-200 did not identify that the cavity seal hatches as the
prior to, during, and after each of the pressure tests on the cavity hatches. No
        source of leakage. Notwithstanding, the inspector noted appropriate health physics
change in cavity sealleak rates was observed. The inspector noted that the
        support and good control by the system engineer during implementation of the
i
        procedure.
operator displayed good knowledge of radiological conditions by remaining in the
designated low dose areas when leak rates were not requested.
The performance of ST 11.7-200 did not identify that the cavity seal hatches as the
source of leakage. Notwithstanding, the inspector noted appropriate health physics
support and good control by the system engineer during implementation of the
procedure.


                  _. ._ _ _               __       _ _ _ _ _ _ _             . .     . _ _ _         __ _ _
_. ._ _ _
    C   *
__
          *
_
      .
_ _ _ _ _ _
                                                                                                                i
. .
                                                          22                                                   ;
. _ _ _
          c.   Conclusions
__ _ _
                                                                                                                .
C
                The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation
*
                system had inadequate controls to ensure that acceptable airflow results were                   ;
*
                obtained. This surveillance inadequacy resulted in a historical violation of the
.
                technical specifications. The licensee reported this event as a condition prohibited             ;
i
                by technical specifications. The method of air flow testing was consistent with                 :
22
                industry standard ASME/ ANSI N510-1980 as depicted in the technical specification
;
                basis and surveillance requirements. The inspector noted appropriate health physics
c.
                support during the implementation of ST 11.7-200.
Conclusions
          M2   Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment
.
          M 2.1 "B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Followina Overhaul
The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation
          a.   I Joection Scope
system had inadequate controls to ensure that acceptable airflow results were
                                                                                                                l
;
                On Saturday September 15,1996, while running the "B" Residual Heat Removal
obtained. This surveillance inadequacy resulted in a historical violation of the
                (RHR) pump for 43 hours following pump repairs discussed previously, operators                  ;
technical specifications. The licensee reported this event as a condition prohibited
                noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal on the motor end of the pump.            )
by technical specifications. The method of air flow testing was consistent with
                Following investigation the oil baffle seal was replaced with a new seal. However,
:
                once the pump was started, within seconds operators observed smoke and                          ;
industry standard ASME/ ANSI N510-1980 as depicted in the technical specification
                unexpected noise. Once the pump was secured, inspection revealed the oil baffle                  i
basis and surveillance requirements. The inspector noted appropriate health physics
                                                                                                                '
support during the implementation of ST 11.7-200.
                was damaged and had welded to the pump shaft. The inspectors reviewed
M2
                maintenance procedures, safety evaluations, root cause determination and test
Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment
l              procedures, and interviewed maintenance, test and operations personnel to
M 2.1
l              determine causes and the adequacy of corrective actions.
"B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Followina Overhaul
            b.  Observations and Findinas
a.
I Joection Scope
l
l
                Following the "B" RHR pump shaft seizure on September 1,1996, Connecticut
On Saturday September 15,1996, while running the "B" Residual Heat Removal
(RHR) pump for 43 hours following pump repairs discussed previously, operators
;
noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal on the motor end of the pump.
Following investigation the oil baffle seal was replaced with a new seal. However,
once the pump was started, within seconds operators observed smoke and
unexpected noise. Once the pump was secured, inspection revealed the oil baffle
i
'
was damaged and had welded to the pump shaft. The inspectors reviewed
maintenance procedures, safety evaluations, root cause determination and test
l
procedures, and interviewed maintenance, test and operations personnel to
l
determine causes and the adequacy of corrective actions.
b.
Observations and Findinas
l
l
                Yankee (CY), determined the cause of the failure and performed repairs to the
Following the "B" RHR pump shaft seizure on September 1,1996, Connecticut
,                pump. As a retest, the pump was started and run for approximately 48 hours. At
l
                that time, operators noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal, which is
Yankee (CY), determined the cause of the failure and performed repairs to the
l                located on the motor side of the pump housing. The pump was secured and
pump. As a retest, the pump was started and run for approximately 48 hours. At
l                inspected. It was determined that the oil baffle seal had rotated, either because of
j                vibration e ontact with the pump shaft. As a result of the baffle seal rotation, the
,
,
                drain hole, t .ich directs the oil back into the casing also rotated out of the "6
that time, operators noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal, which is
                o' clock" position. With the drain hole out of the required position, oil traveled down
l
                the shaft and was observed by the operator.
located on the motor side of the pump housing. The pump was secured and
                The oil baffle seal was designed to be secured into the bearing housing cover with
l
                an interference fit. As a result, the measurements and manufacturing tolerances of
inspected. It was determined that the oil baffle seal had rotated, either because of
                the baffle are critical to ensure an adequate fit so that the baffle does not come in
vibration e ontact with the pump shaft. As a result of the baffle seal rotation, the
j
drain hole, t .ich directs the oil back into the casing also rotated out of the "6
,
o' clock" position. With the drain hole out of the required position, oil traveled down
the shaft and was observed by the operator.
The oil baffle seal was designed to be secured into the bearing housing cover with
an interference fit. As a result, the measurements and manufacturing tolerances of
the baffle are critical to ensure an adequate fit so that the baffle does not come in
contact with the pump shaft.
'
'
                contact with the pump shaft.
l
  l
l
l
,
,


      .     - - -               - -- .. .-                 .   _ - . _ - - . .       _ - . - . _ .     . _ _ - -
.
  C     *
- - -
    .    .
- -- .. .-
                                                                                                                    ;
.
                                                                                                                    !
_ - . _ - - . .
                                                                                                                      !
_ - . - . _ .
                                                          23                                                        ;
. _
                                                                                                                      I
_ - -
                  A new beffle was ordered and received onsite. However, when installed it was also
C
                  loose and did not have the required interference fit. With the vendor, Ingersol                  ,
*
l                  Dressor Puraps (lDP) approval, the baffle seal was " punch pricked" and locktite was              !
.
l                  used to secure it to the pump housing cover. Because of the tight clearance                      !
;
.
!
!
                  requirements, the clearance between the baffle seal and the shaft was also                        *
                  questioned by CY personnel. On September 21,1996, during a telephone                              ;
                  conversat;on, the vendor told CY that the clearance should be between 4 and 11                    ;
l                  mils total diametrical clearance. That is 2 to 5.5 mils radial clearance between the
i                  shaft and the baffle seal.
!                                                                                                                    1
                  As a result, CY determined to use a 3.5 mil radial clearance (7 mil diagonal) and                ;
                  milled the baffle to this specification prior to installation. The runout, or flex, of the        '
                  shaft was measured to be approximately 2 mils total. This should have given the                  :
i                  baffle approximately 5 mils of diametrical clearance or 2.5 mil radial clearance.
                  When the pump was started on September 21,1996, operators immediately                            '
                  observed smoke and noise coming from the area of the oil baffle seal. The pump                    !
                  was secured and operators observed that the baffle had welded itself to the shaft                  l
,                  and rotated with the shaft.                                                                        .
                                                                                                                      '
!
!
23
;
I
I
l                  Following partial disassembly and inspection of the pump shaft, oil baffle seal and
A new beffle was ordered and received onsite. However, when installed it was also
l                  thrust housing, CY determined that the clearances specified by IDP during the                      ,
loose and did not have the required interference fit. With the vendor, Ingersol
                  September 21,1996 telephone conversation had been inaccurate and that the
l
l                                                                                                                    l
Dressor Puraps (lDP) approval, the baffle seal was " punch pricked" and locktite was
,                  baffle had made contact with the shaft. As a result of the combined tolerances                    ,
,
l                  allowed on components of the pump, the clearance specified between the baffle                     '
!
l                  and the shaft was too small to ensure adequate clearance.                                         {
l
                                                                                                                      l
used to secure it to the pump housing cover. Because of the tight clearance
                  As a result of the failure the vendor performed a more detailed review of the                       l
!
                  specifications for the oil baffle seal. This review indicated that the nominal                      j
!
                  clearance required between the baffle and the housing should be a diametrical total
requirements, the clearance between the baffle seal and the shaft was also
                  of 18 mils. The 4-11 mils specified earlier was in error and was based on a review
*
                  of the tolerances stocking up on the pump components. At the time of the                           ,
questioned by CY personnel. On September 21,1996, during a telephone
;
conversat;on, the vendor told CY that the clearance should be between 4 and 11
;
l
mils total diametrical clearance. That is 2 to 5.5 mils radial clearance between the
i
shaft and the baffle seal.
!
1
As a result, CY determined to use a 3.5 mil radial clearance (7 mil diagonal) and
;
milled the baffle to this specification prior to installation. The runout, or flex, of the
'
'
                  September 21,1996 call, IDP had been reluctant to give CY the actual pump                           i
shaft was measured to be approximately 2 mils total. This should have given the
                  drawings because they included proprietary information. Tho lack of ability to                     )
:
                  review the actual drawing specifications resulted in CY reiving completely on IDP
baffle approximately 5 mils of diametrical clearance or 2.5 mil radial clearance.
                  for technical information regarding pump measurement specifications.
i
                  Because of problems with ordering the correct sized baffle seal, CY decided to
When the pump was started on September 21,1996, operators immediately
l                 f abricate a baffle seal onsite using actual drawings obtained from the pump vendor
'
observed smoke and noise coming from the area of the oil baffle seal. The pump
!
was secured and operators observed that the baffle had welded itself to the shaft
l
and rotated with the shaft.
,
!
.
'
I
l
Following partial disassembly and inspection of the pump shaft, oil baffle seal and
l
thrust housing, CY determined that the clearances specified by IDP during the
,
l
September 21,1996 telephone conversation had been inaccurate and that the
l
baffle had made contact with the shaft. As a result of the combined tolerances
,
,
l
allowed on components of the pump, the clearance specified between the baffle
'
l
and the shaft was too small to ensure adequate clearance.
{
l
As a result of the failure the vendor performed a more detailed review of the
specifications for the oil baffle seal. This review indicated that the nominal
j
clearance required between the baffle and the housing should be a diametrical total
of 18 mils. The 4-11 mils specified earlier was in error and was based on a review
of the tolerances stocking up on the pump components. At the time of the
,
September 21,1996 call, IDP had been reluctant to give CY the actual pump
i
'
drawings because they included proprietary information. Tho lack of ability to
)
review the actual drawing specifications resulted in CY reiving completely on IDP
for technical information regarding pump measurement specifications.
Because of problems with ordering the correct sized baffle seal, CY decided to
l
f abricate a baffle seal onsite using actual drawings obtained from the pump vendor
[
[
representative and measurements of the previous baffles. The new baffle was
'
'
                  representative and measurements of the previous baffles. The new baffle was
f abricated such that an interference fit was used and the baffle was shrunk fit into
                  f abricated such that an interference fit was used and the baffle was shrunk fit into
l
l                 the housing.
the housing.
i
On September 24,1996, the Plant Operating Review Committee (PORC) reviewed
and approved of the repair and retesting procedures. On September 24,1996, the
,
"B" RHR pump was started. However, low discharge pressures and low running
;
amps indicated that the pump was air bound. Difficulty in venting the RHR pumps
j
has been experienced in the past. As a result of the pump piping arrangement, air
!
_
_
i
i
                  On September 24,1996, the Plant Operating Review Committee (PORC) reviewed
                  and approved of the repair and retesting procedures. On September 24,1996, the                      ,
                    "B" RHR pump was started. However, low discharge pressures and low running                        l
;                  amps indicated that the pump was air bound. Difficulty in venting the RHR pumps
j                  has been experienced in the past. As a result of the pump piping arrangement, air
!
                                    _      _
                                                                                                                      i


        - .                          . - - -.-          - -- - - . - --- .--.                          -- -  .
, - -
, - -
                            .
- .
,    e       .                                                                                                   :
.
            .   o
. - - -.-
                                                                                                                    ,
- -- - - . - --- .--.
                                                                                                                    l
-- -
                                                                                                                    i
.
                                                                                                                    i
e
                                                                                                                    !
.
                                                                            24                                     ,
:
                                                                                                                    ;
,
                          becomes trapped in the discharge and suction piping of the pump. Once the pump           I
.
                          was started with air in the piping, and the "A" RHR pump running, the "B" RHR             ;
o
                          pump was not able to generate a high enough discharge pressure to open the
,
                                                                                                                    '
l
                          downstream check valve, which was at RHR header pressure of over 118 psig.
i
                          Once "B" RHR pump discharge pressure exceeds the RHR header pressure, the                 !
i
                          che,ck valve can open and sweep any remaining air out of the pump.                       l
!
l                         As a result of the test failure, CY developed a second test. This test opened a heat     l
24
l                         exchanger bypass valve which raised header flow and lowered header pressure.             l'
,
                          The procedure "B" RHR Pump Startup & Troubleshooting test, ST11.7-199 Rev.1,
;
                          also allowed the pump to be vented during the run and allowed repeating the run           ;
becomes trapped in the discharge and suction piping of the pump. Once the pump
                          three times to ensure that the pump was adequately vented. At approximately-               l
I
                          9:00 p.m. on September 25,1996, the pump was run satisfactorily and declared             -'
was started with air in the piping, and the "A" RHR pump running, the "B" RHR
                          operable.
;
                                                                                                                    ;
pump was not able to generate a high enough discharge pressure to open the
                  c.     Conclusions                                                                               j
'
                                                                                                                    !
downstream check valve, which was at RHR header pressure of over 118 psig.
                          The RHR pump failures due to rotation of the baffle were caused by inadequate             ;
Once "B" RHR pump discharge pressure exceeds the RHR header pressure, the
                          sizing and spacing of the oil baffle seal. The lack of vendor drawings was a
!
                          contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the problem.                 l
che,ck valve can open and sweep any remaining air out of the pump.
                                                                                                                    !
l
                M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supolv Line Inspection                                         !
l
                                                                                                                    i
As a result of the test failure, CY developed a second test. This test opened a heat
                  a.     Inspection Scope
l
                          The inspector reviewed the reported findings by the licensee of spent fuel pool           )
l
                          (SFP) SWS supply line indications during the Inservice inspection (ISI) of five welded     i
exchanger bypass valve which raised header flow and lowered header pressure.
                          pipe supports. The review included the location of the reported indications, tha           '
l'
                          description and nondestructive techniques used to characterize the indications, the
The procedure "B" RHR Pump Startup & Troubleshooting test, ST11.7-199 Rev.1,
                          evaluation of the SWS supply line operability, and the corrective action taken to
also allowed the pump to be vented during the run and allowed repeating the run
                          preclude failure of the SFP SWS supply line piping.                                         I
;
                                                                                                                      l
three times to ensure that the pump was adequately vented. At approximately-
                                                                                                                      i
l
                  b.     Observations and Findinas
9:00 p.m. on September 25,1996, the pump was run satisfactorily and declared
                          Acoarent Pine Crack
- '
                          As part of the 10-year ISI visual inspection (VT) of hanger-to-pipe welds of the
operable.
                          SWS, a Level ll licensee inspector noted cracked paint in the region adjacent to the
;
                          hanger support WS 2028 pipe plate weld. The licensee inspector performed
c.
                          magnetic particle testing (MT) of the pipe surface and found an indication running in
Conclusions
                          an axial direction for 29.75 inches into the Plant Auxiliaries Building (PAB) South
j
                          Wall through which the pipe passed. The licensee further performed ultrasonic tests
!
                          (UT) of the crack and reported radial depths of .206 to .235 inches at intervals of 2       ;
The RHR pump failures due to rotation of the baffle were caused by inadequate
                          inches. Since the nominal thickness of the 6-inch pipe was .253 inches, the                 I
;
                          indication bode a serious effect on pipe structural integrity. Because of the               l
sizing and spacing of the oil baffle seal. The lack of vendor drawings was a
                          characteristics of the UT reading, the licensee believed that the indication depth
contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the problem.
                          reading may have been affected by an irregular inner pipe surface. Two Level 111
l
                                                                                                                      l
!
                                                                                                                      1
M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supolv Line Inspection
                                                                                                                      l
!
                                                                                                                      .
i
                                            +=
a.
                                                                                      -
Inspection Scope
      == s          - .,-         -- M-       -                               ,iimmi   y yei
The inspector reviewed the reported findings by the licensee of spent fuel pool
)
(SFP) SWS supply line indications during the Inservice inspection (ISI) of five welded
i
pipe supports. The review included the location of the reported indications, tha
'
description and nondestructive techniques used to characterize the indications, the
evaluation of the SWS supply line operability, and the corrective action taken to
I
preclude failure of the SFP SWS supply line piping.
i
b.
Observations and Findinas
Acoarent Pine Crack
As part of the 10-year ISI visual inspection (VT) of hanger-to-pipe welds of the
SWS, a Level ll licensee inspector noted cracked paint in the region adjacent to the
hanger support WS 2028 pipe plate weld. The licensee inspector performed
magnetic particle testing (MT) of the pipe surface and found an indication running in
an axial direction for 29.75 inches into the Plant Auxiliaries Building (PAB) South
Wall through which the pipe passed. The licensee further performed ultrasonic tests
(UT) of the crack and reported radial depths of .206 to .235 inches at intervals of 2
inches. Since the nominal thickness of the 6-inch pipe was .253 inches, the
indication bode a serious effect on pipe structural integrity. Because of the
characteristics of the UT reading, the licensee believed that the indication depth
reading may have been affected by an irregular inner pipe surface. Two Level 111
1
.
==
s
- .,-
--
M-
+=
-
,iimmi
-
y
yei


      -.   - . - _ - -       _    .     _ . - - -             - - - . ..                   _ . - -   -_.-
-.
                                                                                                              -]
- . - _ - -
                                                                                      . _ _ _
.
  .   .
_ . - - -
    4   -*
- - - . ..
                                                                                                                  \
. _ _ _
                                                                                    .
_ . - -
                                                            25
-_.-
                    NDE technicians re-e'xamined the UT test results and found depths no greater than
- ]
                    .065 inches. The Level til technicians believed the defect was typical of a shallow
_
                    " pipe lap" present in the manufactured pipe material. The indication extended
.
;                   through the wall and ended at a pipe elbow circumferential weld on the other side
.
                    of the wall.
4
                    A 52-inch sample of the SFP SWS supply line containing the defect was sent to the
-*
                    Materials Testing Laboratory of Northeast Nuclear Energy for flaw characterization.
\\
                    An area 40 inches in length revealed a linear, but intermittent indication. Two
.
'                  significant indications were located 2.25 inches from the WS-2028 pipe support               !
25
                    pad weld, and a third was located 1 inch from the circumferential pipe weld at the
NDE technicians re-e'xamined the UT test results and found depths no greater than
                    pipe elbow beyond the PAB South Wall. The NRC inspector examined etched
.065 inches. The Level til technicians believed the defect was typical of a shallow
                    photomicrographs (100X and 150X) from a sample slice containing the defect. The
" pipe lap" present in the manufactured pipe material. The indication extended
;
through the wall and ended at a pipe elbow circumferential weld on the other side
of the wall.
A 52-inch sample of the SFP SWS supply line containing the defect was sent to the
Materials Testing Laboratory of Northeast Nuclear Energy for flaw characterization.
An area 40 inches in length revealed a linear, but intermittent indication. Two
significant indications were located 2.25 inches from the WS-2028 pipe support
!
'
pad weld, and a third was located 1 inch from the circumferential pipe weld at the
pipe elbow beyond the PAB South Wall. The NRC inspector examined etched
photomicrographs (100X and 150X) from a sample slice containing the defect. The
#
#
                    photomicrographs revealed defects 7 mits and 4 mits in depth. The etched
photomicrographs revealed defects 7 mits and 4 mits in depth. The etched
                    microstructure of the unaffected pipe was typical of A53 carbon steel, with an
microstructure of the unaffected pipe was typical of A53 carbon steel, with an
                    equal mixture of ferrite and pearlite. The indication opening of .003 inches was
equal mixture of ferrite and pearlite. The indication opening of .003 inches was
l                   filled with a decarburized matrix with oxide inclusions. The defect morphology
l
                    indicated that the defects were " pipe laps"probably existing after manufacture.
filled with a decarburized matrix with oxide inclusions. The defect morphology
                    These were believed by the licensee not to be caused by any service-induced
indicated that the defects were " pipe laps"probably existing after manufacture.
                    loading.
These were believed by the licensee not to be caused by any service-induced
loading.
,
,
                    in order to ascertain the qualification of the inspector reporting the initial defect
in order to ascertain the qualification of the inspector reporting the initial defect
                    depth, the inspector reviewed the NDE inspector's qualifications and found them to
depth, the inspector reviewed the NDE inspector's qualifications and found them to
.                  be consistent with requirements of Level ll for VT, MT, and UT, The UT inspectors
be consistent with requirements of Level ll for VT, MT, and UT, The UT inspectors
                    re-interpreting the defect depth UT tests were both Levellliin UT.
.
                    The licensee evaluated the pipe lap defect to determine the possible effect on               >
re-interpreting the defect depth UT tests were both Levellliin UT.
                    operability of the pipe under the anticipated operating conditions, including design,
The licensee evaluated the pipe lap defect to determine the possible effect on
                    thermal, and seismic loading. For the initially large depths (exceeding .200 inches)
>
                    the licensee determined that the pipe was inoperable. Subsequently, the pipe was
operability of the pipe under the anticipated operating conditions, including design,
                    replaced. Subsequent evaluation of the operability of the pipe with " pipe laps"
thermal, and seismic loading. For the initially large depths (exceeding .200 inches)
                    shows that the depth, directionality, and morphology of the flaw detracts negligibly
the licensee determined that the pipe was inoperable. Subsequently, the pipe was
                    from the ability of the pipe to sustain such loading. The wall thickness reduction,
replaced. Subsequent evaluation of the operability of the pipe with " pipe laps"
                    and increased stress resulting therefrom, was negligible. The engineering evaluation
shows that the depth, directionality, and morphology of the flaw detracts negligibly
                    was provided in memorandum dated October 22,1996 (CES-96-325).
from the ability of the pipe to sustain such loading. The wall thickness reduction,
                    Following the initial pipe lap indication finding, the licensee performed MT
and increased stress resulting therefrom, was negligible. The engineering evaluation
                    examinations of the pipe at all 32 SFP SWS pipe supports. At these locations, five
was provided in memorandum dated October 22,1996 (CES-96-325).
                    non-conformance reports (NCRs) were written. The defects at these locations were
Following the initial pipe lap indication finding, the licensee performed MT
                    found to be shallow " pipe lap" indications and were removed using light buffing, or
examinations of the pipe at all 32 SFP SWS pipe supports. At these locations, five
                    " flapping" tools.
non-conformance reports (NCRs) were written. The defects at these locations were
                    The inspector requested the original material certifications for review. The licensee
found to be shallow " pipe lap" indications and were removed using light buffing, or
                    could not produce them for examination. There was much of this Class 3 piping in
" flapping" tools.
                    the service water system, and it was believed that any specific piece of pipe
The inspector requested the original material certifications for review. The licensee
                    material could be identified only from a certified material test report (CMTR) from a
could not produce them for examination. There was much of this Class 3 piping in
                    batch of piping, in lieu of providing the original CMTR, the licensee arranged for an
the service water system, and it was believed that any specific piece of pipe
material could be identified only from a certified material test report (CMTR) from a
batch of piping, in lieu of providing the original CMTR, the licensee arranged for an


e   *
e
  <
*
                                                    26
<
            independent contractor (Dirats Laboratories) to test a sample of the pipe material
26
            containing the defect. The results of the test show that the sample was consistent
independent contractor (Dirats Laboratories) to test a sample of the pipe material
            with the ASTM Standard Specification for A-53 Type S seamless pipe, Grade B.
containing the defect. The results of the test show that the sample was consistent
                                                                                                      l
with the ASTM Standard Specification for A-53 Type S seamless pipe, Grade B.
                                                                                                    '
The licensee reviewed the indication findings, the results of the expanded inspection
            The licensee reviewed the indication findings, the results of the expanded inspection
'
            of pipes at the supports, the results of VT, MT, and UT, and concluded that the
of pipes at the supports, the results of VT, MT, and UT, and concluded that the
            piping defects resulted from the manufacturing process, and not from any applied
piping defects resulted from the manufacturing process, and not from any applied
            loading to the pipe. The licensee concluded that the indications were not of a
loading to the pipe. The licensee concluded that the indications were not of a
            nature to detract from the ability of the pipe to perform its intended function. On
nature to detract from the ability of the pipe to perform its intended function. On
            this basis, the licensee believes replacement of any sections of SFP SWS supply line
this basis, the licensee believes replacement of any sections of SFP SWS supply line
            pipe will be necessary only if discovered defects exceed the magnitude permitted by
pipe will be necessary only if discovered defects exceed the magnitude permitted by
            Section XI of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure
Section XI of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure
            Vessel Code.
Vessel Code.
            Other Material Deficiencies
Other Material Deficiencies
            The licensee expanded the review of SW piping and evaluation of potential defects
The licensee expanded the review of SW piping and evaluation of potential defects
            to assure the SFPCS was acceptable for core offload. The licensee identified flaws
to assure the SFPCS was acceptable for core offload. The licensee identified flaws
            in two tee-to-pipe welds in the service water return line from the SFP heat
in two tee-to-pipe welds in the service water return line from the SFP heat
            exchangers. The licensee established a flood watch until repairs were done. The
exchangers. The licensee established a flood watch until repairs were done. The
            affected pipe tee was replaced during an outage of the SW supply to the heat
affected pipe tee was replaced during an outage of the SW supply to the heat
            exchangers. Additionally, the licensee rep! aced a tee on the heat exchanger supply
exchangers. Additionally, the licensee rep! aced a tee on the heat exchanger supply
            line which had a known defect that was being tracked under the SW corrosion
line which had a known defect that was being tracked under the SW corrosion
            monitoring program (and had been previously found to be acceptable until the
monitoring program (and had been previously found to be acceptable until the
            Spring of 1997). The licensee replaced the supply side tee as well. The SW supply
Spring of 1997). The licensee replaced the supply side tee as well. The SW supply
            to the SFPCS was restored to normal on October 30,1996.
to the SFPCS was restored to normal on October 30,1996.
      c.   Conclusions
c.
            The licensee satisfactorily evaluated the safety significance of the findings of " pipe
Conclusions
            lap" defects in the SFP SWS supply pipe. The use of expanded inspection of all
The licensee satisfactorily evaluated the safety significance of the findings of " pipe
            SFP SWS supply pipe at the support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of
lap" defects in the SFP SWS supply pipe. The use of expanded inspection of all
            the defect, the NDE examinations of the defect, the analytic evaluation of the
SFP SWS supply pipe at the support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of
            defect, and the corrective action taken was conservative and consistent with good
the defect, the NDE examinations of the defect, the analytic evaluation of the
            engineering practice. Actions to address other material deficiencies in the SFPCS
defect, and the corrective action taken was conservative and consistent with good
            prior to core offload were appropriate.
engineering practice. Actions to address other material deficiencies in the SFPCS
      M8     Previous Open items
prior to core offload were appropriate.
      M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03. Followup Refuel Eauipment Failures
M8
                                                                                        ~
Previous Open items
            This item was last reviewed in Inspection 96-01 and remained open pending NRC
M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03. Followup Refuel Eauipment Failures
            review of licensee actions to upgrade and maintain refueling equipment. The
~
            licensee completed several actions to improve or upgrade the refueling equipment
This item was last reviewed in Inspection 96-01 and remained open pending NRC
            prior to the final core offload. The actions and plans in this area were summarized
review of licensee actions to upgrade and maintain refueling equipment. The
            in a engineering memorandum dated September 30,1996 ( CY-TS-96-462), and
licensee completed several actions to improve or upgrade the refueling equipment
            included: implementing PDCR 1575 to upgrade the fuel assembly upender; checkout
prior to the final core offload. The actions and plans in this area were summarized
                                                                                                    i
in a engineering memorandum dated September 30,1996 ( CY-TS-96-462), and
                                                                                                    i
included: implementing PDCR 1575 to upgrade the fuel assembly upender; checkout
i
i


,     .
,
  .     .
.
                                                      27
.
              of new fuel handling tools and the transfer cart; replacing the cable on the new fuel
.
              elevator; checkout of the sluice gate operation; performing preventive maintenance
27
              and load testing of the manipulator crane; performing preventive maintenance on
of new fuel handling tools and the transfer cart; replacing the cable on the new fuel
              the polar and spent fuel building cranes; and, revising the refueling procedures.
elevator; checkout of the sluice gate operation; performing preventive maintenance
              Finally, the licensee identified a new fuel handling accident involving the dropping of
and load testing of the manipulator crane; performing preventive maintenance on
              a fuel bundle in the pool from the surface of the water (ACR 96-278). This item
the polar and spent fuel building cranes; and, revising the refueling procedures.
              needed to resolved prior to placing the new fuel into the spent fuel pool. However,
Finally, the licensee identified a new fuel handling accident involving the dropping of
              this evolution was never completed after the joint owners of Haddam Neck
a fuel bundle in the pool from the surface of the water (ACR 96-278). This item
                                                                                                      l
needed to resolved prior to placing the new fuel into the spent fuel pool. However,
              announced on October 9 that the permanent shutdown of the plant was likely. The
this evolution was never completed after the joint owners of Haddam Neck
              listed corrective actions were completed as necessary prior to the core offload.
l
              This item is closed.
announced on October 9 that the permanent shutdown of the plant was likely. The
        M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, investiaation of Mav 23 Soent Fuel Event
listed corrective actions were completed as necessary prior to the core offload.
              This item concerned the completion of the licensee's review of an event in May,
This item is closed.
                1996 in which a fuel bundle became suspended on top of the fuel racks. The
M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, investiaation of Mav 23 Soent Fuel Event
              licensee identified personnel performance issues regarding the overriding of
This item concerned the completion of the licensee's review of an event in May,
              interlocks while inserting the bundle on May 23, and the need for a tool to guide
1996 in which a fuel bundle became suspended on top of the fuel racks. The
              insertion of fuel bundles in the new racks. A funnel type guide tool was
licensee identified personnel performance issues regarding the overriding of
              successfully used for the core offload in November,1996. The inspector reviewed
interlocks while inserting the bundle on May 23, and the need for a tool to guide
              personnel performance and actions to operate the fuel handling equipment during
insertion of fuel bundles in the new racks. A funnel type guide tool was
              the November 1996 defueling. No inadequacies were identified. This item is
successfully used for the core offload in November,1996. The inspector reviewed
              closed.
personnel performance and actions to operate the fuel handling equipment during
        M8.3 (Ocen) IFl 93-01-01: Safety Instrument Calibrations
the November 1996 defueling. No inadequacies were identified. This item is
              This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to assure
closed.
              instruments used to satisfy technical specification surveillances are periodically
M8.3 (Ocen) IFl 93-01-01: Safety Instrument Calibrations
              calibrated. Section E8.2 of this report (see LER 96-27) describes additional
This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to assure
              discrepancies regarding the failure to calibrate temperature instruments used on the
instruments used to satisfy technical specification surveillances are periodically
              safety related boric acid heat trace circuits. This item remains open pending further   i
calibrated. Section E8.2 of this report (see LER 96-27) describes additional
              NRC review of licensee corrective actions.
discrepancies regarding the failure to calibrate temperature instruments used on the
                                                Ill. Enaineerina
safety related boric acid heat trace circuits. This item remains open pending further
        E1     Conduct of Engineering
i
        E1.1   Instrumentation Setooint Control (eel 96-11-04)
NRC review of licensee corrective actions.
                                                                                                        l
Ill. Enaineerina
        a.   Insoection Scope (92903)                                                                 ;
E1
              The scope of this inspection included a review of the licensee instrumentation           !
Conduct of Engineering
              setpoint calculation program associated with the reactor protection system,
E1.1
              engineered safeguards features systems and a sample of other instrumentation
Instrumentation Setooint Control (eel 96-11-04)
              included in the plant technical specifications. The inspectors also reviewed the
a.
              engineering procedures utilized to perform instrument uncertainty and setpoint
Insoection Scope (92903)
    _                         _                          _              ,               -
The scope of this inspection included a review of the licensee instrumentation
                                                                                                    .
setpoint calculation program associated with the reactor protection system,
engineered safeguards features systems and a sample of other instrumentation
included in the plant technical specifications. The inspectors also reviewed the
engineering procedures utilized to perform instrument uncertainty and setpoint
_
,
-
.


  _ _ _         . .   _ ~ _ . _ . _ ~ _             _ _ . . _ _ - . _-_ .               _ _ _ - _ _ _
_ _ _
  .         .                                                                                             ;
.
          e   *
.
_ ~ _ . _ . _ ~ _
_ _ . . _ _ - . _-_ .
_ _ _ - _ _ _
;
.
.
l
e
*
l
l
l
l
                                                                                                          l
[
[                                                            28
28
                                                                                                          i
i
                  calculations. A sample of setpoint calculations were reviewed to assess the             ,
calculations. A sample of setpoint calculations were reviewed to assess the
                  methods utilized in the calculation and the overall quality of the engineering work.
,
              b. Observations and Findinas
methods utilized in the calculation and the overall quality of the engineering work.
                                                                                                          :
b.
                                                                                                          6
Observations and Findinas
                  Setooint Calculation Proaram Development         _
:
                                                                                                          [
6
                                                                                                          i
Setooint Calculation Proaram Development
                  The inspector reviewed factors and events associated with the development of           ,
[
                  instrument uncertainty and setpoint calculations. The initial technical specification   !
_
                  trip setpoints and allowable values were provided by the nuc! ear steam supply         i
i
                  system (NSSS) vendor during the initial plant construction and licensing. The plant     ,
The inspector reviewed factors and events associated with the development of
                  modification to replace the reactor protection system identified the need to perform   !
,
                                                                                                          '
instrument uncertainty and setpoint calculations. The initial technical specification
                  setpoint calculations as part of the modification process in 1983.
!
                                                                                                          '
trip setpoints and allowable values were provided by the nuc! ear steam supply
                  Licensee Event Report (LER) 90-022 reported a miscalibration of auxiliary feedwater
i
                  flow transmitters. At that time, a long term corrective action was identified that     !
system (NSSS) vendor during the initial plant construction and licensing. The plant
                  consisted of the systematic evaluation of critical safety-significant setpoints and
,
                  developing uncertainty calculations to support the selected hardware setpoints. In
modification to replace the reactor protection system identified the need to perform
                  1991, Project Authorization (PA) 91-064 initiated a Setpoint Verification Program
!'
                  for the reactor protection system, engineered safeguards features systems and           i
setpoint calculations as part of the modification process in 1983.
                  primary containment isolation system instruments. This PA was to address the long
'
                  term actions identified in LER 90-022.                                                 i
Licensee Event Report (LER) 90-022 reported a miscalibration of auxiliary feedwater
                  Responsibility for the setpoint verification program was transferred from the           ;
flow transmitters. At that time, a long term corrective action was identified that
                  corporate engineering organization to the site in 1994 following the reorganization     I
!
                  of the engineering departments. The setpoint verification program effort was           ;
consisted of the systematic evaluation of critical safety-significant setpoints and
                  combined with the project to revise the technical specifications to support a 24-       )
developing uncertainty calculations to support the selected hardware setpoints. In
                  month fuel cycle. The calculations required for the 24-month fuel cycle technical       j
1991, Project Authorization (PA) 91-064 initiated a Setpoint Verification Program
                  specification change were completed in 1995 and the proposed technical                 ;
for the reactor protection system, engineered safeguards features systems and
                  specification revision was submitted to the NRC on December 20,1995.
i
                  Enaineerina Procedures
primary containment isolation system instruments. This PA was to address the long
                  The inspector reviewed procedures SP-ST-EE-286, Rev. 6, " Guidelines for
term actions identified in LER 90-022.
                  Calculating Instrument Uncertainties," and SP-ST-EE-320, Rev.1, " Guidelines for
i
                  Calculating Instrumentatio-n Setpoints for Safety Systems." The procedures were
Responsibility for the setpoint verification program was transferred from the
                                                                                                            '
;
,                 initially issued in 1989 and 1993 respectively, and both procedures utilize methods
I
!                 described in the instrument Society of America (ISA) Standard ISA-S67.04,
corporate engineering organization to the site in 1994 following the reorganization
j                 "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation." The NRC endorsed the use
of the engineering departments. The setpoint verification program effort was
                  of the ISA methods in USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.105, Revision 2, " Instrument
;
combined with the project to revise the technical specifications to support a 24-
)
month fuel cycle. The calculations required for the 24-month fuel cycle technical
j
specification change were completed in 1995 and the proposed technical
;
specification revision was submitted to the NRC on December 20,1995.
Enaineerina Procedures
The inspector reviewed procedures SP-ST-EE-286, Rev. 6, " Guidelines for
Calculating Instrument Uncertainties," and SP-ST-EE-320, Rev.1, " Guidelines for
Calculating Instrumentatio-n Setpoints for Safety Systems." The procedures were
'
,
initially issued in 1989 and 1993 respectively, and both procedures utilize methods
!
described in the instrument Society of America (ISA) Standard ISA-S67.04,
j
"Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation." The NRC endorsed the use
'
'
                  Setpoints for Safety Related Systems."
of the ISA methods in USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.105, Revision 2, " Instrument
                  The inspector found the procedures to be generally of good quality. However, the
Setpoints for Safety Related Systems."
                  inspector did note that SP-ST-EE-320 did not include an allowance for seismic
The inspector found the procedures to be generally of good quality. However, the
                  effects (SE) when calculating the setpoint allowable values. The inspector noted
inspector did note that SP-ST-EE-320 did not include an allowance for seismic
-                  that, although not included in the procedure, the calculations performed to support
effects (SE) when calculating the setpoint allowable values. The inspector noted
                                                                                                            l
that, although not included in the procedure, the calculations performed to support
        _-                               .     .                           .       .-                 a
-
-
.
.
.
.-
a


o.   .
o.
  o   *
.
                                                                                                  1
o
                                                                                                  l
*
                                                29
l
        the 24 month fuel cycle did include the SE and the licensee acknowledged that a
29
        procedure correction was necessary.
the 24 month fuel cycle did include the SE and the licensee acknowledged that a
                                                                                                  l
procedure correction was necessary.
        Calculations that were performed prior to 1989 appear to have used the ISA 67.04         !
Calculations that were performed prior to 1989 appear to have used the ISA 67.04
        and R.G.105 guidance directly since there were no engineering department                 l
and R.G.105 guidance directly since there were no engineering department
        procedures that provided specific guidance on performing instrumentation
procedures that provided specific guidance on performing instrumentation
        uncertainty and setpoint calculations.
uncertainty and setpoint calculations.
                                                                                                  I
Calculation Proaram Findinas
        Calculation Proaram Findinas
The licensee approach for calculating allowable values and trip setpoints for
        The licensee approach for calculating allowable values and trip setpoints for           l
instruments is summarized as follows:
        instruments is summarized as follows:                                                   1
(1)
        (1)   The analytic limit for the parameter monitored by the instrument is obtained
The analytic limit for the parameter monitored by the instrument is obtained
                from the safety analysis engineer and is the value assumed in the safety         )
from the safety analysis engineer and is the value assumed in the safety
                analysis that supports the design basis of the safety system.
analysis that supports the design basis of the safety system.
        (2)   The errors that contribute to the totalinstrument loop uncertainty are           l
(2)
                calculated and categorized as either errors that are not observable during       i
The errors that contribute to the totalinstrument loop uncertainty are
                routine testing and calibration and those that are observable. Those errors
calculated and categorized as either errors that are not observable during
                that are not observable are combined to calculate a term designated as
i
                Allowance No.1. Observable errors are combined and designated as
routine testing and calibration and those that are observable. Those errors
                Allowance No. 2.
that are not observable are combined to calculate a term designated as
        (3)   The allowable value, defined in procedure SP-ST-EE-320 as a " limiting value     !
Allowance No.1. Observable errors are combined and designated as
                that the trip setpoint may have when tested periodically beyond which
Allowance No. 2.
                appropriate action shall be taken," is then calculated as follows:
(3)
                Allowable value = analytical limit     Allowance No.1.
The allowable value, defined in procedure SP-ST-EE-320 as a " limiting value
                (Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2, discussed below, are added or
that the trip setpoint may have when tested periodically beyond which
                subtracted depending on whether the trip occurs on an increasing or
appropriate action shall be taken," is then calculated as follows:
                decreasing value.)
Allowable value = analytical limit
        (4)   The trip setpoint, which is defined in procedure EE-320 as a predetermined
Allowance No.1.
                value for actuation of the final actuation device to initiate protective actions,
(Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2, discussed below, are added or
                is calculated as follows:
subtracted depending on whether the trip occurs on an increasing or
                Trip setpoint = allowable value i Allowance No. 2.
decreasing value.)
                For example, with an instrument trip that occurs on an increasing value the
(4)
                relative values would be established as follo.vs:
The trip setpoint, which is defined in procedure EE-320 as a predetermined
value for actuation of the final actuation device to initiate protective actions,
is calculated as follows:
Trip setpoint = allowable value i Allowance No. 2.
For example, with an instrument trip that occurs on an increasing value the
relative values would be established as follo.vs:


      .                               .-                       -     _
.
                                                                              . . - - - - .       = . - . ~ . _ .
.-
  ,
-
l-        .
_
        '   *
. . - - - - .
l                                                                                                                  <
= . - . ~ . _ .
l-
,
.
l
'
*
<
;
;
                                                      30                                                           ,
30
                                                                                                                    !
,
                                                                      Analytical Limit                             ;
!
Analytical Limit
;
t f
'
I
I
                                                      tf                                                            '
Allowance #1
;
i
,
Allowable Value
i
i
                                                Allowance #1                                                      ;
t
                                                                                                                    ,
Allowance #2
                                                                      Allowable Value
4
                                                      t i
Trip Setpoint
                                                Allowance #2
'
                                                        4
t f
                                                                        Trip Setpoint                             '
Operating Margin
                                                      tf
,
                                              Operating Margin                                                     ,
4
                                                        4                                                           !
!
                                                              Normal Operating Point                               .
Normal Operating Point
                      Where Allowance No.1 includes the following terms, as applicable:
.
                      Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA)                                                           l
Where Allowance No.1 includes the following terms, as applicable:
                      Primary Element Accuracy (PEA)                                                               '
Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA)
                      Sensor Temperature Effects (STE)
Primary Element Accuracy (PEA)
                      Sensor Pressure Effects (SPE)
'
                      Rack Temperature Effects (RTE)                                                               l
Sensor Temperature Effects (STE)
                      Harsh Environment Effects-Radiation Allowance (RA)                                           l
Sensor Pressure Effects (SPE)
                      Insulation Resistance Effect (IRE)                                                           l
Rack Temperature Effects (RTE)
                      LOCA/HELB Effects (DLH)                                                                       ;
Harsh Environment Effects-Radiation Allowance (RA)
                      Additional Margin (AM)                                                                       1
Insulation Resistance Effect (IRE)
                      And Allowance No. 2 is the resultant of the following terms:
LOCA/HELB Effects (DLH)
                      Sensor Calibration Accuracy (SCA)
1
                      Sensor Drift (SD)
Additional Margin (AM)
                      Rack Calibration Accuracy (RCA)
And Allowance No. 2 is the resultant of the following terms:
                      Rack Drift (RD)
Sensor Calibration Accuracy (SCA)
                      Measurement and Test Equipment Accuracy (MTE)                                                l
Sensor Drift (SD)
              Procedure SP-ST-EE-320 permits the inclusion of additional margin in the Allowance
Rack Calibration Accuracy (RCA)
Rack Drift (RD)
l
l
              No.1 term to reduce the probability of exceeding the analytical limit.
Measurement and Test Equipment Accuracy (MTE)
p   .
Procedure SP-ST-EE-320 permits the inclusion of additional margin in the Allowance
              The inspector also noted that the plant technical specification (TS) bases for
l
!              TS 2.2.1, " Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Setpoints," provides information
No.1 term to reduce the probability of exceeding the analytical limit.
p
.
The inspector also noted that the plant technical specification (TS) bases for
!
!
              relative to trip setpoints and allowable values. Specifically, the bases states that
TS 2.2.1, " Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Setpoints," provides information
:             " Operation with ( trip set less conservative that its Trip Setpoint but within its
relative to trip setpoints and allowable values. Specifically, the bases states that
i             specified Allowat le Value is acceptable on the basis that the difference between
!
              each Trip Setpolit and the Allowable value is equal to or less than a drift allowance
:
'
" Operation with ( trip set less conservative that its Trip Setpoint but within its
              accounted for in the design basis analysis."
i
specified Allowat le Value is acceptable on the basis that the difference between
'
each Trip Setpolit and the Allowable value is equal to or less than a drift allowance
accounted for in the design basis analysis."
'
.
,
'
'
.
.
                                                                                                                    '
,
                                                                                            .


.   .
.
  o   +
.
                                                                                              .
+
                                              31
o
        The inspector identified the following issues with the setpoint control program:
.
        (a)   During the performance of the calculations for the 24 month fuel cycle the
31
              value of Allowance No. 2 was increased by the inclusion of an " additional
The inspector identified the following issues with the setpoint control program:
              margin (AM)" term when combining the uncertainty effects that are
(a)
              observable during testing and calibrations. Including the AM term in
During the performance of the calculations for the 24 month fuel cycle the
              Allowance No. 2 resulted in additional rnargin between the analytical value
value of Allowance No. 2 was increased by the inclusion of an " additional
              and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip setpoint and
margin (AM)" term when combining the uncertainty effects that are
              the allowable value was no longer less than or equal to the drift allowance
observable during testing and calibrations. Including the AM term in
              that should be accounted for according to the setpoint calculation procedure,
Allowance No. 2 resulted in additional rnargin between the analytical value
              SF-ST-EE-320 and as discussed in the TS bases. As a result, excessive
and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip setpoint and
              ir.strumer3 drift could occur before the condition would be identified and
the allowable value was no longer less than or equal to the drift allowance
              evaluated fcr operabiiity and the need for corrective action. In some cases
that should be accounted for according to the setpoint calculation procedure,
              the amount of AM included in Allowance No. 2 was very significant. For
SF-ST-EE-320 and as discussed in the TS bases. As a result, excessive
              example, in calculation PA 90-013-321 EY, Revision 1, " Uncertainty
ir.strumer3 drift could occur before the condition would be identified and
              Calculation For Steam Flow Loops F-1201-1 B,-1 C,-28,-2C,-3B,-3D,-4B,-4D
evaluated fcr operabiiity and the need for corrective action. In some cases
              and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Flow /Feedwater Flow Mismatch," the
the amount of AM included in Allowance No. 2 was very significant. For
              calculated uncertainty for Allowance No. 2 was 25,250 lbm/hr and the AM
example, in calculation PA 90-013-321 EY, Revision 1, " Uncertainty
              added was 33,430 lbm/hr. This resulted in the difference between the trip
Calculation For Steam Flow Loops F-1201-1 B,-1 C,-28,-2C,-3B,-3D,-4B,-4D
              setpoint and the allowable value being more than twice the allowance that
and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Flow /Feedwater Flow Mismatch," the
              should have been included based on SP-ST-EE-320 and the plant technical
calculated uncertainty for Allowance No. 2 was 25,250 lbm/hr and the AM
              specification bases. Similarly, in calculation PA 90-013-341 EY, Revision 1,
added was 33,430 lbm/hr. This resulted in the difference between the trip
              " Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Line Break Flow F-1202-1,-
setpoint and the allowable value being more than twice the allowance that
              2,-3,-4," Allowance No. 2 was calculated to be 0.99% flow and an
should have been included based on SP-ST-EE-320 and the plant technical
              additional 1.01 % flow was added as AM. The inspector concluded that the
specification bases. Similarly, in calculation PA 90-013-341 EY, Revision 1,
              addition of AM in the Allowance No. 2 term was not appropriate and
" Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Line Break Flow F-1202-1,-
              defeated the purpose of establishing allowable values.
2,-3,-4," Allowance No. 2 was calculated to be 0.99% flow and an
        (b)   In addition to reducing the effectiveness of the allowable values by the
additional 1.01 % flow was added as AM. The inspector concluded that the
              addition of AM in Allowance No. 2, the inspector noted that sensor drift
addition of AM in the Allowance No. 2 term was not appropriate and
              effect and sensor calibration accuracy values in the uncertainty calculations
defeated the purpose of establishing allowable values.
              were arbitrarily increased to provide added " conservatism." The inspectors
(b)
              agreed that this practice would add conservatism between the analytical
In addition to reducing the effectiveness of the allowable values by the
              value and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip
addition of AM in Allowance No. 2, the inspector noted that sensor drift
              setpoint and allowable value again would not be equal to or less than the
effect and sensor calibration accuracy values in the uncertainty calculations
              expected component drift. For example, calculation 95-01262EY,
were arbitrarily increased to provide added " conservatism." The inspectors
                Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D;
agreed that this practice would add conservatism between the analytical
              402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," determined that the sensor calibration
value and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip
              accuracy for the Foxboro transmitters in the loop were 10.52% of span and
setpoint and allowable value again would not be equal to or less than the
              the sensor drift was i3.81 % of span. However, one transmitter (FT-402D)
expected component drift. For example, calculation 95-01262EY,
                is a Model 1164 Rosemount transmitter that has a manufacturer-specified
Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D;
                sensor calibration accuracy of 0.25% of span and an expected drift of
402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," determined that the sensor calibration
                10.28% of span based on a licensee drift analysis. In the setpoint
accuracy for the Foxboro transmitters in the loop were 10.52% of span and
                calculation the sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracies for the Foxboro
the sensor drift was i3.81 % of span. However, one transmitter (FT-402D)
                transmitters were used for all transmitters for conservatism. The inspector
is a Model 1164 Rosemount transmitter that has a manufacturer-specified
                concluded that the use of these values for the Rosemount transmitter could
sensor calibration accuracy of
                again allow excessive drift to go undetected.
0.25% of span and an expected drift of
10.28% of span based on a licensee drift analysis. In the setpoint
calculation the sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracies for the Foxboro
transmitters were used for all transmitters for conservatism. The inspector
concluded that the use of these values for the Rosemount transmitter could
again allow excessive drift to go undetected.


                        ___     _-_           -.     .. .     - .. . .           _   . ~ - . . . . . . _-
___
  .   .
_-_
    .   *                                                                                                 j
-.
                                                                                                            l
.. .
                                                                                                            1
- .. . .
_
. ~ - . . . . .
. _-
.
.
.
j
*
l
1
,
,
                                                    32
32
l
l
          The failure to assure that the allowable values were determined in accordance with
The failure to assure that the allowable values were determined in accordance with
          the design basis is a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111, Design Control.           ,
the design basis is a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111, Design Control.
          (eel 96-11-04) This is the first of two examples of a design control violation.                 I
,
                                                                                                            1
(eel 96-11-04) This is the first of two examples of a design control violation.
                                                                                                            l
I
          (c)    The inspector reviewed the instrument testing and calibrat'on process to                ;
1
                  determine how testing or calibration f ailures were evaluated to determine if            1
                  the instrument as-found data was within the technical specification allowable
                  value and to evaluate instrument operability. The inspector noted that the
                  instrument loop components are generally tested or calibrated on a
                  component level bases versus an integrated loop calibration. The licensee                !
                  initially stated that the acceptance criteria for each of the loop components            j
                  was conservative relative to the potential errors determined in the                      ;
                  uncertainty calculations. As such, test and calibration data that met the                l
                  procedure specifications would ensure that the loop was performing within
                  the technical specification allowable values. The inspector reviewed several            l
                  surveillance procedures and found that the acceptance criteria was not
                  consistent for similar components in different instrument loops, and in some            I
                  cases, the acceptance criteria specified in the tests was not conservative              ,
                  relative to the instrument uncertainties determined in the calculations. For            l
                  example:                                                                                )
          e      Procedure SUR 5.2-6.1, " Steam Generator #1 Narrow Range Level Channel                  ,
                  Calibration," specifies an acceptance criteria of * 1.0% of span for Model              l
l
l
                    1154 Rosemount transmitter LT-1301-1 A,-1C and -1D. Calculation PA 90-                  i
(c)
                  013-262EY, Rev. 2, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for Steam Generator
The inspector reviewed the instrument testing and calibrat'on process to
                  Narrow Range Level L-1301-1 A/C/D, 2A/C/D, 3A/C/D ,4A/C/D," specifies a
determine how testing or calibration f ailures were evaluated to determine if
                  sensor calibration accuracy (SCA) of iO.25% of span for the transmitter.                4
1
                                                                                                            '
the instrument as-found data was within the technical specification allowable
                  -This value (iO.25% span) is applied as a sensor calibration tolerance for
value and to evaluate instrument operability. The inspector noted that the
                  another Model 1154 Rosemount transmitter for instrument PT-1201-2B in
instrument loop components are generally tested or calibrated on a
                  surveillance procedure SUR 5.2-11.2, " Steam Generator #2 Train A Steam
component level bases versus an integrated loop calibration. The licensee
                  Flow, Feedwater Flow, Steam Generator Pressure Channel Calibration." The
initially stated that the acceptance criteria for each of the loop components
                  inspector concluded that the use of i1.0% span acceptance criteria was
j
                  inappropriate since even when all factors associated with the sensor
was conservative relative to the potential errors determined in the
                  calibration (i.e. sensor calibration accuracy, sensor drift and measurement
uncertainty calculations. As such, test and calibration data that met the
                  and test equipment accuracy) are considered, the total probable error would
procedure specifications would ensure that the loop was performing within
                  be iO.6% of span. Therefore, the use of i1.0% would allow a sensor with
the technical specification allowable values. The inspector reviewed several
                  excessive drift to be found acceptable during the calibration. The inspectors
l
                  reviewed the results of surveillance procedure 5.2-6.1 that was completed
surveillance procedures and found that the acceptance criteria was not
                  on March 6,1995, and found that the as found calibration data for                       ,
consistent for similar components in different instrument loops, and in some
                  transmitter LT-1301-1 A would have failed a 0.6% acceptance criteria.                    i
cases, the acceptance criteria specified in the tests was not conservative
          The failure to ensure that the results of the engineering calculations were translated
j          into plant procedures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111,
!          Design Control. (eel 96-11-04) This is the second of two examples of a design
            control violation.                                                                              l
l                                                                                                          1
,
,
$
relative to the instrument uncertainties determined in the calculations. For
                                                                                                            l
example:
                                                                                                            1
)
Procedure SUR 5.2-6.1, " Steam Generator #1 Narrow Range Level Channel
e
,
Calibration," specifies an acceptance criteria of * 1.0% of span for Model
l
1154 Rosemount transmitter LT-1301-1 A,-1C and -1D. Calculation PA 90-
i
013-262EY, Rev. 2, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for Steam Generator
Narrow Range Level L-1301-1 A/C/D, 2A/C/D, 3A/C/D ,4A/C/D," specifies a
sensor calibration accuracy (SCA) of iO.25% of span for the transmitter.
4
'
-This value (iO.25% span) is applied as a sensor calibration tolerance for
another Model 1154 Rosemount transmitter for instrument PT-1201-2B in
surveillance procedure SUR 5.2-11.2, " Steam Generator #2 Train A Steam
Flow, Feedwater Flow, Steam Generator Pressure Channel Calibration." The
inspector concluded that the use of i1.0% span acceptance criteria was
inappropriate since even when all factors associated with the sensor
calibration (i.e. sensor calibration accuracy, sensor drift and measurement
and test equipment accuracy) are considered, the total probable error would
be iO.6% of span. Therefore, the use of i1.0% would allow a sensor with
excessive drift to be found acceptable during the calibration. The inspectors
reviewed the results of surveillance procedure 5.2-6.1 that was completed
on March 6,1995, and found that the as found calibration data for
,
transmitter LT-1301-1 A would have failed a
0.6% acceptance criteria.
i
The failure to ensure that the results of the engineering calculations were translated
j
into plant procedures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111,
!
Design Control. (eel 96-11-04) This is the second of two examples of a design
control violation.
l
1
,
$


                  .-     -                 ..           .       -       ---     ... . .. -               . .     ._-
.-
  *   *
-
.                                                                                                                             ;
..
    .           -
.
1                                                                                                                             l
-
                                                                                                                              l
---
                                                                        33
... . .. -
                                                                                                                            '
. .
                                                                                                                              !
._-
                      Specific Calculation Errors
*
                                                                                                                              ;
*
                      in addition to the programmatic issues identified above, the inspectors noted the
.
                      following specific errors in setpoint calculations:
;
                                                                                                                              ;
-
                      *                   In calculation 95-01262EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS         i
.
                                          Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D; 402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," the instrument               i
1
                                          span is -0.5 to 30 psid and Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2 were                 i
l
                                          calculated as a percent of the instrument span. The useable span is 0.0 to           :
l
                                          30 psid which correlates to O to 100% of rated reactor coolant system (RCS)         ,
33
                                          flow. When the allowable value and trip setpoints were calculated, the               l
'
                                                                                                                              *
!
                                          percent span errors were added to the percent RCS flow values without first
Specific Calculation Errors
                                          adjusting percent span errors to a corresponding percent flow.
;
                                                                                                                              {
in addition to the programmatic issues identified above, the inspectors noted the
                      *                   In calculation 93-ENG-552EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainty and Setpoint                 l
following specific errors in setpoint calculations:
                                          Calculation for Pressurizer Level L-401-1,-2,-3,-4," the rack temperature
;
                                          effect (RTE) term was not included in the calculation of Allowance No.1.
*
                                          The inspector did note that there was additional margin included in the
In calculation 95-01262EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS
                                          Allowance No.1 term that was greater than the omitted term and therefore             '
i
                                          there was adequate margin between the analytical value and the trip
Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D; 402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," the instrument
                                          setpoint.                                                                           i
i
                                                                                                                                i
span is -0.5 to 30 psid and Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2 were
                      e                   in calculation IC-CY-1451EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for
i
                                          the Wide Range Nuclear Flux Monitoring System Startup Rate Reactor Trip
calculated as a percent of the instrument span. The useable span is 0.0 to
                                          Channels WR1, WR2, WR3, and WR4," the allowable value was incorrect
:
                                          due to a transposition error. The inspector noted that the licensee had also
30 psid which correlates to O to 100% of rated reactor coolant system (RCS)
                                                                                                                                )
,
                                          identified and corrected this error when the calculation was subsequently             l
flow. When the allowable value and trip setpoints were calculated, the
                                          revised for other reasons.
l
                      *                 Calculation IC-CALC-90-026, "RCS Low Flow Channel Accuracy / Safety
*
                                          Setpoint Calculation," improperly concluded that the technical specification
percent span errors were added to the percent RCS flow values without first
                                          allowable value was adequate although the margin between the trip setpoint
adjusting percent span errors to a corresponding percent flow.
                                          and allowable value was excessive and therefore not consistent with the
{
                                          technical specification bases. Also, the calculation assumed that rack drift
*
                                          was zero without providing any justification for the assumption and the
In calculation 93-ENG-552EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainty and Setpoint
                                          calculation did not consider sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracy
l
                                          when assessing the adequacy of the existing allowable value.
Calculation for Pressurizer Level L-401-1,-2,-3,-4," the rack temperature
                      Effects on Analvtical Limits and Accident Analyses                                                       I
effect (RTE) term was not included in the calculation of Allowance No.1.
                      The inspector discussed the impact of the 24 month fuel cycle calculations with a                         l
The inspector did note that there was additional margin included in the
                      member of the accident analysis group. The results of the 24 month cycle
Allowance No.1 term that was greater than the omitted term and therefore
                      calculations supported the existing analytical limits and no additional accident
'
                      analyses was required. The previously established setpoints provided sufficient
there was adequate margin between the analytical value and the trip
                      margin to the analytical limits to ensure safe operation. However, as discussed
setpoint.
                      above the allowable values were not set sufficiently conservative to ensure
i
                      detection of excessive instrument drift.
i
e
in calculation IC-CY-1451EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for
the Wide Range Nuclear Flux Monitoring System Startup Rate Reactor Trip
Channels WR1, WR2, WR3, and WR4," the allowable value was incorrect
due to a transposition error. The inspector noted that the licensee had also
)
identified and corrected this error when the calculation was subsequently
l
revised for other reasons.
*
Calculation IC-CALC-90-026, "RCS Low Flow Channel Accuracy / Safety
Setpoint Calculation," improperly concluded that the technical specification
allowable value was adequate although the margin between the trip setpoint
and allowable value was excessive and therefore not consistent with the
technical specification bases. Also, the calculation assumed that rack drift
was zero without providing any justification for the assumption and the
calculation did not consider sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracy
when assessing the adequacy of the existing allowable value.
Effects on Analvtical Limits and Accident Analyses
The inspector discussed the impact of the 24 month fuel cycle calculations with a
member of the accident analysis group. The results of the 24 month cycle
calculations supported the existing analytical limits and no additional accident
analyses was required. The previously established setpoints provided sufficient
margin to the analytical limits to ensure safe operation. However, as discussed
above the allowable values were not set sufficiently conservative to ensure
detection of excessive instrument drift.
F
F
t
t
      _ - - - -           _ . _ . . . ,       .-                                                                         .
_ - - - -
_ . _ . . . ,
.-
. . . . .
-
.
. . ~
.
.


        _     ____-             _.   __         _ . _ _ _ __         _ . _ _ . _ _         _ _ _ _             _ _ _ _ .
_
    *       O
____-
                    =
_.
          .
__
                                                                                                                            l
_ . _ _ _ __
                                                                                                                          l
_ . _ _ . _ _
                                                                    34
_ _ _ _
                                                                                                                          l
_ _ _ _
                                                                                                                            :
.
                          The licensee acknowledged the issues identified by the inspector and documented
*
                          these concerns and other related issues in an adverse condition report.                         ;
O
                                                                                                      -
l
                                                                                                                          !
=
                    c.   Conclusions                                                                                     .
.
                                                                                                                          E
l
                          The inspector concluded that there were weaknesses in the setpoint control                       !
34
                          program that resulted in incorrect calculation results and inappropriate calibration             i
l
                          procedure acceptance criteria. The licensee did not establish clear engineering                   ;
:
                          procedures on how to perform setpoint calculations until 1993. The errors                       .l
The licensee acknowledged the issues identified by the inspector and documented
                          identified indicate that a review and assessment of the accuracy of the information             i
these concerns and other related issues in an adverse condition report.
                          submitted in the technical specification change request is warranted. The                       {
;
                          inspectors also concluded that the independent review process was not effective in               !
!
                          identifying programmatic or specific calculation errors. The potential safety                     l
-
                          consequences of the identified deficiencies were minor because appropriate                       !
c.
                          conservatisms were included in the uncertainty factors that make up Allowance                   !
Conclusions
                          No.1 and the additional margins that were included in the Allowance No. 2                         I
.
                          uncertainty f actors combined to increase the margin between the analytical limits               l
E
                          and the trip setpoints. The detrimental effects of the problems were that the                     !
The inspector concluded that there were weaknesses in the setpoint control
                          inflated difference between the allowable values and the trip setpoints impaired the             l
!
                          ability to detect components that had excessive drift or may have been degraded                   j
program that resulted in incorrect calculation results and inappropriate calibration
                          and trending towards f ailure.
i
                                                                                                                            '
procedure acceptance criteria. The licensee did not establish clear engineering
                  E1.2 Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05)
;
                    a.   Insoection Scope (92903)
procedures on how to perform setpoint calculations until 1993. The errors
                                                                                                                            :
.l
                          The inspectors reviewed the licensee procedure for evaluating and dispositioning                 ;
identified indicate that a review and assessment of the accuracy of the information
                          instrumentation calibration results that do not meet the established acceptance
i
                          criteria.                                                                                         .
submitted in the technical specification change request is warranted. The
                                                                                                                            t
{
                    b.   Observations and Findinas                                                                         i
inspectors also concluded that the independent review process was not effective in
                                                                                                                            !
!
                          The licensee procedure for performing instrumentation calibration reviews is                       l
identifying programmatic or specific calculation errors. The potential safety
                          WCM 2.3-7, Revision 2, " Instrument Calibration Review." This procedure requires
l
                          that an Instrumentation Calibration Review (ICR) Form be processed for each
consequences of the identified deficiencies were minor because appropriate
                          instance when a surveillance procedure is performed and the as-found calibration
!
                          data is outside of the acceptance criteria. The ICR form is utilized to document
conservatisms were included in the uncertainty factors that make up Allowance
                          whether or not the drift was in the conservative or non-conservative direction and
!
                          to document whether or not the calibration was within the technical specification
No.1 and the additional margins that were included in the Allowance No. 2
                          limits The procedure also provides directions to assess whether the failure is
I
                          reportable in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 10 CFR 50.73
uncertainty f actors combined to increase the margin between the analytical limits
                          and to implement corrective action to prevent recurrence based on instrument
l
                          performance and history.
and the trip setpoints. The detrimental effects of the problems were that the
!
inflated difference between the allowable values and the trip setpoints impaired the
l
ability to detect components that had excessive drift or may have been degraded
j
and trending towards f ailure.
E1.2 Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05)
'
a.
Insoection Scope (92903)
:
The inspectors reviewed the licensee procedure for evaluating and dispositioning
;
instrumentation calibration results that do not meet the established acceptance
criteria.
.
t
b.
Observations and Findinas
i
!
The licensee procedure for performing instrumentation calibration reviews is
l
WCM 2.3-7, Revision 2, " Instrument Calibration Review." This procedure requires
that an Instrumentation Calibration Review (ICR) Form be processed for each
instance when a surveillance procedure is performed and the as-found calibration
data is outside of the acceptance criteria. The ICR form is utilized to document
whether or not the drift was in the conservative or non-conservative direction and
to document whether or not the calibration was within the technical specification
limits The procedure also provides directions to assess whether the failure is
reportable in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 10 CFR 50.73
and to implement corrective action to prevent recurrence based on instrument
performance and history.
'
'
                          The inspectors reviewed several completed ICRs and found the following:
The inspectors reviewed several completed ICRs and found the following:
.
.
  '
'
l     -                       _       - __   __              _ . , _               ,         _     _,   ,   , _ . _ ~
l
-
_
- __
_ . , _
,
_
_,
,
, _ . _ ~


.   .
i
  .   .
.
                                                                                                  i
.
                                                                                                    r
.
                                                                                                    ,
.
                                                    35
r
            (1)     ICRs 95-009 and 95-011 documented calibration failures for two identical       I'
,
                    model Rosemount transmitters. The only corrective action was for the
35
                    failure to be tracked by the system engineer. The reviews did not question     :
(1)
                    the adequacy of the acceptance criteria even though there was different       !
ICRs 95-009 and 95-011 documented calibration failures for two identical
                    criteria for identical components. The procedure associated with ICR 95-009     ;
I
                    specified an acceptance criteria of i1.0% of span and the other specified       l
model Rosemount transmitters. The only corrective action was for the
                        0.25% of span. Also, when the as-found data was evaluated to determine     !
'
                    if the technical specification allowable values were exceeded, only the         '
failure to be tracked by the system engineer. The reviews did not question
                    affected components were evaluated and the combined. effects of all of the
:
                    loop components were not assessed.                                               ,
the adequacy of the acceptance criteria even though there was different
                                                                                                      i
!
                                                                                                      I
criteria for identical components. The procedure associated with ICR 95-009
          *
;
            (2)     ICRs 95-23 and 95-24 documented the cause of the failures as drift and the       !
specified an acceptance criteria of i1.0% of span and the other specified
                    only corrective actions were to recalibrate.                                     )
l
                                                                                                    1
0.25% of span. Also, when the as-found data was evaluated to determine
            (3)     ICR 95-025 documented a failure of a Foxboro rack component and the-           l'
!
                    cause of the failure was documented as unknown, the component was
if the technical specification allowable values were exceeded, only the
                    adjusted and no additional corrective action was taken.
'
      c.   Conclusions                                                                             1
affected components were evaluated and the combined. effects of all of the
                                                                                                    i
loop components were not assessed.
            The inspectors concluded that the licensee did not adequately determine the root         [
,
            causes of instrument calibration failures nor were adequate corrective actions taken -i
i
            to prevent recurrence. None of the ICR evaluations considered potential corrective .
I
            actions such as adjustment of testing frequency, setpoint revision, reevaluation of
(2)
            the trip setpoint or allowable value, evaluation of equipment installation and
ICRs 95-23 and 95-24 documented the cause of the failures as drift and the
            environment, evaluation of calibration equipment and technique or repair or             ,
*
            replacement of the component. The failure to implement adequate corrective               I
only corrective actions were to recalibrate.
            actions for instrumentation failures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix       l
)
            B, Criteria XVI. (eel 96-11-05)                                                         !
1
      E2   Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment
(3)
      E2.1 Temocrarv Soent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanaer Coolina
ICR 95-025 documented a failure of a Foxboro rack component and the-
      a.   Insoection Scoce
l
            The inspection scope was to evaluate the implementation and controls for
cause of the failure was documented as unknown, the component was
            temporary cooling supply of service water to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers.
'
            The temporary cooling was required to affect repairs to the service water supply
adjusted and no additional corrective action was taken.
            pipe to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers,
c.
      b.   Observations and Findinas
Conclusions
            On October 11,1996, the licensee isolated service water to the "A" spent fuel pool
1
            heat exchanger. The reason for the isolation was to prepare for installing a
i
            temporary modification to supply cooling to the heat exchanger. The temporary
The inspectors concluded that the licensee did not adequately determine the root
                                                                                _               .
[
causes of instrument calibration failures nor were adequate corrective actions taken
-i
to prevent recurrence. None of the ICR evaluations considered potential corrective .
actions such as adjustment of testing frequency, setpoint revision, reevaluation of
the trip setpoint or allowable value, evaluation of equipment installation and
environment, evaluation of calibration equipment and technique or repair or
,
replacement of the component. The failure to implement adequate corrective
I
actions for instrumentation failures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix
B, Criteria XVI. (eel 96-11-05)
E2
Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment
E2.1
Temocrarv Soent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanaer Coolina
a.
Insoection Scoce
The inspection scope was to evaluate the implementation and controls for
temporary cooling supply of service water to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers.
The temporary cooling was required to affect repairs to the service water supply
pipe to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers,
b.
Observations and Findinas
On October 11,1996, the licensee isolated service water to the "A" spent fuel pool
heat exchanger. The reason for the isolation was to prepare for installing a
temporary modification to supply cooling to the heat exchanger. The temporary
_
.


. _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ - . . _ . - _ ._
. _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ - . . _ . - _ ._
                                        _
__ ._,
                                                                                                                                                            __ ._,
_
        .           .
;
                                                                                                                                                                        ;
.
                e           *
.
                                                                                                                                                                        l
*
                                                                                                        36                                                               1
e
                                                                                                                                                                        1
l
                                                                                                                                                                        l
36
                                      modification was required to make repairs to the permanent service water supply
1
                                      piping that had indication of severe pipe degradation.
1
                                      The service water was isolated to the spent fuel pool cooling heat exchanger for
l
                                      approximately 13 hours between October 11 and October 12,1996. The spent fuel
modification was required to make repairs to the permanent service water supply
                                      pool temperature increased approximately 13 degrees fahrenheit (F) to a maximum
piping that had indication of severe pipe degradation.
                                      of 86 F. The design basis temperature for the pool is 150 degrees F.
The service water was isolated to the spent fuel pool cooling heat exchanger for
                                      The temporary modification installed two three (3) inch fire hoses from the service
approximately 13 hours between October 11 and October 12,1996. The spent fuel
                                      water filter drain connection to the supply of the "A" spent fuel pool heat
pool temperature increased approximately 13 degrees fahrenheit (F) to a maximum
of 86 F. The design basis temperature for the pool is 150 degrees F.
The temporary modification installed two three (3) inch fire hoses from the service
water filter drain connection to the supply of the "A" spent fuel pool heat
exchanger. The connection to the inlet of the "A" spent fuel pool heat exchanger
,
,
                                      exchanger. The connection to the inlet of the "A" spent fuel pool heat exchanger
required the removal of the permanently installed piping and the connection of a
                                      required the removal of the permanently installed piping and the connection of a
'
spool piece with fire hose connections.
The licensee concluded that the temporary modification was not an unreviewed
safety question as defined in 10 CFR 50.59. The postulated malfunctions evaluated
included the rupture of the fire hose and affects on internal flooding in the primary
auxiliary building, inadequate flow to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers, loss of
service water, and response of the fire hoses during a seismic event. A prerequisite
for installation was that flow through the hoses was in excess of 100 gallons per
!
minute (gpm) to maintain the pool temperature in the normal operating bands. The
i
licensee confirmed this by measurement. Redundant fire hoses were staged as an
'
'
                                      spool piece with fire hose connections.
additional contingency if one of the two hoses burst. UFSAR accidents evaluated
                                      The licensee concluded that the temporary modification was not an unreviewed
L
                                      safety question as defined in 10 CFR 50.59. The postulated malfunctions evaluated
were the loss of spent fuel pool cooling, loss of normal power event, boron dilution
                                      included the rupture of the fire hose and affects on internal flooding in the primary
l
                                      auxiliary building, inadequate flow to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers, loss of
event, and fuel handling accident inside containment. The installation and removal
                                      service water, and response of the fire hoses during a seismic event. A prerequisite
l
                                      for installation was that flow through the hoses was in excess of 100 gallons per
of the temporary modification occurred prior to fuel movement.
!                                      minute (gpm) to maintain the pool temperature in the normal operating bands. The
The installation of temporary cooling was supported by procedure changes to NOP
2.24-3, Filtered Service Water System and Adams Filter Operation, and SUR 5.1-
OA, Steady State Operational Surveillance (Modes 5 and 6). The procedure
i
i
                                      licensee confirmed this by measurement. Redundant fire hoses were staged as an
changes provided guidance on installation of the jumper, control of flowrate to the
                                      additional contingency if one of the two hoses burst. UFSAR accidents evaluated
i
  '
spent fuel pool (SFP) heat exchanger, response to a failed hose, and actions
L                                      were the loss of spent fuel pool cooling, loss of normal power event, boron dilution
necessary to remove the temporary modification. The change to SUR 5.1-0A was
l                                      event, and fuel handling accident inside containment. The installation and removal
to add a check by the NSO every eight hours to verify no leakage, and to walkdown
l                                      of the temporary modification occurred prior to fuel movement.
the entire length of hose.
                                      The installation of temporary cooling was supported by procedure changes to NOP
The inspector walked down the installation of the temporary modification on
                                      2.24-3, Filtered Service Water System and Adams Filter Operation, and SUR 5.1-
October 13,1996. The installation appeared to be appropriately supported at
                                      OA, Steady State Operational Surveillance (Modes 5 and 6). The procedure                                                          i
various locations and was installed in accordance with the documentation of the
                                      changes provided guidance on installation of the jumper, control of flowrate to the                                               i
- modification. In addition to the installation walkdown, the inspector independently
                                      spent fuel pool (SFP) heat exchanger, response to a failed hose, and actions
verified that tag clearance 96-1006 was adequate to isolate the service water
                                      necessary to remove the temporary modification. The change to SUR 5.1-0A was
system from the temporary installation. The temporary modification was removed
                                      to add a check by the NSO every eight hours to verify no leakage, and to walkdown
on October 30,1996.
                                      the entire length of hose.
                                      The inspector walked down the installation of the temporary modification on
                                      October 13,1996. The installation appeared to be appropriately supported at
                                      various locations and was installed in accordance with the documentation of the
                                      - modification. In addition to the installation walkdown, the inspector independently
                                      verified that tag clearance 96-1006 was adequate to isolate the service water
                                      system from the temporary installation. The temporary modification was removed
                                      on October 30,1996.
i
i
!
!
Line 2,302: Line 3,303:
R
R
u
u
i                                                                                                                                                                       i
i
i
4
4
4
4
#
#
                            ,y-- 1m,       ,             ,.     ,,w.,, . - - . _ m- -_~ - .m - - - - m r -r . - -
,y--
                                                                                                                    --,+-,--r--- . .-.- -.4-'-----.i ..--r ----<------4
1m,
,
,.
,,w.,, . - - . _
m-
-_~ -
.m
- - - - m r -r
. -
-
--,+-,--r--- . .-.-
-.4-'-----.i
..--r
----<------4


                                                  .             __ _
.
  .   .
__ _
    .   -
.
                                                    37
.
        c.   Conclusions
-
              The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool was
.
              performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of
37
              pool temperatures.
c.
                                                                                                  ,
Conclusions
        E2.2 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina Check Valve Replacement
The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool was
        a.   Inspection Scone
performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of
              The inspection scope evaluated the operability of the spent fuel pool cooling system
pool temperatures.
              with one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pump discharge check valve internals
,
              removed.                                                                             ,
E2.2 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina Check Valve Replacement
                                                                                                    !
a.
        b.   Observations and Findinas
Inspection Scone
              On September 28,1996, the spent fuel pool system engineer documented to
The inspection scope evaluated the operability of the spent fuel pool cooling system
              licensee management that there was no condition that could adversely affect
with one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pump discharge check valve internals
              availability of spent fuel pool cooling in Mode 6 operation. The system engineer
removed.
              initially concluded that the "B" spent fuel cooling pump was operable with the
,
              internal parts of the discharge check valve (SF-CV-866) removed under temporary
b.
              modification 96-12.
Observations and Findinas
              The inspector questioned this decision since technical specification (TS) 3.9.15
On September 28,1996, the spent fuel pool system engineer documented to
              states that spent fuel pool cooling shall be operable with both pumps operable and   i
licensee management that there was no condition that could adversely affect
              at least one cooling pump and plate heat exchanger in operation. Additionally,       ;
availability of spent fuel pool cooling in Mode 6 operation. The system engineer
!            surveillance procedure SUR 5.3-51, Refueling Operations, step 1.3.6, requires prior   l
initially concluded that the "B" spent fuel cooling pump was operable with the
l            to movement of irradiated fuel to the spent fuel pool, that the licensee verify that l
internal parts of the discharge check valve (SF-CV-866) removed under temporary
l            both spent fuel cooling pumps are lined up to provide flow to the plate heat         I
modification 96-12.
l             exchanger. With the valves internals removed from SF-CV-866 the manual
The inspector questioned this decision since technical specification (TS) 3.9.15
states that spent fuel pool cooling shall be operable with both pumps operable and
i
at least one cooling pump and plate heat exchanger in operation. Additionally,
surveillance procedure SUR 5.3-51, Refueling Operations, step 1.3.6, requires prior
!
l
to movement of irradiated fuel to the spent fuel pool, that the licensee verify that
l
both spent fuel cooling pumps are lined up to provide flow to the plate heat
l
exchanger. With the valves internals removed from SF-CV-866 the manual
'
'
              discharge isolation valve for the "B" spent fuel pool cooling pump would be closed
discharge isolation valve for the "B" spent fuel pool cooling pump would be closed
              to assure operability of the A pump. Thus, the B pump could not be lined up as
to assure operability of the A pump. Thus, the B pump could not be lined up as
              required, but would require manual operator action to be placed in service. The
required, but would require manual operator action to be placed in service. The
              licensee acknowledged the inspector's concern.
licensee acknowledged the inspector's concern.
              The licensee implemented a previously planned plant modification to replace both
The licensee implemented a previously planned plant modification to replace both
              spent fuel pool discharge check valves and relocate the "B" check valve further
spent fuel pool discharge check valves and relocate the "B" check valve further
              away from the pump, and in conformance with industry guidelines on locations of
away from the pump, and in conformance with industry guidelines on locations of
              check valves from bends in piping systems. The modification was completed prior
check valves from bends in piping systems. The modification was completed prior
              to refueling activities on November 11,1996,
to refueling activities on November 11,1996,
i
i
l
l
              The inspector noted the following regarding this condition. First, the "B" SFP
The inspector noted the following regarding this condition. First, the "B" SFP
              discharge check valves internals have been removed since March,1996 without
discharge check valves internals have been removed since March,1996 without
              timely corrective actions. Second, the licensee overcame the component deficiency
timely corrective actions. Second, the licensee overcame the component deficiency
              by implementing a procedure change to NOP 2.10-1, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System
by implementing a procedure change to NOP 2.10-1, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System
              Operation by requiring the manual discharge valve on the "B" SFP cooling pump
Operation by requiring the manual discharge valve on the "B" SFP cooling pump
              when not operating to be closed. Third, when the internals were removed from SF-
when not operating to be closed. Third, when the internals were removed from SF-
                                                                                                    l
1
                                                                                                    1
i
                                                                                                    i


                                                                    _   -               _             ..
_
  .   .
-
    .
_
l                                                     38
..
              CV-866 in March,1996, the licenseo concluded that no affect on operability
.
              existed; however, TS 3.9.15 was not applicable at that time.
.
        c.   Conclusions
.
              The licensee's initial decision-making on operational readiness of the spent fuel pool
l
              cooling system for defueling operations was non-conservative with respect to the
38
              technical specifications and the implementing surveillance procedure. A planned
CV-866 in March,1996, the licenseo concluded that no affect on operability
              modification was completed prior to defueling activities to restore the cooling
existed; however, TS 3.9.15 was not applicable at that time.
              system to an improved configuration. Initial corrective actions were not timely to
c.
              address deficient material conditions.
Conclusions
        E2.3 Inadeauste Auxiliary Buildina Flood Protection (eel 96-11-06)
The licensee's initial decision-making on operational readiness of the spent fuel pool
        a.   inspection Scope
cooling system for defueling operations was non-conservative with respect to the
              The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee actions in response to a plant
technical specifications and the implementing surveillance procedure. A planned
              configuration deficiency as it related to internal flood protection in the PAB.
modification was completed prior to defueling activities to restore the cooling
        b.   Observations and Findinas
system to an improved configuration. Initial corrective actions were not timely to
              On October 23,1996, the licensee identified various floor penetrations in the PAB
address deficient material conditions.
              that did not provide assurances that the response times assumed in the licensing
E2.3 Inadeauste Auxiliary Buildina Flood Protection (eel 96-11-06)
              basis was conservative for the worst-case internal flood scenario. Approximately,
a.
              thirty-five (35) penetrations did not have a 24 inch high carbon steel barrier.
inspection Scope
              In 1973, the licensee implemented plant modification (PDCR 156, Flooding
The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee actions in response to a plant
              Protection of Safeguards Equipment) in response to an Atomic Energy Commission
configuration deficiency as it related to internal flood protection in the PAB.
              (AEC) letter to the licensee in August,1972. The AEC letter requested the licensee
b.
              to review the facility design and determine if equipment that does not meet criteria
Observations and Findinas
              of Class I seismic construction could cause flooding sufficient to adversely affect
On October 23,1996, the licensee identified various floor penetrations in the PAB
              the performance of engineered safety systems. Additionally, the licensee was
that did not provide assurances that the response times assumed in the licensing
              asked to consider if the failure of any equipment could cause flooding such that
basis was conservative for the worst-case internal flood scenario. Approximately,
              common mode failure of redundant safety related equipment would result. The
thirty-five (35) penetrations did not have a 24 inch high carbon steel barrier.
              modification installed steel barriers around piping penetrations on both elevations of
In 1973, the licensee implemented plant modification (PDCR 156, Flooding
              the primary auxiliary building and around the engineered safety features pumps. At
Protection of Safeguards Equipment) in response to an Atomic Energy Commission
              the time, the licensee did not install pipe barriers for penetrations in areas connected
(AEC) letter to the licensee in August,1972. The AEC letter requested the licensee
              to the pipe chase since no credit was taken in the flood analysis for the additional
to review the facility design and determine if equipment that does not meet criteria
              delay time to flood the RHR pumps (i.e. taking into account the delay of flood water
of Class I seismic construction could cause flooding sufficient to adversely affect
              flow through the pipe chase and ultimately to the RHR pumps). This was
the performance of engineered safety systems. Additionally, the licensee was
              documented to the NRC is a letter dated August 1,1975.
asked to consider if the failure of any equipment could cause flooding such that
              The NRC's safety evaluation in support of technical specification amendment 27
common mode failure of redundant safety related equipment would result. The
              (July 20,1978) concluded that it was appropriate to add area flood annunciators
modification installed steel barriers around piping penetrations on both elevations of
              and operability requirements to the technical specification to provide adequate
the primary auxiliary building and around the engineered safety features pumps. At
              operator response time to determine the source of leakage and to take corrective
the time, the licensee did not install pipe barriers for penetrations in areas connected
              action. In the safety evaluation, the licensee concluded that approximately 12
to the pipe chase since no credit was taken in the flood analysis for the additional
delay time to flood the RHR pumps (i.e. taking into account the delay of flood water
flow through the pipe chase and ultimately to the RHR pumps). This was
documented to the NRC is a letter dated August 1,1975.
The NRC's safety evaluation in support of technical specification amendment 27
(July 20,1978) concluded that it was appropriate to add area flood annunciators
and operability requirements to the technical specification to provide adequate
operator response time to determine the source of leakage and to take corrective
action. In the safety evaluation, the licensee concluded that approximately 12


  _ _       __       . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _                               _ _ _ _ _ _ -   _._,
_ _
      .   .
__
                                                                                                                        ;
. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
        *    *
_ _ _ _ _ _ -
_._,
;
.
.
*
j
!
*
l
l
!
!
'
39
!
e
I
1
.
[
!
minutes were available for operator action to terminate flooding in the PAB for the
!
worst case break of the service water return piping from the component cooling
!
'
water heat exchangers. The NRC position as documented in the safety evaluation
!
j
j
                                                                                                                        !
was that credit for operator action is not assumed during the first ten minutes of a
                                                                                                                        l
l
l                                                                                                                        !
postulated event. Since the worst-case analysis calculated a 12 minute response
                                                                                                                        !
;
'
3
I
;
                                                                    39                                          e      !
for operator action, no automatic trip of the service watar pumps was required.
                                                                                                                        .
j
1
l
                                                                                                                        [
The licensee performed further reviews of PAB flooding, as described in LER 96-08
!
l
                        minutes were available for operator action to terminate flooding in the PAB for the
' (reference Inspection 96-06, Section E3.1). Licensee calculation 96-PABFLOOD-
!                      worst case break of the service water return piping from the component cooling                  !
'
'
                        water heat exchangers. The NRC position as documented in the safety evaluation                  !
01497 (November 7,1996) concluded that the RHR pumps would be inoperable in
j                      was that credit for operator action is not assumed during the first ten minutes of a            l
7 minutes without operator action to mitigate or isolate the leak, and approximately
3                       postulated event. Since the worst-case analysis calculated a 12 minute response                  ;
,
;
3
                        for operator action, no automatic trip of the service watar pumps was required.                  j
6 minutes after receiving the flood alarm in the RHR pit. This revised calculation
                                                                                                                        l
contributed to the identification en October 23,1996 that various piping
                        The licensee performed further reviews of PAB flooding, as described in LER 96-08                l
                                                                                                                        '
                    '
                        (reference Inspection 96-06, Section E3.1). Licensee calculation 96-PABFLOOD-
                        01497 (November 7,1996) concluded that the RHR pumps would be inoperable in
,
,
                        7 minutes without operator action to mitigate or isolate the leak, and approximately
penetrations (accumulated two square foot opening) did not have flood barriers
3                      6 minutes after receiving the flood alarm in the RHR pit. This revised calculation
!
                        contributed to the identification en October 23,1996 that various piping                          ,
i
                        penetrations (accumulated two square foot opening) did not have flood barriers                   !
installed.
i                       installed.                                                                                       I
I
;
;
                                                                                                                        }
}
.                      Licensee corrective actions upon identification were to establish a flood watch in               I
Licensee corrective actions upon identification were to establish a flood watch in
                        the PAB to provide for early detection and isolation of the worst-case scenario pipe             {
I
                        failure. This watch was established 24 hours a day until November 15,1996 when                   !
.
i                       all of the reactor fuel was removed from the reactor vessel, and RHR operability                 l'
the PAB to provide for early detection and isolation of the worst-case scenario pipe
                                                                        ~
{
j                      was not required.
failure. This watch was established 24 hours a day until November 15,1996 when
!
i
all of the reactor fuel was removed from the reactor vessel, and RHR operability
l
j
was not required.
~
'
+
+
,                      This condition represents a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion lli (eel 96-
This condition represents a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion lli (eel 96-
;                       11-06)in that measures to assure applicable regulatory requirements and design
,
;
11-06)in that measures to assure applicable regulatory requirements and design
basis for structures were not correctly translated into specifications. Specifically,
j
'
'
                        basis for structures were not correctly translated into specifications. Specifically,            j
;
;                      the lack of flood barriers around the piping penetrations invalidated the basis for
the lack of flood barriers around the piping penetrations invalidated the basis for
:                       operator response time to mitigate an internal flood scenario. An apparent cause for
:
operator response time to mitigate an internal flood scenario. An apparent cause for
i
i
                        this violation was lack of engineering rigor in a past plant modification.
this violation was lack of engineering rigor in a past plant modification.
4             c.       C_qnclusioni
4
                        The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect
c.
                        safety equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require
C_qnclusioni
The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect
safety equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require
flood barrier installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure
<
<
                        flood barrier installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure
resulted in a non-conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to
                        resulted in a non-conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to
{
{                       mitigate the event. This condition is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix
mitigate the event. This condition is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix
                        B, Criterion Ill.
B, Criterion Ill.
            E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation
E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation
4
4
              a.         Insoection Scoce
a.
                        The scope of this inspection was to determine whether the concrete beneath the                   l
Insoection Scoce
                        containment base mat was eroding.
The scope of this inspection was to determine whether the concrete beneath the
containment base mat was eroding.
.
.
1
1
)
)
9
9
                ,-g   ,-r       --v               ,+   a, -               - , ,   ~
,-g
,-r
--v
,+
a,
-
- - - -
, . - -
- , ,
~
, , - - - , -


                              _ ._           .     _     _ _ _ . _-
_ ._
  o   ,
.
    ,     .
_
                                                      40
_ _ _ .
        b.   Observations and Findinas
_-
              The NRC issued a request for information by letter dated October 18,1996, to
o
              evaluate the potential generic implications of the erosion of cement from underneath
,
l             the containment foundation basement. As shown on plant design drawing 16103-
.
              56024, a six inch thick layer of porous (" popcorn") concrete was installed during
,
              plant construction beneath the containment foundation mat.
40
              By letar dated October 21,1996, the licensee reported that there has been no
b.
              evidence to date of cement erosion from under the basemat. The licensee reported
Observations and Findinas
              that: (i) water from the basemat leaching out into the external containment sump
The NRC issued a request for information by letter dated October 18,1996, to
              has been monitored monthly for ten years and there has been no evidence of slurry     ;
evaluate the potential generic implications of the erosion of cement from underneath
              in the effluents; (ii) although there have been no program in place to systematically
l
              monitor the settlement of the containment building, the recent inspections           ;
the containment foundation basement. As shown on plant design drawing 16103-
              performed under procedure ENG 1.7-147 (as part of the Maintenance Rule) found
56024, a six inch thick layer of porous (" popcorn") concrete was installed during
              no evidence regarding concrete settlement nor any indications of degradation of the
plant construction beneath the containment foundation mat.
              concrete slab.
By letar dated October 21,1996, the licensee reported that there has been no
        c.   Conclusions
evidence to date of cement erosion from under the basemat. The licensee reported
                                                                                                    ,
that: (i) water from the basemat leaching out into the external containment sump
                                                                                                    '
has been monitored monthly for ten years and there has been no evidence of slurry
              The inspector confirmed during routine inspection tours of plant areas and
;
              structures that there were no obvious signs of slurry in the discharged from the     j
in the effluents; (ii) although there have been no program in place to systematically
                                                                                                    '
monitor the settlement of the containment building, the recent inspections
              external sump, or of settlement in the containment structure. No inadequacies were
;
              identified.
performed under procedure ENG 1.7-147 (as part of the Maintenance Rule) found
        E2.5 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina System Sinale Failures (URI 96-11-07)
no evidence regarding concrete settlement nor any indications of degradation of the
        a.   Inspection Scope (37551)                                                             ;
concrete slab.
              On October 22,1996, the licensee issued ACR 96-1239 to describe an
c.
              inconsistency in the licensing basis for the spent fuel pool cooling system (SFPCC).
Conclusions
              The ACR noted that the current design of the SFP cooling pump pown supplies           '
,
              does not support the bases for Technical Specification 3/4.9.15, which states that
'
              " single failure considerations require that both spent fuel pool cooling pumps are
The inspector confirmed during routine inspection tours of plant areas and
              OPERABLE." Both SFP pumps are powered from a Train A electrical sturce. The
structures that there were no obvious signs of slurry in the discharged from the
              ACR was written to evaluate the condition prior to the mode of applicat,ility for TS
j
              3/4.9.15 (Mode 6 during transNr of fuel to the spent fuel pool for a full core
external sump, or of settlement in the containment structure. No inadequacies were
              offload).                                                                               .
'
                                                                                                      l
identified.
              The inspector completed a walkdown of the spent fuel cooling system and                 l
E2.5 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina System Sinale Failures (URI 96-11-07)
              associated power supplies, and reviewed the design basis and licensing basis as         l
a.
              described in PDCR 1592, UFSAR Section 9.1, the safety evaluations and licensing         1
Inspection Scope (37551)
              submittals in support of Amendment No. 7 (June 8,1976) and Amendment No.               l
;
                188 (January 22,1996), SEP Topic IX-1 for spent fuel storage and, the CMP             i
On October 22,1996, the licensee issued ACR 96-1239 to describe an
              position paper " Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Redundancy / Single Failure
inconsistency in the licensing basis for the spent fuel pool cooling system (SFPCC).
              Capability (draft). The inspector reviewed normal operating and emergency
The ACR noted that the current design of the SFP cooling pump pown supplies
              procedures for spent fuel pool cooling.
'
does not support the bases for Technical Specification 3/4.9.15, which states that
" single failure considerations require that both spent fuel pool cooling pumps are
OPERABLE." Both SFP pumps are powered from a Train A electrical sturce. The
ACR was written to evaluate the condition prior to the mode of applicat,ility for TS
3/4.9.15 (Mode 6 during transNr of fuel to the spent fuel pool for a full core
offload).
.
The inspector completed a walkdown of the spent fuel cooling system and
associated power supplies, and reviewed the design basis and licensing basis as
described in PDCR 1592, UFSAR Section 9.1, the safety evaluations and licensing
1
submittals in support of Amendment No. 7 (June 8,1976) and Amendment No.
188 (January 22,1996), SEP Topic IX-1 for spent fuel storage and, the CMP
i
position paper " Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Redundancy / Single Failure
Capability (draft). The inspector reviewed normal operating and emergency
procedures for spent fuel pool cooling.


          . _     _ - _ . . _       m.___       _ __ . _ - _ _ .           _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ . . _
. _
  .   .
_ - _ . . _
    -.     .                                                                                       1
m.___
                                                                                                    i
_ __ . _ - _ _ .
                                                            41
_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ . . _
.
.
.
1
-.
i
41
!
l
l
b.
Observations and Findinas
SFPCS Desian Details
;
The SFPCS consists of two non-safety related pumps which provide forced cooling
;
through two heat exchangers. The A pump has a 40 hp motor and a capacity of
l
610 gpm; the B pump has a 60 hp motor and a capacity of 620 gpm. The A (shell
and tube) heat exchanger has a heat capacity of 6.2 MBtu/hr; the B (plate) heat
exchanger has a heat capacity of 20 Mbtu/hr.
l
The SFPCS alignment for normal operation (NOP 2.10-1) is to use one SFP cooling
]
l
pump with the A SFP heat exchanger, and for refueling operations (full core offload)
is to allow one or both SFP pumps operating with the B heat exchanger. Both the A
and B SFP pumps are powered from 480 V MCC-2, which is a non-class 1E power
]
supply. MCC-2 has two subsections which are physically located adjacent to each
!
!
other, but are electrically separate. SFP pump P21-1 A is connected to subsection
MCC2-4, which is powered from Bus 4; pump P21-1B is connected to MCC2-5,
l
which is powered from Bus 5. Both 480 volt Bus 4 and Bus 5 are part of the A
i
train electrical division.
The A electrical division receives normal power from the 115 KV electrical
distribution system via line 1772, transformer T389 and Bus 1-2. During a LNP
condition, the SFP cooling pumps would be load shed on loss of power, and manual
operator action is required to restart a pump to restore cooling. The A train
emergency diesel generator, EG-2A, can be used to provide emergency power to
Bus 4/5 and MCC2. The licensee recently installed a non-class 1E, air cooled
diesel, EG-7, to meet SEP concerns for tornados; this power supply can be operated
I
manually and connected to 4160 volt Bus 1-2, and thereby power the A electrical
division.
Oriainal and Modified Licensina Basis
The SFPCS design when the plant was first licensed included one SFP pump and
one heat exchanger. Thus, no considerations for single failures were included in the
original design. The SFPCS design was modified in support of Amendment 7 to add
the second pump (P21-1B) and heat exchanger (E10-1B). Although redundancy
was added for the pumps (active components in the SFPCS), the design relied on a
l
l
l          b. Observations and Findinas
single heat exchanger (plate) to remove the heat of a full core offload. While the
              SFPCS Desian Details
thermal analysis for both Amendment 7 and 188 demonstrated the cooling system
                                                                                                    ;
was adequate for a worst case heat load and assuming a loss of one SFP pump,
              The SFPCS consists of two non-safety related pumps which provide forced cooling
there was no change to the electrical distribution system or to the single electrical
;            through two heat exchangers. The A pump has a 40 hp motor and a capacity of
,
l            610 gpm; the B pump has a 60 hp motor and a capacity of 620 gpm. The A (shell
train dependency.
              and tube) heat exchanger has a heat capacity of 6.2 MBtu/hr; the B (plate) heat        l
UFSAR Section 9.1 (March 1996) describes the SFPCS but does not provide design
              exchanger has a heat capacity of 20 Mbtu/hr.
                                                                                                      l
l            The SFPCS alignment for normal operation (NOP 2.10-1) is to use one SFP cooling        ]
l            pump with the A SFP heat exchanger, and for refueling operations (full core offload)    I
              is to allow one or both SFP pumps operating with the B heat exchanger. Both the A      l
              and B SFP pumps are powered from 480 V MCC-2, which is a non-class 1E power            ]
              supply. MCC-2 has two subsections which are physically located adjacent to each        !
              other, but are electrically separate. SFP pump P21-1 A is connected to subsection      l
              MCC2-4, which is powered from Bus 4; pump P21-1B is connected to MCC2-5,              l
              which is powered from Bus 5. Both 480 volt Bus 4 and Bus 5 are part of the A
i            train electrical division.
              The A electrical division receives normal power from the 115 KV electrical
              distribution system via line 1772, transformer T389 and Bus 1-2. During a LNP
              condition, the SFP cooling pumps would be load shed on loss of power, and manual
              operator action is required to restart a pump to restore cooling. The A train
              emergency diesel generator, EG-2A, can be used to provide emergency power to
              Bus 4/5 and MCC2. The licensee recently installed a non-class 1E, air cooled
              diesel, EG-7, to meet SEP concerns for tornados; this power supply can be operated
I            manually and connected to 4160 volt Bus 1-2, and thereby power the A electrical
              division.
              Oriainal and Modified Licensina Basis
              The SFPCS design when the plant was first licensed included one SFP pump and
              one heat exchanger. Thus, no considerations for single failures were included in the
              original design. The SFPCS design was modified in support of Amendment 7 to add
              the second pump (P21-1B) and heat exchanger (E10-1B). Although redundancy              ;
              was added for the pumps (active components in the SFPCS), the design relied on a
l            single heat exchanger (plate) to remove the heat of a full core offload. While the
              thermal analysis for both Amendment 7 and 188 demonstrated the cooling system
              was adequate for a worst case heat load and assuming a loss of one SFP pump,
              there was no change to the electrical distribution system or to the single electrical   ,
              train dependency.                                                                       l
                                                                                                      l
              UFSAR Section 9.1 (March 1996) describes the SFPCS but does not provide design
!,
!,
              details on the electrical supplies. UFSAR Figure 9.1-1 does show that both SFPC
details on the electrical supplies. UFSAR Figure 9.1-1 does show that both SFPC
              pumps are powered from MCC2. The licensee submittals in support of Amendment
pumps are powered from MCC2. The licensee submittals in support of Amendment
'
'
              #188 do not describe the electrical system details. The licensee stated that 1996
#188 do not describe the electrical system details. The licensee stated that 1996
                                                                  - _ . - _
- _ . -


                              .   _
.
  o   .
_
    .   .
o
                                                  42
.
          rerack project did not change the electrical design or the design basis of the SFPCS,
.
          and thus there was no reason to address this detailin support of Amendment #188.
.
42
rerack project did not change the electrical design or the design basis of the SFPCS,
and thus there was no reason to address this detailin support of Amendment #188.
I
I
          The licensing basis provided clear references that equate single failure               !
The licensing basis provided clear references that equate single failure
          considerations to the loss of one of the SFP cooling pumps. Examples from the
!
          licensee's March 31,1995 letter (B15136) in support of Amendment #188 include:
considerations to the loss of one of the SFP cooling pumps. Examples from the
          (i) page 9, third paragraph "The analysis determined that the cooling system has
licensee's March 31,1995 letter (B15136) in support of Amendment #188 include:
          sufficient capacity to maintain bulk pool temperature at or below 150F for any
(i) page 9, third paragraph "The analysis determined that the cooling system has
          postulated discharge scenario including the single active failure of the most efficient
sufficient capacity to maintain bulk pool temperature at or below 150F for any
          pool cooling pump"; (ii) page 17, third paragraph "The pool will not exceed 150F
postulated discharge scenario including the single active failure of the most efficient
          during the worst single failure of a cooling pump"; and, (iii) safety evaluation page
pool cooling pump"; (ii) page 17, third paragraph "The pool will not exceed 150F
          5-5 and Figures 5.4.2,59.2 through 5.8.4 " sing le active failure: one SFP cooling
during the worst single failure of a cooling pump"; and, (iii) safety evaluation page
          pump left running."
5-5 and Figures 5.4.2,59.2 through 5.8.4 " sing le active failure: one SFP cooling
          Desian Calculations - Thermal Analyses
pump left running."
          The licensee analyzed the SFPCS capability by calculating decay heat loads per the
Desian Calculations - Thermal Analyses
          NRC's standard review plan (SRP) BTP ASB9-2 and evaluating three discharge
The licensee analyzed the SFPCS capability by calculating decay heat loads per the
          scenarios, allinvolving a full core offload at the end of the final cycle of plant
NRC's standard review plan (SRP) BTP ASB9-2 and evaluating three discharge
          operations. Decay heat load calculations were conducted for Amendmerts 7 and
scenarios, allinvolving a full core offload at the end of the final cycle of plant
          188 to assess the adequacy of the spent fuel pool cooling system to handle the
operations. Decay heat load calculations were conducted for Amendmerts 7 and
          heat with the racks fully loaded to the maximum capacity (1172 and 1480.
188 to assess the adequacy of the spent fuel pool cooling system to handle the
          respectively). The calculations were performed using conservative assumptions that
heat with the racks fully loaded to the maximum capacity (1172 and 1480.
          would minimize heat removal capabilities, and discharge scenarios that would
respectively). The calculations were performed using conservative assumptions that
          maximize the heat input to the pool. The Amendment #188 analyses were
would minimize heat removal capabilities, and discharge scenarios that would
          performed for three scenarios: Scenario 1 - normal EOC full core offload with two
maximize the heat input to the pool. The Amendment #188 analyses were
          pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger; Scenario 2 - EOC full core offload, with     i
performed for three scenarios: Scenario 1 - normal EOC full core offload with two
          a single active f ailure; and, Scenario 3 - BOC emergency full core offload after the
pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger; Scenario 2 - EOC full core offload, with
          last plant operating cycle (this case evaluates more fuel assemblies than can be
i
          stored in the pool) with two pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger. The river       !
a single active f ailure; and, Scenario 3 - BOC emergency full core offload after the
          temperature assumed for the Amendment #188 analyses was 90 F.                           l
last plant operating cycle (this case evaluates more fuel assemblies than can be
                                                                                                  !
stored in the pool) with two pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger. The river
          For scenario 2, the analysis started with a SFPCS configuration of one pump aligned
temperature assumed for the Amendment #188 analyses was 90 F.
          to the plate heat exchanger, assuming the failure of the redundant pump. The
For scenario 2, the analysis started with a SFPCS configuration of one pump aligned
          maximum SFP temperature was limited to 150F, and the analysis determined what
to the plate heat exchanger, assuming the failure of the redundant pump. The
          incore decay Vme was required on tne discharged fuel to assure this limit would be
maximum SFP temperature was limited to 150F, and the analysis determined what
          met. The requi ed minimum in-core hold times were calculated for different service
incore decay Vme was required on tne discharged fuel to assure this limit would be
          water temperatures - 90F, 85F, 80F, and 75F. The analyses showed that the
met. The requi ed minimum in-core hold times were calculated for different service
          SFPCS capacP.y with one pump and the plate heat exchanger in operation was
water temperatures - 90F, 85F, 80F, and 75F. The analyses showed that the
          sufficient to limit pool temperatures to 150F for the assumed in-core hold times       4
SFPCS capacP.y with one pump and the plate heat exchanger in operation was
                                                                                                  '
sufficient to limit pool temperatures to 150F for the assumed in-core hold times
          prior to discharge. The only single failure assumed in any of the licensing basis
4
          analyses was one of the two SFPCS pumps.
'
                                                                                                  I
prior to discharge. The only single failure assumed in any of the licensing basis
          The licensee also analyzed the time to boil under emergency conditions in which the     I
analyses was one of the two SFPCS pumps.
          heat exchanger assisted forced pool cooling becomes unavailable for any reason.
The licensee also analyzed the time to boil under emergency conditions in which the
          This analysis was also conservative and assumed the pool was at the maximum
heat exchanger assisted forced pool cooling becomes unavailable for any reason.
          allowed temperature of 150F when cooling was lost and the maximum heat load
This analysis was also conservative and assumed the pool was at the maximum
allowed temperature of 150F when cooling was lost and the maximum heat load


                                                ,- ...
,- ...
                                                        _g y
y
.   .                                                                                               I
_g
  .   *
I
                                                43
.
                                                                                                    l
.
        was present. The calculated minimum time from loss of cocMg to pool boiling was
*
        just over 7 hours (7.09) with a maximum boil-off (required mak."p) rate of 47 gpm.         l
.
        The analysis showed that if no action were taken to replenish the pool inventory,         l
43
        the time to fuel uncovery was about three days (68 hours).
was present. The calculated minimum time from loss of cocMg to pool boiling was
        The licensee has the capability to make up to the SFP from either the RWST or the           ;
just over 7 hours (7.09) with a maximum boil-off (required mak."p) rate of 47 gpm.
        fire water Eystem powered by a diesel fire water pump. In the S3icty Evabation           i
The analysis showed that if no action were taken to replenish the pool inventory,
        dated 1/22/93, the NRC found that the contingency plan of cooling the pool by               i
l
        allowing the poo! to boil and adding makeup water in the event of a complete loss           l
the time to fuel uncovery was about three days (68 hours).
        of cooling met the guidance of SRP 9.1.3, and was therefore acceptable.
The licensee has the capability to make up to the SFP from either the RWST or the
                                                                                                    l
fire water Eystem powered by a diesel fire water pump. In the S3icty Evabation
        Desian Versus Actual Heat Loads
i
                                                                                                    l
dated 1/22/93, the NRC found that the contingency plan of cooling the pool by
        The inspector compared the actual maximum heat loads against the conservative             l
allowing the poo! to boil and adding makeup water in the event of a complete loss
        assumptions used in the licensing basis thermal analyses. For Amendment #188,             ,
of cooling met the guidance of SRP 9.1.3, and was therefore acceptable.
        the licensee demonstrated that the SFPCS was sufficient to handle a worst case             i
Desian Versus Actual Heat Loads
        heat load of 22.4 X 10+ 6 Btu /hr, which assumed a full core offload at the end of
The inspector compared the actual maximum heat loads against the conservative
        plant life in 2007 with all 1480 storage locations filled. The present pool plus core     {
l
        inventory is (862 + 157 =) 1019 spent fuel assemblies. This numb.tr when placed           '
assumptions used in the licensing basis thermal analyses. For Amendment #188,
        in the tool is less than the previous analyzed (licensed) limit of 11. 72; thus, the past
,
        licensing basis thermal analysis is still bounding.
the licensee demonstrated that the SFPCS was sufficient to handle a worst case
                                                                                                    l
i
        Howevor, using the Amendment 188 analyses, the assumed rever temperature was
heat load of 22.4 X 10+ 6 Btu /hr, which assumed a full core offload at the end of
        90F; the actual temperature in October 1996 is about 55F, and the river is cooling       .
plant life in 2007 with all 1480 storage locations filled. The present pool plus core
        down. The minimum core residency time in the analysis was assumed to be about             l
{
        7 days prior to discharge to the pool. The reactor was shut down on July 22,             ;
inventory is (862 + 157 =) 1019 spent fuel assemblies. This numb.tr when placed
        1996, and as of November 1 the fuel has decayed for 116 days. The estimated             i
'
        combined heat load of the core and the old fuelin the SFP is now less than 5.6 X           l
in the tool is less than the previous analyzed (licensed) limit of 11. 72; thus, the past
        10+ 6 Btu /hr, which is within the capacity of either the plate or the shell heat
licensing basis thermal analysis is still bounding.
        exchanger operating with a single SFP pump. The time to boilin the spent fuel pool
Howevor, using the Amendment 188 analyses, the assumed rever temperature was
        prior to core offload was 252 hours, which decreased to about 60 hours with all
90F; the actual temperature in October 1996 is about 55F, and the river is cooling
        1019 fuel assemblies in the pool.                                                         '
.
        Abnormal Operatina Procedures
down. The minimum core residency time in the analysis was assumed to be about
        The licensee has contingency plans to mitigate a loss of SFP cooling. Blind flanges
7 days prior to discharge to the pool. The reactor was shut down on July 22,
        are installed in the SFPCS piping at the inlet and outlet of the heat exchangers that
;
        could be used with diesel powered pumps to provide continued forced cooling;
1996, and as of November 1 the fuel has decayed for 116 days. The estimated
        however, this method is no longer credited. AOP 3.2-59 provides several methods
i
        for supplying alternate cooling and providing makeup to the pool. The licensee has
combined heat load of the core and the old fuelin the SFP is now less than 5.6 X
        recently demonstrated the capability to implement compensatory measures to
10+ 6 Btu /hr, which is within the capacity of either the plate or the shell heat
        provide alternate service water cooling to the SFPCS heat exchangers. Emergercy
exchanger operating with a single SFP pump. The time to boilin the spent fuel pool
        procedure 3.1-10 provides direction for the operator to power MCC2 from B
prior to core offload was 252 hours, which decreased to about 60 hours with all
        electrical train Bus 7. This would be accomplished by manipulating 480 volt               i
'
        breakers in the A switchgear room. The inspector estimated through interviews and         I
1019 fuel assemblies in the pool.
                                                                                                    '
Abnormal Operatina Procedures
        a walk through of the procedure that the contingency could be implemented in less
The licensee has contingency plans to mitigate a loss of SFP cooling. Blind flanges
        than 1.5 hours. The licensee has used this lineup in the past during plant outages.
are installed in the SFPCS piping at the inlet and outlet of the heat exchangers that
                                                                                                    1
could be used with diesel powered pumps to provide continued forced cooling;
                                                                                                  !
however, this method is no longer credited. AOP 3.2-59 provides several methods
                                                                                                  1
for supplying alternate cooling and providing makeup to the pool. The licensee has
recently demonstrated the capability to implement compensatory measures to
provide alternate service water cooling to the SFPCS heat exchangers. Emergercy
procedure 3.1-10 provides direction for the operator to power MCC2 from B
electrical train Bus 7. This would be accomplished by manipulating 480 volt
i
breakers in the A switchgear room. The inspector estimated through interviews and
'
a walk through of the procedure that the contingency could be implemented in less
than 1.5 hours. The licensee has used this lineup in the past during plant outages.
1
1


    -.           _   _                 _     . _. _ _   . _ . .-           _         _.       . . . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _
-.
;     ,     .
_
          *
_
I                                                                                                                          i
_
                                                                                                                          '
. _. _ _
.
_ . .-
_
_.
. . . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _
;
,
.
I
I
                                                                                                                          l
i
l                                                               44                                                       i
*
                                                                                                                          i
I
                                                                                                                          '
'
                      The existing instructions in EOP 3.1-10 (revision 17) would provide B train power to
l
                      P21-1 A. The EOP further directs the operator to request technical support to
l
                      process a bypass jumper to power P21-1B from the P21-1 A breaker with jumper
44
j                     cables. A bypass could be used to provide A or B train power to P21-1B either
i
j                     locally at MCC2, or at the pump. Finally, the licensee prepared a change to the
i
                      EOPs to provide a method to provide B train power to P21-1B without the use of                     2
The existing instructions in EOP 3.1-10 (revision 17) would provide B train power to
                      jumpers (by using 480 volt breaker manipulations to bring Bus 7 power to Bus 5 via                   !
'
                                                                                                                          '
P21-1 A. The EOP further directs the operator to request technical support to
                      MCCS).
process a bypass jumper to power P21-1B from the P21-1 A breaker with jumper
                      The inspector concluded that, despite the single train vulnerabilities inherent in the
j
                      as-built SFPCS design, there were multiple power supplies for the A train electrical
cables. A bypass could be used to provide A or B train power to P21-1B either
                      system, as well as several viable methods to provide alternative power feeds to the
j
                      SFPCS from the B electrical distribution system.
locally at MCC2, or at the pump. Finally, the licensee prepared a change to the
                      Clarified Licensina Basis - Sinale Failure Criteria
EOPs to provide a method to provide B train power to P21-1B without the use of
                                                                                                                          l
2
                      The licensee issued a change to the bases of TS 3/4.9.15 under 10 CFR 50.59
jumpers (by using 480 volt breaker manipulations to bring Bus 7 power to Bus 5 via
                      (reviewed by PORC), that clarified the intent of the licensing basis. The revised
!
                      bases (TS Clarification Sheet C-TSC-072 dated 10/23/96) defined that the                             I
'
                      requirement to have both SFP cooling pumps operable provides backup capability in                   l
MCCS).
                      the event that an operating pump fails. This action was completed to address ACR
The inspector concluded that, despite the single train vulnerabilities inherent in the
                      96-1239 prior to entry into Mode 6.
as-built SFPCS design, there were multiple power supplies for the A train electrical
                      The NRC Safety Evaluation dated January 22,1996 issued in support of
system, as well as several viable methods to provide alternative power feeds to the
                                                                                                                            l
SFPCS from the B electrical distribution system.
                      Amendment #188 contains wording that tends to broaden the single failure features                   ,
Clarified Licensina Basis - Sinale Failure Criteria
                      intended by the design or the licensee submittals. In particular, in Section 2.2 on
l
                      page 5, second paragraph, the SER states..."Three scenarios were evaluated: end-                   ,
The licensee issued a change to the bases of TS 3/4.9.15 under 10 CFR 50.59
                      of-cycle with full core offload, end of cycle and single active failure in the SFPCS,               i
(reviewed by PORC), that clarified the intent of the licensing basis. The revised
                      and an emergency core offload..." Again, in Section 2.2 on pages 5-6, last
bases (TS Clarification Sheet C-TSC-072 dated 10/23/96) defined that the
                      paragraph states..."Results of the revised analysis also indicate that in order for the
requirement to have both SFP cooling pumps operable provides backup capability in
                      SFPCS to maintain the pool water temperature at or below 150F during refueling
l
                      with a full core offload and a single f ailure in the SFPCS, it is necessary to impose a
the event that an operating pump fails. This action was completed to address ACR
                      fuel handling delay time after shutdown..." Further, the bases for TS 3/4.9.15
96-1239 prior to entry into Mode 6.
                      suggests that redundant pump operability would require redundant power supplies.
l
                  c. Conclusions
The NRC Safety Evaluation dated January 22,1996 issued in support of
                      The SFPCS was not designed to perform its functier under any postulated single
Amendment #188 contains wording that tends to broaden the single failure features
                      f ailure, and relied on a single electrical distribution system (Train A). The SFPCS
,
                      was designed to provided adequate cooling for a full core offload, assuming the loss
intended by the design or the licensee submittals. In particular, in Section 2.2 on
                      of one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pumps. The licensing basis did not
page 5, second paragraph, the SER states..."Three scenarios were evaluated: end-
                      represent that the SFPCS was single failure proof in support of license Amendments
,
                        #7 and #188; however, the licensing basis lacks details regarding the electrical
of-cycle with full core offload, end of cycle and single active failure in the SFPCS,
                        power supply for the SFPCS, and it is not clear that the electrical system
i
                      vulnerabilities were recognized during the licensing reviews for Amer.cn.ents #7 and
and an emergency core offload..." Again, in Section 2.2 on pages 5-6, last
                        #188.
paragraph states..."Results of the revised analysis also indicate that in order for the
  _     _     _               _ - - . _ , -         .-           -
SFPCS to maintain the pool water temperature at or below 150F during refueling
with a full core offload and a single f ailure in the SFPCS, it is necessary to impose a
fuel handling delay time after shutdown..." Further, the bases for TS 3/4.9.15
suggests that redundant pump operability would require redundant power supplies.
c.
Conclusions
The SFPCS was not designed to perform its functier under any postulated single
f ailure, and relied on a single electrical distribution system (Train A). The SFPCS
was designed to provided adequate cooling for a full core offload, assuming the loss
of one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pumps. The licensing basis did not
represent that the SFPCS was single failure proof in support of license Amendments
#7 and #188; however, the licensing basis lacks details regarding the electrical
power supply for the SFPCS, and it is not clear that the electrical system
vulnerabilities were recognized during the licensing reviews for Amer.cn.ents #7 and
#188.
_
_
_
_ - - . _ ,
-
.-
-
- _


.   .
.
  .   .
.
                                                  45
.
                                                                                                1
.
            The licensee has emergency procedures in place that provide alternate methods to
45
            provide power to the SFPC pumps from the train B electrical system; further         l
1
            procedures were changed to provide additional alternate methods. The licensee has   !
The licensee has emergency procedures in place that provide alternate methods to
            evaluated the complete loss of spent fuel cooling and has shown that event can be
provide power to the SFPC pumps from the train B electrical system; further
            successfully mitigated. This matter is considered unresolved pending further review
procedures were changed to provide additional alternate methods. The licensee has
                                                                                                l
evaluated the complete loss of spent fuel cooling and has shown that event can be
            of this issue by NRR and NRC management to determine whether any new
successfully mitigated. This matter is considered unresolved pending further review
            information is present that warrants further licensing action (UNR 96-11-07).
of this issue by NRR and NRC management to determine whether any new
      E2.6 Refuelina Boron Concentration
information is present that warrants further licensing action (UNR 96-11-07).
      a.   Inspection Scone (37551)
E2.6 Refuelina Boron Concentration
                                                                                                !
a.
            The inspector reviewed licensee evaluations of the minimum reactor coolant system   l
Inspection Scone (37551)
            boron concentration needed to assure the minimum shutdown requirements of           '
The inspector reviewed licensee evaluations of the minimum reactor coolant system
            Technical Specification 3.9.1 were met.
boron concentration needed to assure the minimum shutdown requirements of
                                                                                                '
'
      b.   Observations and Findinas
Technical Specification 3.9.1 were met.
            The Core 20 design analyses to support the use of higher enriched reactor fuelin
'
            operating cycle 20 required the refueling boron concentration be 2400 ppm in the
b.
            reactor coolant system. The licensee determined that a lower boron concentration
Observations and Findinas
            was needed to meet shutdown margin requirements for end of operating cycle 19       .
The Core 20 design analyses to support the use of higher enriched reactor fuelin
            conditions, taking credit for fuel burnup. The licensee left the new higher enriched I
operating cycle 20 required the refueling boron concentration be 2400 ppm in the
            fuel for cycle 20 stored in the new fuel storage vault due to the pending decision   ,
reactor coolant system. The licensee determined that a lower boron concentration
            regarding the permanent shutdown of Haddam Neck. The results of the engineering     j
was needed to meet shutdown margin requirements for end of operating cycle 19
            evaluation were documented in a memorandum dated October 8,1996 (NE-F-339).         j
.
            The licensee determined that a boron concentration of 1370 ppm would ensure the     ;
conditions, taking credit for fuel burnup. The licensee left the new higher enriched
            Mode 6 core multiplication factor would be less than 0.94 under all rods out
fuel for cycle 20 stored in the new fuel storage vault due to the pending decision
            conditions, and less than 0.89 with all rods inserted. The analysis also assured
,
            acceptable results were obtained for a postulated boron dilution event.
regarding the permanent shutdown of Haddam Neck. The results of the engineering
                                                                              .
j
      c.   Conclusions
evaluation were documented in a memorandum dated October 8,1996 (NE-F-339).
            The licensee established an acceptable administrative limit on RCS minimum boron
j
            concentration of 1400 ppm. No inadequacies were identified.
The licensee determined that a boron concentration of 1370 ppm would ensure the
      E7   Quality Assurance in Engineering Activities
;
      E7.1   Missed Commitments
Mode 6 core multiplication factor would be less than 0.94 under all rods out
      a.   Insoection Scoce
conditions, and less than 0.89 with all rods inserted. The analysis also assured
            The inspection scope evaluated the apparent causes and potential safety impact of
acceptable results were obtained for a postulated boron dilution event.
            missed commitments to a previous NRC violation and deviation.
.
c.
Conclusions
The licensee established an acceptable administrative limit on RCS minimum boron
concentration of 1400 ppm. No inadequacies were identified.
E7
Quality Assurance in Engineering Activities
E7.1
Missed Commitments
a.
Insoection Scoce
The inspection scope evaluated the apparent causes and potential safety impact of
missed commitments to a previous NRC violation and deviation.


                                                                                                  .-
.-
t   s
t
  .     .
s
      e
.
                                                    46
.
        b. Observations and Findinas
e
          in early November,1996, the licensee informed the inspector that two of four
46
          commitments in response to a violation and deviation in inspection report 50-
b.
          213/96-04 were not completed within the time frame documented to the NRC. The
Observations and Findinas
          licensee's commitments were identified in a letter to the NRC on August 21,1996.
in early November,1996, the licensee informed the inspector that two of four
          The two commitments that were not completed:
commitments in response to a violation and deviation in inspection report 50-
          1)       A comprehensive review of the inadequate safety evaluation that allowed for
213/96-04 were not completed within the time frame documented to the NRC. The
                    a sling attachment to the fuel handling tool in the spent fuel pool to be
licensee's commitments were identified in a letter to the NRC on August 21,1996.
                    completed by October 31,1996
The two commitments that were not completed:
          2)       A maintenance department revision to a on-the-job (OJT) training guide to
1)
                    require verification of physical qualification of crane operators by September
A comprehensive review of the inadequate safety evaluation that allowed for
                    30,1996.
a sling attachment to the fuel handling tool in the spent fuel pool to be
          The cause for missing the commitments was that no internal assignment was made
completed by October 31,1996
          to complete these actions, and the licensing person assigned to initiate the
2)
          assignments was inexperienced. Notwithstanding these apparent causes, two of
A maintenance department revision to a on-the-job (OJT) training guide to
          the four commitments were completed by the licensee's responsible departments
require verification of physical qualification of crane operators by September
          initiation of an internal assignment.
30,1996.
          For the first commitment, the licensee has subsequently initiated a safety evaluation
The cause for missing the commitments was that no internal assignment was made
          and proposed UFSAR change to allow fuel handling activities in the spent fuel pool
to complete these actions, and the licensing person assigned to initiate the
          without the use of a sling.
assignments was inexperienced. Notwithstanding these apparent causes, two of
          The inspector confirmed that part of the second commitment had been completed             l
the four commitments were completed by the licensee's responsible departments
          by revising procedure work u qtrol manual (WCM) 2.2-9 on August 28,1996,                   !
initiation of an internal assignment.
          however one OJT guide for the containmert polar crane had yet to be completed.             ,
For the first commitment, the licensee has subsequently initiated a safety evaluation
          The inspector verified that the OJT guides for the turbine building, RCA yard crane       l
and proposed UFSAR change to allow fuel handling activities in the spent fuel pool
          had been completed by September 30,1996. The inspector also confirmed that                 l
without the use of a sling.
          containment polar crane operators during the current shutdown met the physical             l
The inspector confirmed that part of the second commitment had been completed
          requirements of ANSI B 30.2.
by revising procedure work u qtrol manual (WCM) 2.2-9 on August 28,1996,
          At the end of the inspection, the licensee was completing actions to complete the
however one OJT guide for the containmert polar crane had yet to be completed.
          corrective actions associated with the notice of violation in inspection report 50-
,
            213/96-04 with the initiation of an adverse condition report. The failure to
The inspector verified that the OJT guides for the turbine building, RCA yard crane
            implement two commitments within the time frame provided did not constitute
had been completed by September 30,1996. The inspector also confirmed that
            additional violations of NRC requirements, but were examples of ineffective actions
containment polar crane operators during the current shutdown met the physical
            to avoid future violations or deviations. The inspector will evaluate licensee actions
requirements of ANSI B 30.2.
            during review of open items 96-004-02 and 96-004-03.
At the end of the inspection, the licensee was completing actions to complete the
        c. Conclusions
corrective actions associated with the notice of violation in inspection report 50-
            Licensee failed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a             l
213/96-04 with the initiation of an adverse condition report. The failure to
            deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and
implement two commitments within the time frame provided did not constitute
            inexperience personnel in the licensing organization.
additional violations of NRC requirements, but were examples of ineffective actions
                                                                                                      l
to avoid future violations or deviations. The inspector will evaluate licensee actions
during review of open items 96-004-02 and 96-004-03.
c.
Conclusions
Licensee failed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a
deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and
inexperience personnel in the licensing organization.


    ... ..           . - _ . ~ _       - - . - - . _ . -       _ - - .         -   .-   ... .   -_- -
... ..
  .       *                                                                                               ;
. - _ . ~ _
- - . - - . _ . -
_ - - .
-
.-
... .
-_-
-
.
;
*
.
.
-
47
                                                            47
-
                                                                                                            !
!
        E8   Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902)                                                       !
E8
                                                                                                            :
Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902)
        E8.1 (Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Desian Basis
:
                                                                                                            f
f
                                                                                                            !
E8.1
              Previous inspection
(Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Desian Basis
              in NRC Inspection 96-01 the inspectors reviewed the methods used by the licensee               l
!
              to bypass a sensor in the RVLIS system and also reviewed the technical and safety             !
Previous inspection
              evaluations to justify the continued use of the affected RVLIS channel.                       I
in NRC Inspection 96-01 the inspectors reviewed the methods used by the licensee
              During operating cycles 18 and 19 sensors #6 and #8 on the"A" RVLIS probe had                 ]
l
              become inoperable and were bypassed, in December 1995 sensor #7 on the same                   ,
to bypass a sensor in the RVLIS system and also reviewed the technical and safety
              probe showed erratic indication. At that point it was the last operable sensor in the         )
!
              area between the top of the fuel and the top of the hot leg nozzle. Subsequent                 !
evaluations to justify the continued use of the affected RVLIS channel.
                                                                                                            l
I
              investigations and repairs resulted in the restoration of all but sensor #6 to
During operating cycles 18 and 19 sensors #6 and #8 on the"A" RVLIS probe had
              operation prior to plant restart.
]
              However, the licensee noted during a review for a potential bypass for sensor #7
become inoperable and were bypassed, in December 1995 sensor #7 on the same
              that although the RVLIS train would remain operable within the technical
,
              specification requirements, the lack of any RVLIS indication in the lower plenum
probe showed erratic indication. At that point it was the last operable sensor in the
              area at the area of the inlet and outlet nozzles would degrade technical assessment
)
              capabilities following postulated accident conditions. The inspectors concluded that
area between the top of the fuel and the top of the hot leg nozzle. Subsequent
              the matter required further licensee review to determine whether the technical
investigations and repairs resulted in the restoration of all but sensor #6 to
              specifications as written were adequate.
operation prior to plant restart.
              The inspectors found that the affected channel was operable in accordance with the
However, the licensee noted during a review for a potential bypass for sensor #7
              plant technical specification requirements and that the modifications were
that although the RVLIS train would remain operable within the technical
              adequately addressed in the emergency operating procedures. However, the issue
specification requirements, the lack of any RVLIS indication in the lower plenum
              was unresolved pending further licensee review to: (i) assure the methods to
area at the area of the inlet and outlet nozzles would degrade technical assessment
              bypass inoperable RVLIS sensors provides a conservative level indication; and, (ii)
capabilities following postulated accident conditions. The inspectors concluded that
              assure the present licensing basis is adequate to maintain RVLIS fully functional for
the matter required further licensee review to determine whether the technical
              intended uses under design basis conditions.
specifications as written were adequate.
              Current inspection
The inspectors found that the affected channel was operable in accordance with the
              During the current inspection the inspectors reviewed the status of the RVLIS
plant technical specification requirements and that the modifications were
              system and licensee actions regarding inoperable sensors.                                     ;
adequately addressed in the emergency operating procedures. However, the issue
              The inspectors reviewed the operating experience associated with the system and               ;
was unresolved pending further licensee review to: (i) assure the methods to
              the process for addressing sensor failures. The period reviewed was from 1992 to
bypass inoperable RVLIS sensors provides a conservative level indication; and, (ii)
                                                                                                            '
assure the present licensing basis is adequate to maintain RVLIS fully functional for
              the present. The inspector found that the system had a significant number of
intended uses under design basis conditions.
              sensor failures up to the time that the probes were replaced in 1993. The initial
Current inspection
              probes had individual cables for each of the 8 sensors and some of the failures               l
During the current inspection the inspectors reviewed the status of the RVLIS
              resulted with cable and/or connector problems. The model probes that were                     !
system and licensee actions regarding inoperable sensors.
              installed in 1993 have a single cable and connector design and there is currently             !
;
              only one failed sensor (sensor #6 in the "A" probe).
The inspectors reviewed the operating experience associated with the system and
                                                                                                            !
;
                                  .                               _ . _ . _ . _ . _ _            __
the process for addressing sensor failures. The period reviewed was from 1992 to
'
the present. The inspector found that the system had a significant number of
sensor failures up to the time that the probes were replaced in 1993. The initial
probes had individual cables for each of the 8 sensors and some of the failures
resulted with cable and/or connector problems. The model probes that were
installed in 1993 have a single cable and connector design and there is currently
only one failed sensor (sensor #6 in the "A" probe).
.
.
.
.
.
__


                                          _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _                       . _ _ ._   _
_ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                                                                                                  !
. _ _ ._
  . ..
_
'
!
                                                        48                                       !
.
                                                                                                  !
..
48
'
!
!
        Operation with failed sensors was controlled primarily through the use of bypass
!
                                                                                                  '
Operation with failed sensors was controlled primarily through the use of bypass
;      jumpers. The bypass jumper process provides controls for the performance of
'
jumpers. The bypass jumper process provides controls for the performance of
;
technical and safety evaluations to support the bypassing of failed sensors. The
'
.
inspectors reviewed safety evaluations associated with several bypass jumpers and
l
found that the safety evaluations were detailed and included an evaluation of
'
specific emergency operating procedure (EOP) changes that would be implemented
i
as a result of the failed sensors. The bypass jumper, the safety evaluation and
'
'
        technical and safety evaluations to support the bypassing of failed sensors. The          .
procedure changes are reviewed by the Plant Operations Review Committee
        inspectors reviewed safety evaluations associated with several bypass jumpers and          l
        found that the safety evaluations were detailed and included an evaluation of              '
        specific emergency operating procedure (EOP) changes that would be implemented            i
        as a result of the failed sensors. The bypass jumper, the safety evaluation and
                                                                                                  '
        procedure changes are reviewed by the Plant Operations Review Committee
i
i
        (PORC). The licensee personnel interviewed indicated that normally all of the
(PORC). The licensee personnel interviewed indicated that normally all of the
:      documents are presented to PORC at the same meeting and that there is not a               '
documents are presented to PORC at the same meeting and that there is not a
                                                                                                  '
:
        significant delay in implementing the necessary procedure changes. The inspector
'
        noted that on February 5,1992, bypass jumper 92-010 was written to address the
significant delay in implementing the necessary procedure changes. The inspector
        failure of sensors 1 A,6A,6B,7B, and 8B. The safety evaluation was completed by
        engineering on February 10,1995. The bypass jumper and associated safety                  >
        evaluation were approved for implementation by PORC on February 11,1992. The              -
        refueling was completed and critical operations resumed in March 1992.                    !
                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                  '
        On June 14,1996, a technical specification clarification for the RVLIS system was
        approved by the PORC. The TS requires that at least three of the lower six sensors
;        (plenum region) be operable and one of the two upper sensors (upper head) be              -
        operable to consider the RVLIS channel to be operable. The clarification specified        i
                                                                                                  '
        that of the six lower sensors at least one of sensors 6,7, or 8 be operable for the
        channel to be considered operable. The verticallocation of sensors 6,7 and 8 are at
        the centerline of the hot leg nozzle, at the bottom of the hot leg nozzle and just
        above the top of the fuel, respectively. The inspector noted that if sensors 7 and 8
i      were inoperable and sensor 6 was operable the RVLIS channel may not provide any            ;
        useful indication of core coverage depending on where the postulated pipe break
'
'
        was located. For example, if the break was in the hot leg piping, water injected by
noted that on February 5,1992, bypass jumper 92-010 was written to address the
        the safety injection systems could be lost through the break and level may never
failure of sensors 1 A,6A,6B,7B, and 8B. The safety evaluation was completed by
        recover to the centerline of the hot leg (i.e. location of sensor 6). The licensee
engineering on February 10,1995. The bypass jumper and associated safety
        agreed with this assessment and subsequently revised the TS clarification on               ,
>
        September 20,1996, to require that either sensor 7 or 8 be operable to consider a         l
evaluation were approved for implementation by PORC on February 11,1992. The
        RVLIS train operable. The inspectors noted that prior to issuance of the TS               l
-
        clarification, the procedure changes were evaluated on a case-by-case basis
refueling was completed and critical operations resumed in March 1992.
        depending on which sensors were inoperable and these evaluations reflected the
i
        approach delineated in the TS clarification.
On June 14,1996, a technical specification clarification for the RVLIS system was
        The licensee indicated that the TS clarification will be considered for incorporation
'
approved by the PORC. The TS requires that at least three of the lower six sensors
;
(plenum region) be operable and one of the two upper sensors (upper head) be
-
operable to consider the RVLIS channel to be operable. The clarification specified
i
that of the six lower sensors at least one of sensors 6,7, or 8 be operable for the
'
channel to be considered operable. The verticallocation of sensors 6,7 and 8 are at
the centerline of the hot leg nozzle, at the bottom of the hot leg nozzle and just
above the top of the fuel, respectively. The inspector noted that if sensors 7 and 8
i
were inoperable and sensor 6 was operable the RVLIS channel may not provide any
useful indication of core coverage depending on where the postulated pipe break
'
was located. For example, if the break was in the hot leg piping, water injected by
the safety injection systems could be lost through the break and level may never
recover to the centerline of the hot leg (i.e. location of sensor 6). The licensee
agreed with this assessment and subsequently revised the TS clarification on
,
September 20,1996, to require that either sensor 7 or 8 be operable to consider a
RVLIS train operable. The inspectors noted that prior to issuance of the TS
clarification, the procedure changes were evaluated on a case-by-case basis
depending on which sensors were inoperable and these evaluations reflected the
approach delineated in the TS clarification.
The licensee indicated that the TS clarification will be considered for incorporation
*
*
        into TSs if the licensee converts to the improved standard technical specification
into TSs if the licensee converts to the improved standard technical specification
        format.
format.
        The inspector concluded that the licensee had implemented appropriate procedure
The inspector concluded that the licensee had implemented appropriate procedure
        changes in response to sensor failures and that the replacement of the RVLIS
changes in response to sensor failures and that the replacement of the RVLIS
        probes had improved the reliability of the system. The inspector also noted the
probes had improved the reliability of the system. The inspector also noted the
        failure of the licensee to identify the inadequacy of the technical specification to be
failure of the licensee to identify the inadequacy of the technical specification to be
        another example of a weakness in the independent review process. This item
another example of a weakness in the independent review process. This item


  .                                         _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _                             _. _ _ _ _ .
.
    7-_
7-_
!      . - c.
_ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _
_. _ _ _ _ .
!
.
- c.
:
:
I
I
J
J
1                                                                                                           .
1
l                                                                 49                                       l
.
1                                                                                                           i
l
                                                                                  .
49
                remains open pending final licensee disposition, and NRC review, of the original
1
                issues in unresolved item 50-213/96-01-03 as summarized above.                             j
i
          E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability
.
                This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to validate the
remains open pending final licensee disposition, and NRC review, of the original
i               procedure used to assess control room habitability under degraded plant conditions.
issues in unresolved item 50-213/96-01-03 as summarized above.
,              Licensee action on this matter was summarized in a memorandum dated May 14,
j
                1996 (HP-96-070). The licensee provided an integrated review of procedure RPM
E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability
i               2.3-3, which included participation by health physics, operations, engineering,
This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to validate the
j               licensing, radiological assessment, and emergency planning groups. Several
i
i               deficiencies were identified and addressed: a determination that procedure EPlP 15-
procedure used to assess control room habitability under degraded plant conditions.
Licensee action on this matter was summarized in a memorandum dated May 14,
,
1996 (HP-96-070). The licensee provided an integrated review of procedure RPM
i
2.3-3, which included participation by health physics, operations, engineering,
j
licensing, radiological assessment, and emergency planning groups. Several
i
deficiencies were identified and addressed: a determination that procedure EPlP 15-
31 was the appropriate reference for guidance to monitor the control room
,
,
                31 was the appropriate reference for guidance to monitor the control room
;
;              radiological environment under degraded plant conditions; improving protective
radiological environment under degraded plant conditions; improving protective
                action guidelines to better protect control room personnel; adding instructions to
action guidelines to better protect control room personnel; adding instructions to
                evacuate non-essential personnel in order to assure sujficient breathing apparatus
evacuate non-essential personnel in order to assure sujficient breathing apparatus
for essential control room personnel; upgrading the scgtt air packs from the current
,
,
                for essential control room personnel; upgrading the scgtt air packs from the current
j
j              Scott lla to the newer 4.5 versions; and, a plan to include.in a subsequent operator
Scott lla to the newer 4.5 versions; and, a plan to include.in a subsequent operator
                training cycle to have operators wear respiratory equipment during training at the
training cycle to have operators wear respiratory equipment during training at the
                simulator to demonstrate the ability to safely operate the plant under degraded
simulator to demonstrate the ability to safely operate the plant under degraded
                conditions.
conditions.
                On September 18,1996, the licensee identified additional discrepancies in the               ,
On September 18,1996, the licensee identified additional discrepancies in the
                                                                                                            '
,
                assessment of control room habitability, as documented in ACR 96-1063. The
'
                deficiency was identified by the configuration management group during reviews to
assessment of control room habitability, as documented in ACR 96-1063. The
                upgrade the licensing and design basis for the plant. The licensee found that no
deficiency was identified by the configuration management group during reviews to
    f         calculations existed for the control room dose with the existing as-built ventilation
upgrade the licensing and design basis for the plant. The licensee found that no
                system, and no calculation existed to support the adequacy of the use of self-             !
f
                contained breathing supplies to ensure control room habitability during design a
calculations existed for the control room dose with the existing as-built ventilation
                basis accident. This finding highlighted a deficiency in the licensee actions to close
system, and no calculation existed to support the adequacy of the use of self-
                NUREG-0737 Item lli.D.3.4 on Control Room Habitability for both,Haddam Neck and
contained breathing supplies to ensure control room habitability during design a
                Millstone 1. This item remains open pending further review by the NRC.
basis accident. This finding highlighted a deficiency in the licensee actions to close
          E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loadina
NUREG-0737 Item lli.D.3.4 on Control Room Habitability for both,Haddam Neck and
                This issue concerned inadequate corrective action that allowed a loss of control of
Millstone 1. This item remains open pending further review by the NRC.
                the seismic qualification of a Auxiliary Feedwater Pump (AFW) piping restraint.           !
E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loadina
                During the installation of a new non-safety grade AFW system and associated               l
This issue concerned inadequate corrective action that allowed a loss of control of
                piping CY, engineering personnel identified that the seismic restraint separating the     j
the seismic qualification of a Auxiliary Feedwater Pump (AFW) piping restraint.
                safety grade and non-safety grade AFW piping was in an unanalyzed condition due           i
During the installation of a new non-safety grade AFW system and associated
                to omission of two valves in the load analysis. The unanalyzed condition had               l
piping CY, engineering personnel identified that the seismic restraint separating the
                existed for about seven days.                                                             l
j
                                                                                                            !
safety grade and non-safety grade AFW piping was in an unanalyzed condition due
                Once the condition was identified, immediate action was taken to break the tie
i
                between the operable and the new systems, eliminating the seismic interaction
to omission of two valves in the load analysis. The unanalyzed condition had
                concerns. The deficiency occurred because the discipline engineer was not involved         ;
existed for about seven days.
                in the pre-construction walkdown review of the rnodification. Several previous             ;
Once the condition was identified, immediate action was taken to break the tie
                                                                                                            l
between the operable and the new systems, eliminating the seismic interaction
                                                                                                            ,
concerns. The deficiency occurred because the discipline engineer was not involved
                                                                                                            l
;
                                                                                                            ;
in the pre-construction walkdown review of the rnodification. Several previous
,
;


      _     _ __ _             ._           -   .- _ . _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _               _ _ _ _ __ .__ _ . ._
_
  ,
_ __ _
    .     .
._
                                                                                                                      .
-
                                                                                                                      i
.- _ . _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _
                                                                                                                      !
_ _ _ _ __ .__ _ . ._
                                                                  50
,
                    Plant Information Reports (PIRs) had identified similar conditions adverse to quality
.
i                  that involved piping supports that affected the seismic qualification of operable
.
l                   portions of safety related equipment.                                                             i
.
i
!
50
Plant Information Reports (PIRs) had identified similar conditions adverse to quality
that involved piping supports that affected the seismic qualification of operable
i
l
portions of safety related equipment.
i
CY attributed the cause of the event to a weakness in work controls that did not
'
'
                    CY attributed the cause of the event to a weakness in work controls that did not
l
l                  prevent the coupling of non seismically qualified modifications into existing qualified           l
prevent the coupling of non seismically qualified modifications into existing qualified
l                   piping. The inspector reviewed the root cause evaluation for the event and                       ;
l
l
piping. The inspector reviewed the root cause evaluation for the event and
;
!
!
                    corrective actions taken which included: procedural changes which included                           j
corrective actions taken which included: procedural changes which included
                    enhancements for performing pre-construction walkdown checklists, and pre-job
j
                                                                                                                      '
enhancements for performing pre-construction walkdown checklists, and pre-job
                    briefings. The PIR process was replaced with the Adverse Condition Resolution
briefings. The PIR process was replaced with the Adverse Condition Resolution
                    Program, which promotes increased reporting of events, and conditions adverse to                 l
'
                    quality to increase the effectiveness of investigation and corrective actions and
Program, which promotes increased reporting of events, and conditions adverse to
                                                                                                                      '
l
l                   allows screening of past events to reveal similarities and past corrective actions
quality to increase the effectiveness of investigation and corrective actions and
'
l
allows screening of past events to reveal similarities and past corrective actions
I
I
                    taken. Based on the review of the completed actions, this item is closed.                         !
taken. Based on the review of the completed actions, this item is closed.
        E8.4 Review of LERs MO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09 eel 96-11-10)
!
                                                                                                                      !
E8.4 Review of LERs MO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09 eel 96-11-10)
          a.       inspection Scope (92700,90712)                                                                   i
!
                    The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee event reports (LERs) to verify
a.
                    the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 50.73 were met.                                             i
inspection Scope (92700,90712)
                                                                                                                        ;
i
          b.       Observations and Findinas
The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee event reports (LERs) to verify
l      *          LER 96-13, CAR Fan Piping Susceptible to Water Hammer
the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 50.73 were met.
                                                                                                                        '
i
b.
Observations and Findinas
l
l
                    This LER concerned the operation of the plant with inoperable containment air                     i
*
                    recirculation fans. This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This                   l
LER 96-13, CAR Fan Piping Susceptible to Water Hammer
                    item is closed.
l
'
This LER concerned the operation of the plant with inoperable containment air
i
recirculation fans. This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This
l
item is closed.
*
LER 96-14, Containment Sump Screens Not Sized as Expected
,
,
        *          LER 96-14, Containment Sump Screens Not Sized as Expected
'
'
                                                                                                                      !
This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path.
                    This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path.                 i
i
                    This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.                         l
This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.
        *           LER 96-16, inadequate RHR Pump NPSH
l
l                   This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path
*
j                   and the inadequate assurance that the RHR pumps would perform their design                           ,
LER 96-16, inadequate RHR Pump NPSH
i                  function under design basis bccident conditions. This issue was previously
l
                    reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.
This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path
        *          LER 96-19, Pin Hole Leak on RHR Heat Exchanger. Valve
j
and the inadequate assurance that the RHR pumps would perform their design
,
i
i
                    This LER concerned the discovery of degraded conditions in the RHR system. The
function under design basis bccident conditions. This issue was previously
                    issue was previously reviewed in inspections 96-10 and 96-80, and in Section 02.1
reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.
                    above. This item is closed.
*
                        -                                                   -                                   - -.
LER 96-19, Pin Hole Leak on RHR Heat Exchanger. Valve
i
This LER concerned the discovery of degraded conditions in the RHR system. The
issue was previously reviewed in inspections 96-10 and 96-80, and in Section 02.1
above. This item is closed.
-
-
-
-.


  _.       . _               ___         _   _   _     _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ .                       _.
_.
      .   .
.
                                                                                                                              I
_
                                                                                                                              e
___
                                                                                                                              I
_
                                                      51                                                                     j
_
        *     LER 96-20, Fuel Transfer Tube Bellows Not Tested                                                               ;
_
                                                                                                                              !
_ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ .
              This LER concerned the discovery that a containment piping penetration had not                                 i
_.
              been tested as required, as was previously reviewed in Inspection 96-08. This                                   .
.
              event is similar to another deficiency identified in the containment leakage rate                               l
.
              program, as describe in LER 96-28 below. This item is closed.                                                   ;
I
        *     LER 96-21, Valve Leakage Results in Nitrogen Intrusion
e
              This LER concerned plant operation in Mode 5 with a nitrogen bubble in the reactor
I
              head, as was described in inspections 96-80 and 96-10. This item is closed.
51
        *     LER 96-22, RCS Loop Stop Valves Opened Without Timely Sample                                                   ,
j
              This LER concerned the failure to obtain a timely boron sample of the reactor
*
              coolant system prior to unisolating the loops, as described in Inspection 96-80.
LER 96-20, Fuel Transfer Tube Bellows Not Tested
              This LER is closed.                                                                                             i
;
                                                                                                                              l
!
        *     LER 96-24, B RHR Pump inoperable                                                                               ;
This LER concerned the discovery that a containment piping penetration had not
                                                                                                                                l
i
              This event involved the discovery on September 1,1996 that the B RHR pump was                                   i
been tested as required, as was previously reviewed in Inspection 96-08. This
              in operable. The licersee root cause evaluation was completed on September 23,
.
              which concluded that the pump had been inoperable since it was last run on August
event is similar to another deficiency identified in the containment leakage rate
              19, and failed on shutdown at that time. The pump f ailed due to a combination of
l
              original manufacturing defects and a maginal design in the tolerances of internal
program, as describe in LER 96-28 below. This item is closed.
              components in the rotating element. NRC review of the purnp failure and the NRC
;
              findings relative to the event are provided in Inspection reports 96-80 and 96-10.
*
              The inspector had no further questions regarding the response actions for the event.
LER 96-21, Valve Leakage Results in Nitrogen Intrusion
              The licensee determined on September 24 that the event was reportable per
This LER concerned plant operation in Mode 5 with a nitrogen bubble in the reactor
              50.72(a)(2)(i)(B) as operation in a condition prohibited by Technical Specification
head, as was described in inspections 96-80 and 96-10. This item is closed.
              3.4.1.4.2, since immediate action to return the pump to service was not taken
*
              during the period from August 19 to September 1. The inspector noted that the
LER 96-22, RCS Loop Stop Valves Opened Without Timely Sample
              licensee did not know that the B RHR pump was inoperable prior to September 1.
,
              Nonetheless, the event was also reportable to the NRC under another 50.73
This LER concerned the failure to obtain a timely boron sample of the reactor
              reporting criteria.
coolant system prior to unisolating the loops, as described in Inspection 96-80.
              The B RHR pump was operated intermittently as needed for decay heat removal                                       1
This LER is closed.
                                                                                                                                '
i
              following the plant shutdown on July 22,1996 until the pump failed when
l
              shutdown on August 19. The design basis for the pump following a design basis
*
              event is to operate for an indefinite period (generally greater than 30 days) in the
LER 96-24, B RHR Pump inoperable
              long term recirculation mode following a postu;sted loss of coolant accident. Due to
;
!             the inherent manuf acturing defects and marginal design, the pump was in capable
This event involved the discovery on September 1,1996 that the B RHR pump was
l.           of performing its design function had the plant experienced a design basis event                                 ,
i
l             prior to the shutdown on July 22. Thus, the event was reportable under                                           I
in operable. The licersee root cause evaluation was completed on September 23,
l             50.73(a)(2)(ii)(B) as a condition that resulted in the plant being operated outside the                         j
which concluded that the pump had been inoperable since it was last run on August
              design basis. The NRC reporting guidance in NUREG 1022, Revision 1 for                                           l
19, and failed on shutdown at that time. The pump f ailed due to a combination of
i                                                                                                                             i
original manufacturing defects and a maginal design in the tolerances of internal
                                                                                                                                !
components in the rotating element. NRC review of the purnp failure and the NRC
                                  . -     --
findings relative to the event are provided in Inspection reports 96-80 and 96-10.
                                                                                _                 __ - _ . . _ _ _ - - _
The inspector had no further questions regarding the response actions for the event.
The licensee determined on September 24 that the event was reportable per
50.72(a)(2)(i)(B) as operation in a condition prohibited by Technical Specification
3.4.1.4.2, since immediate action to return the pump to service was not taken
during the period from August 19 to September 1. The inspector noted that the
licensee did not know that the B RHR pump was inoperable prior to September 1.
Nonetheless, the event was also reportable to the NRC under another 50.73
reporting criteria.
The B RHR pump was operated intermittently as needed for decay heat removal
'
following the plant shutdown on July 22,1996 until the pump failed when
shutdown on August 19. The design basis for the pump following a design basis
event is to operate for an indefinite period (generally greater than 30 days) in the
long term recirculation mode following a postu;sted loss of coolant accident. Due to
!
the inherent manuf acturing defects and marginal design, the pump was in capable
l.
of performing its design function had the plant experienced a design basis event
,
l
prior to the shutdown on July 22. Thus, the event was reportable under
l
50.73(a)(2)(ii)(B) as a condition that resulted in the plant being operated outside the
j
design basis. The NRC reporting guidance in NUREG 1022, Revision 1 for
i
i
. -
--
_
.
__
-
_ . . _
_ _ - - _


  .
.
.     .
.
                                              52
.
        50.73(a)(2)(ii) states (on page 37) that an example of a condition that is reportable
52
        is the discovery that one train of a required two train safety system has been
50.73(a)(2)(ii) states (on page 37) that an example of a condition that is reportable
        incapable performing its design function for an extended period of time during
is the discovery that one train of a required two train safety system has been
        operation. This would be considered operation outside the design basis because for
incapable performing its design function for an extended period of time during
        an extended period of time, the system did not have suitable redundancy.
operation. This would be considered operation outside the design basis because for
        As such, the failure of the B RHR pump was also reportable to the NRC under 10
an extended period of time, the system did not have suitable redundancy.
        CFR 50.72(b)(1)(ii) and a one (1) hour noti'ication to the NRC Operations Center
As such, the failure of the B RHR pump was also reportable to the NRC under 10
        should have been made when the root cause analysis and reportability reviews were     I
CFR 50.72(b)(1)(ii) and a one (1) hour noti'ication to the NRC Operations Center
        completed on September 24,1996. The failure to make the required notification
should have been made when the root cause analysis and reportability reviews were
        was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72 (VIO 96-11-08).                                       l
completed on September 24,1996. The failure to make the required notification
                                                                                              l
was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72 (VIO 96-11-08).
    *  LER 96-26, Weld Flaws in SFP SW Piping
l
        This LER concerned the discovery of degraded pipe and pipe welds in the service       j
LER 96-26, Weld Flaws in SFP SW Piping
        water piping supplying cooling to the spent fuel cooling system, as described in
*
        section M.2.2 above. The preliminary root cause evaluation was that a lack of root
This LER concerned the discovery of degraded pipe and pipe welds in the service
        weld penetration and poor weld fitup contributed to the weld flaws. A failure
j
        analysis was planned to determine the cause of the weld degradation, and the
water piping supplying cooling to the spent fuel cooling system, as described in
        results reported in a supplemental LER. The licensee's safety assessment of all
section M.2.2 above. The preliminary root cause evaluation was that a lack of root
        defects concluded that the spent fuel pool cooling function was not compromised.
weld penetration and poor weld fitup contributed to the weld flaws. A failure
        This LER is closed.
analysis was planned to determine the cause of the weld degradation, and the
    e   LER 96-27, Boron injection Flow Path Below Minimum Temperature                       j
results reported in a supplemental LER. The licensee's safety assessment of all
                                                                                              l
defects concluded that the spent fuel pool cooling function was not compromised.
        During reviews on October 8 to assure plant system readiness to enter Mode 6, a
This LER is closed.
        system engineer identified discrepancies with the temperature instruments (in panel
e
        HT-BA-PNL-A&B) used to perform surveillances per Technical Specification             ;
LER 96-27, Boron injection Flow Path Below Minimum Temperature
        4.1.2.1.a on the heat traced portion of the baron injection flow path. The           '
j
        instruments are used per TS 4.1.2.1.a to verify that the heat traced portion of the
During reviews on October 8 to assure plant system readiness to enter Mode 6, a
        flow path was above 140 degrees F when a flow path from the boric acid path was
system engineer identified discrepancies with the temperature instruments (in panel
        used. The discrepancy was that the temperature instruments had not been subject
HT-BA-PNL-A&B) used to perform surveillances per Technical Specification
        to periodic calibration.
;
        The licensee used portable instruments to verify the accuracy of the instruments.
4.1.2.1.a on the heat traced portion of the baron injection flow path. The
        On October 10, the licensee identified certain locations in the boron injection flow
'
        path in which the temperatures were below the TS required minimum of 140
instruments are used per TS 4.1.2.1.a to verify that the heat traced portion of the
        degrees F, which rendered the associated portions of the boration system
flow path was above 140 degrees F when a flow path from the boric acid path was
        inoperable. The licensee measured temperatures as low as 120 F in the gravity
used. The discrepancy was that the temperature instruments had not been subject
        feed line to the metering pump, and 90 F at the suction of the charging pumps at
to periodic calibration.
        the junction of the discharge from the boric acid pumps. This adverse condition
The licensee used portable instruments to verify the accuracy of the instruments.
        was addressed in ACR 96-1196. The licensee reported this event as plant
On October 10, the licensee identified certain locations in the boron injection flow
        operation outside the licensing basis, and past plant operations in a condition
path in which the temperatures were below the TS required minimum of 140
        contrary to the technical specifications.
degrees F, which rendered the associated portions of the boration system
        The cause of this event was inadequate desion of control circuits used to monitor
inoperable. The licensee measured temperatures as low as 120 F in the gravity
        flow path temperatures and energize heat trace circuits as necessary to maintain
feed line to the metering pump, and 90 F at the suction of the charging pumps at
the junction of the discharge from the boric acid pumps. This adverse condition
was addressed in ACR 96-1196. The licensee reported this event as plant
operation outside the licensing basis, and past plant operations in a condition
contrary to the technical specifications.
The cause of this event was inadequate desion of control circuits used to monitor
flow path temperatures and energize heat trace circuits as necessary to maintain


  ..         -     .-   _ - . .-.       .- - - .         -     - . -           --     -   . - - _.
..
        3 --
3 --
      ,     .
-
                                                                                                          l
.-
                                                                                                          )
_ - . .-.
.- - - .
-
- . -
--
-
. - -
_.
.
,
)
'
'
                                                        53
53
                                                                                                          l
minimum temperature. The licensee also failed to provide an adequate surveillance
              minimum temperature. The licensee also failed to provide an adequate surveillance           '
              program to assure the instruments relied upon to meet TS requirements were
              accurate. The design used heat trace circuits with 9 watts per foot and 6 watts per
              foot cable. Temperature detectors used to energize the heat trace circuits were
              located near the high power heat trace cable, which also controlled the low power
              circuits. Further, the licensee found that the temperature detectors were not placed
              in the optimum locations that would assure the coolest portions of the circuit              I
              remained above the 140 F limit. Finally, the event indicated ineffective corrective
              action in response to inspection item 93-01-01, in that the licensee took action to
              assure that instruments used to satisfy TS surveillance requirements were
              periodically calibrated. The actions at that time failed to identify the present
              deficiencies.
              The purpose of the heat trace circuits was to assure the fluid in the boron injection
              flow path remained above the solubility temperature and thus preclude precipitation
              of the high concentration (as high as 22,500 ppm) boric acid. Despite the
i            deficiencies in the heat trace circuit design and calibration, the affected flow paths
l            remained operable as demonstrated by a recent test (SUR 5.1-146 in August 1996)
l            and operations that passed water through the associated piping. This discrepancy
I            had no impact on analyzed accidents. UFSAR Section 15.2.3 describes the
              licensee's analysis of the inadvertent boron dilution event. The accident analyses
              only credits the use of alarms and monitors to detect the dilution and then manual
              operator action to terminate the event prior to the loss of shutdown margin. Thus,
              the safety consequences of the boric acid heat trace discrepancy was low.
              The licensee took actions to: (i) assure a boration flow path was operable per TS
              3.1.2.1 for operation in Mode 5 and 6 (the flow path from the refueling water
              storage tank was used); (ii) restore the gravity feed flow path to an operable status
              prior to core offload operations by replacing the higher wattage cables with low
              wattage cable; and (iii) revise procedures to enhance the periodic monitoring of heat
              trace circuits with hand held digital probes.
              Plant operation with heat trace circuits in the boron injection flow path less than
              140 degrees F was contrary to Technical Specification 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2. (eel
              96-11-09).
          *  LER 96-28, Containment Air Lock Hydraulics Not Leak Rate Tested
              During a review of a proposed modification of the containment personnel air lock
!            hydraulic system, the licensee identified on October 16 that penetration CN-2 did          j
'
'
              not meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J and had never been Type B               '
program to assure the instruments relied upon to meet TS requirements were
;             leak rate tested. The licensee reported this event as a condition that would have         j
accurate. The design used heat trace circuits with 9 watts per foot and 6 watts per
              resulted in the plant operating in an unanalyzed condition, and as a condition that         j
foot cable. Temperature detectors used to energize the heat trace circuits were
,            alone could have prevented the fulfillment of a safety function needed to mitigate an     l
located near the high power heat trace cable, which also controlled the low power
!             accident.                                                                                 !
circuits. Further, the licensee found that the temperature detectors were not placed
                                                                                                          I
in the optimum locations that would assure the coolest portions of the circuit
remained above the 140 F limit. Finally, the event indicated ineffective corrective
action in response to inspection item 93-01-01, in that the licensee took action to
assure that instruments used to satisfy TS surveillance requirements were
periodically calibrated. The actions at that time failed to identify the present
deficiencies.
The purpose of the heat trace circuits was to assure the fluid in the boron injection
flow path remained above the solubility temperature and thus preclude precipitation
of the high concentration (as high as 22,500 ppm) boric acid. Despite the
i
deficiencies in the heat trace circuit design and calibration, the affected flow paths
l
remained operable as demonstrated by a recent test (SUR 5.1-146 in August 1996)
l
and operations that passed water through the associated piping. This discrepancy
I
had no impact on analyzed accidents. UFSAR Section 15.2.3 describes the
licensee's analysis of the inadvertent boron dilution event. The accident analyses
only credits the use of alarms and monitors to detect the dilution and then manual
operator action to terminate the event prior to the loss of shutdown margin. Thus,
the safety consequences of the boric acid heat trace discrepancy was low.
The licensee took actions to: (i) assure a boration flow path was operable per TS
3.1.2.1 for operation in Mode 5 and 6 (the flow path from the refueling water
storage tank was used); (ii) restore the gravity feed flow path to an operable status
prior to core offload operations by replacing the higher wattage cables with low
wattage cable; and (iii) revise procedures to enhance the periodic monitoring of heat
trace circuits with hand held digital probes.
Plant operation with heat trace circuits in the boron injection flow path less than
140 degrees F was contrary to Technical Specification 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2. (eel
96-11-09).
*
LER 96-28, Containment Air Lock Hydraulics Not Leak Rate Tested
During a review of a proposed modification of the containment personnel air lock
!
hydraulic system, the licensee identified on October 16 that penetration CN-2 did
j
not meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J and had never been Type B
'
'
;
leak rate tested. The licensee reported this event as a condition that would have
j
resulted in the plant operating in an unanalyzed condition, and as a condition that
j
alone could have prevented the fulfillment of a safety function needed to mitigate an
l
,
!
accident.
\\
'
'
                                                                                                          \
._.
                                                    ._.   -             _
-
_


                                                                                          _ . _ _ _ _ _ _
_ . _ _ _ _ _ _
,   ,
,
  ,     .
,
                                                                                                          ,
,
                                                  54
.
                                                                                                          :
,
                                                                                                          i
54
          The hydraulic system penetrates the primary containment boundary as a non-                     !
:
          seismic, non-QA system with no isolation provision for penetration CN-2. Although
i
          the hydraulic hoses and seals are tested as part of the air lock Type B test and the
The hydraulic system penetrates the primary containment boundary as a non-
          containment Type A test, the oil reservoir was not vented to atmosphere during
!
          those tests and therefore, the past leak rate tests would not have verified the                 ,
seismic, non-QA system with no isolation provision for penetration CN-2. Although
          pressure integrity of the hydraulic system. During a postulated design basis LOCA,             i
the hydraulic hoses and seals are tested as part of the air lock Type B test and the
                                                                                                          '
containment Type A test, the oil reservoir was not vented to atmosphere during
          the containment atmosphere pressure would displace the hydraulic fluid through the
those tests and therefore, the past leak rate tests would not have verified the
          inner hydraulic seals and fittings, through the tubing inside the airlock, and then
,
          escape from the containment through the outer mechanical seals and fittings. This
pressure integrity of the hydraulic system. During a postulated design basis LOCA,
          pathway would allow an untreated leakage path of containment atmosphere to the
i
          environment. The licensee's assessment was that this condition had low safety
'
          significance because, although the potential leak path existed, the amount of
the containment atmosphere pressure would displace the hydraulic fluid through the
          leakage would be greatly reduced by the restrictions provided by the components in
inner hydraulic seals and fittings, through the tubing inside the airlock, and then
          the system, the tortuous path for release, and the resistance provided by the
escape from the containment through the outer mechanical seals and fittings. This
          hydraulic fluid.
pathway would allow an untreated leakage path of containment atmosphere to the
          Section ll.G of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J defines Type B tests as tests intended to                 ,
environment. The licensee's assessment was that this condition had low safety
          measure leakage across leakage limiting boundary for primary reactor containment
significance because, although the potential leak path existed, the amount of
          penetrations, including piping penetrations. Technical Specification 4.6.1.2
leakage would be greatly reduced by the restrictions provided by the components in
          implements the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J. Technical Specification
the system, the tortuous path for release, and the resistance provided by the
          4.6.1.2.d states that containment leakage rates shall be demonstrated in
hydraulic fluid.
          conformance with the criteria in Appendix J of 10 CFR 50, and that Type B tests
Section ll.G of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J defines Type B tests as tests intended to
          shall be conducted at intervals to greater than 24 months and at a pressure not less
,
          that Pa,39.6 psig. The f ailure to test the containment penetration CN-2 using a
measure leakage across leakage limiting boundary for primary reactor containment
          Type B test to measure the leakage is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50, Appendix
penetrations, including piping penetrations. Technical Specification 4.6.1.2
          J, and Technical Specification 4.6.1.2.d (eel 96-11-10). The inspector noted that
implements the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J. Technical Specification
          this violation was similar to the failure to test penetration P-50 (reference inspection
4.6.1.2.d states that containment leakage rates shall be demonstrated in
          item 96-08-08 and LER 96-20),
conformance with the criteria in Appendix J of 10 CFR 50, and that Type B tests
      c. Conclusions
shall be conducted at intervals to greater than 24 months and at a pressure not less
          The events reported by the licensee provided additional examples of discrepancies
that Pa,39.6 psig. The f ailure to test the containment penetration CN-2 using a
          in the design and licensing basis, deficiencies in translating the licensing basis into
Type B test to measure the leakage is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50, Appendix
          practice, in reduced margins for shutdown operations and SFP cooling, inadequate
J, and Technical Specification 4.6.1.2.d (eel 96-11-10). The inspector noted that
          reporting of plant events, and ineffective corrective actions.                                   1
this violation was similar to the failure to test penetration P-50 (reference inspection
                                                                                                          i
item 96-08-08 and LER 96-20),
                                                                                                          !
c.
                                          IV. Plant Support                                               i
Conclusions
      S1   Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities
The events reported by the licensee provided additional examples of discrepancies
                                                                                                          ;
in the design and licensing basis, deficiencies in translating the licensing basis into
      a. inspection Scope
practice, in reduced margins for shutdown operations and SFP cooling, inadequate
          The inspector reviewed the security program during the period of                                 l
reporting of plant events, and ineffective corrective actions.
          September 23-26,1996. Areas inspected included: effectiveness of management
1
          control; management support and audits; protected area detection equipment; alarm
i
IV. Plant Support
i
S1
Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities
a.
inspection Scope
The inspector reviewed the security program during the period of
September 23-26,1996. Areas inspected included: effectiveness of management
control; management support and audits; protected area detection equipment; alarm


*   .
*
  .     .
.
                                                    55
.
            stations and communication; testing, maintenance and compensatory measures;
.
            and training and qualification. The purpose of this inspection was to determine
55
            whether the licensee's security program, as implemented, met the licensee's
stations and communication; testing, maintenance and compensatory measures;
            commitments and NRC regulatory requirements.
and training and qualification. The purpose of this inspection was to determine
      b.   Observations and Findinas
whether the licensee's security program, as implemented, met the licensee's
            Management support is ongoing as evidenced by the timely completion of the
commitments and NRC regulatory requirements.
            vehicle barrier system and the installation of the biometrics hand geometry system
b.
            to provide more positive plant access control. Alarm station operators were
Observations and Findinas
            knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was being
Management support is ongoing as evidenced by the timely completion of the
            performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and
vehicle barrier system and the installation of the biometrics hand geometry system
          . the training were well documented and available for review. Management controls
to provide more positive plant access control. Alarm station operators were
            for identifying, resolving, and preventing programmatic problems were effective and
knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was being
            noted as a programmatic strength.
performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and
            Protected area (PA) detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security
. the training were well documented and available for review. Management controls
            plan (the Plan) commitments and security equipment testing was being performed
for identifying, resolving, and preventing programmatic problems were effective and
            as required in the Plan. Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in
noted as a programmatic strength.
            a timely manner as evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with
Protected area (PA) detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security
            non-functioning security equipment, and maintenance documentation weaknesses
plan (the Plan) commitments and security equipment testing was being performed
            noted during the previous inspection had improved.
as required in the Plan. Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in
      c.   Conclusions
a timely manner as evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with
            The inspector determined that the licensee was implementing a security program
non-functioning security equipment, and maintenance documentation weaknesses
            that effectively protects public health and safety. Weaknesses noted during the
noted during the previous inspection had improved.
            previous inspection, conducted in October 1995,in the area of training and
c.
            maintenance documentation, had been corrected.
Conclusions
      S2     Status of Security Facilities and Equipment
The inspector determined that the licensee was implementing a security program
      S2.1   Protected Area Detection Aids
that effectively protects public health and safety. Weaknesses noted during the
      a.   Inspection Scope
previous inspection, conducted in October 1995,in the area of training and
            The inspector conducted a physical inspection of the PA intrusion detection systems
maintenance documentation, had been corrected.
            (IDSs) to verify that the systems were functional, effective, and met licensee
S2
            commitments.
Status of Security Facilities and Equipment
      b.   Observations and Fir'd;nac and Conclusions
S2.1
            On September 23,1996, the inspector determined by observation that the IDSs
Protected Area Detection Aids
            were functional and effective, and were installed and maintained as described in the
a.
            Plan.
Inspection Scope
The inspector conducted a physical inspection of the PA intrusion detection systems
(IDSs) to verify that the systems were functional, effective, and met licensee
commitments.
b.
Observations and Fir'd;nac and Conclusions
On September 23,1996, the inspector determined by observation that the IDSs
were functional and effective, and were installed and maintained as described in the
Plan.


                                            _
_
  ,   ,
,
    .     .
,
                                                    56
.
        S2.2 Alarm Stations and Communications
.
        a.   inspection Scoce
56
              Determination whether the Central Alarm Station (CAS) and Secondary Alarm             .
S2.2 Alarm Stations and Communications
              Station (SAS) are: (1) equipped with appropriate alarm, surveillance and             '
a.
              communication capability, (2) continuously manned by operators, and that (3) the
inspection Scoce
              systems are independent and diverse so that no single act can remove the capability   ,
Determination whether the Central Alarm Station (CAS) and Secondary Alarm
              of detecting a threat and calling for assistance, or otherwise responding to the
.
              threat.
Station (SAS) are: (1) equipped with appropriate alarm, surveillance and
                                                                                                    l
'
        b.   Observations. Findinas and Conclusions
communication capability, (2) continuously manned by operators, and that (3) the
              Observation of CAS and SAS operations verified that the alarm stations were
systems are independent and diverse so that no single act can remove the capability
              equipped with the appropriate alarm, surveillance, and communication capabilities.
,
              Interviews with CAS and SAS operators found them knowledgeable of their duties
of detecting a threat and calling for assistance, or otherwise responding to the
              and responsibilities. The inspector also verified through observation and interviews
threat.
              that the CAS and SAS operators were not required to engage in activities that
l
              would interfere with the assessment and response functions, and that the licensee
b.
              had exercised communications methods with the locallaw enforcement agencies as
Observations. Findinas and Conclusions
              committed to in the Plan.
Observation of CAS and SAS operations verified that the alarm stations were
        S2.3 Testina, Maintenance and Compensatorv Measures
equipped with the appropriate alarm, surveillance, and communication capabilities.
          a. Insoection Scope
Interviews with CAS and SAS operators found them knowledgeable of their duties
              Determination whether programs were implemented that will ensure the reliability of
and responsibilities. The inspector also verified through observation and interviews
              security related equipment, including proper installation, testing and maintenance to
that the CAS and SAS operators were not required to engage in activities that
              replace defective or marginally effective equipment. Additionally, determination
would interfere with the assessment and response functions, and that the licensee
              whether security related equipment failed, the compensatory measures put in place
had exercised communications methods with the locallaw enforcement agencies as
              was comparable to the effectiveness of the security system that existed prior to the j
committed to in the Plan.
              failure.                                                                             )
S2.3 Testina, Maintenance and Compensatorv Measures
        b.   Observations and Findinas
a.
              Review of testing and maintenance records for security-related equipment confirmed
Insoection Scope
              that the records were on file, and that the licensee was testing and maintaining
Determination whether programs were implemented that will ensure the reliability of
              systems and equipment as committed to in the Plan. During the previous inspection
security related equipment, including proper installation, testing and maintenance to
              conducted October 2-6,1995, severalinstances were identified where equipment
replace defective or marginally effective equipment. Additionally, determination
              had been repaired for months, but the maintenance documentation needed to close
whether security related equipment failed, the compensatory measures put in place
              out the work request had not been completed. The inspector determined based on
was comparable to the effectiveness of the security system that existed prior to the
              a review of security equipment maintenance records, including open work requests,
j
              and discussions with security mandgement, that actions taken to address the
failure.
)
b.
Observations and Findinas
Review of testing and maintenance records for security-related equipment confirmed
that the records were on file, and that the licensee was testing and maintaining
systems and equipment as committed to in the Plan. During the previous inspection
conducted October 2-6,1995, severalinstances were identified where equipment
had been repaired for months, but the maintenance documentation needed to close
out the work request had not been completed. The inspector determined based on
a review of security equipment maintenance records, including open work requests,
and discussions with security mandgement, that actions taken to address the
'
'
              problem were effective. A priority status was assigned to each work request and
problem were effective. A priority status was assigned to each work request and
              repairs were normally being completed within 24 hours from the time a work
repairs were normally being completed within 24 hours from the time a work
              request, necessitating compensatory measures, was generated.
request, necessitating compensatory measures, was generated.
I
I
I
I


                      _ _ . _ _ . _         - _ -   _ . _   __       _                             _. _ _
.7_
    .7_        _-
_
            _
_-
.    <    =
_ _ . _ _ . _
                                                                                                            t
- _ -
i                                                                                                           !
_ . _
                                                                                                            ;
__
  !
_
_. _ _
.
<
=
t
i
!
!
;
!
'
'
                                                                                                            !
.
j                                                     57
l
  .
j
                                                                                                            l
57
                                                                                                            @
@
        c.   Conclusions                                                                                   {
c.
              Security equipment repairs were being completed in a timely manner and                       !
Conclusions
              maintenance documentation problems were corrected. The use of compensatory                   I
{
              measures was found to be appropriate and minimal.
Security equipment repairs were being completed in a timely manner and
        S5   Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification                                     l
!
        a.   Insoection Scope
maintenance documentation problems were corrected. The use of compensatory
                                                                                                            I
I
!            Determination whether members of the security organization were trained and
measures was found to be appropriate and minimal.
j             qualified to perform each assigned security related job task or duty in accordance           I
S5
              with the NRC-approved training and qualification (T&O) plan.
Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification
*
l
                                                                                                            i
a.
Insoection Scope
!
Determination whether members of the security organization were trained and
I
j
qualified to perform each assigned security related job task or duty in accordance
I
with the NRC-approved training and qualification (T&O) plan.
*
i
;
b.
Observations and Findinas
;
.i
!
The inspector selected at random and reviewed the training, physica., and firearms
;
;
        b.  Observations and Findinas                                                                    ;
.i                                                                                                          !
              The inspector selected at random and reviewed the training, physica., and firearms
'
'
                                                                                                            ;
qualification /requalification records of ten security force members (SFMs).
              qualification /requalification records of ten security force members (SFMs).
l
                                                                                                            l
During the previous inspection, conducted October 2-6,1995, the inspector noted
              During the previous inspection, conducted October 2-6,1995, the inspector noted               :
:
i             several training records which had anomalies, involving lapses in SFM certification,         !
i
several training records which had anomalies, involving lapses in SFM certification,
!
for which there were no clear explanations recorded. Some files contained an
I
,
,
              for which there were no clear explanations recorded. Some files contained an                  I
explanatory memorandum indicating that the lapse was due to an extended period
              explanatory memorandum indicating that the lapse was due to an extended period               l
l
              of leave, but few were dated, or contained details. To address the concern, the               !
of leave, but few were dated, or contained details. To address the concern, the
4            training department reviewed the documentation process and took appropriate                   !
!
              action. No unexplained anomalies were identified during the inspector's review of             '
training department reviewed the documentation process and took appropriate
;             the randomly selected training records. Additionally, the inspector interviewed a
4
<            number of SFMs to determine if they possessed the requisite knowledge and ability
action. No unexplained anomalies were identified during the inspector's review of
'
;
the randomly selected training records. Additionally, the inspector interviewed a
number of SFMs to determine if they possessed the requisite knowledge and ability
<
to carry out their assigned duties.
;
;
              to carry out their assigned duties.
t
t
j       c.   Conclusions                                                                                   j
j
c.
Conclusions
j
4
4
              The inspector determined that the training had been conducted in accordance with
The inspector determined that the training had been conducted in accordance with
the T&O plan, and that it was prop.erly documented. Based on the SFMs responses
#
#
              the T&O plan, and that it was prop.erly documented. Based on the SFMs responses
to the inspectors' questions, the training provided by the security training staff was
,            to the inspectors' questions, the training provided by the security training staff was
,
              effective.
effective.
.      S6   Security Organization and Administration
S6
Security Organization and Administration
.
'
a.
Inspection Scope
I
A review of the level of management support for the licensee's physical security
j
program was conducted.
'
'
        a.  Inspection Scope
                                                                                                            I
              A review of the level of management support for the licensee's physical security              j
                                                                                                            '
              program was conducted.
,
,
        b.   Observations and Findinas                                                                     ;
b.
'
Observations and Findinas
              The inspector reviewed various program enhancements made since the last
The inspector reviewed various program enhancements made since the last
,            inspection, which was conducted in October 1995, with security management.
'
              These enhancements included the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system
inspection, which was conducted in October 1995, with security management.
              installation, procurement and installation of the hand geometry /biometrics system to
,
                                    r- - -
These enhancements included the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system
                                                  -e
installation, procurement and installation of the hand geometry /biometrics system to
r-
-
-
-e


                    .- -.         .                 .                   .     . - - . -- .         - . _ _         ,
. .. ,_
  . .. ,_   .,.
.,.
                                                                  .                                        _  _.    _ . -
.- -.
          .       .
.
.
.
.
. - - . -- .
- . _ _
_
_.
,
_ . -
.
.
4
4
                                                                                                                          i
i
i                                                                                                                         !
i
!
a
a
                                                                    58                                                     l
{
{                                                                                                                          !
58
                          provide more positive plant access, installation of new closed circuit monitors in the
l
                          CAS/SAS to improve observation of PA barrier, and the allocation of monetary                     j
!
                          resources for additional training initiatives and improvements. Additionally, the
provide more positive plant access, installation of new closed circuit monitors in the
                                                                                                                          {
CAS/SAS to improve observation of PA barrier, and the allocation of monetary
                          inspector reviewed shift rosters, organizational charts, and payroll records to                 ,
j
                          determine if the security force was adequately staffed and if SFM's were working
resources for additional training initiatives and improvements. Additionally, the
                          excessive hours due to low manning. The inspector determined based on the                       *
{
                          results of the document reviews and discussions with licensee and contractor                     ]
inspector reviewed shift rosters, organizational charts, and payroll records to
                          supervision, and SFMs that manning levels were adequate and overtime was being
,
                          properly controlled.
determine if the security force was adequately staffed and if SFM's were working
                                                                                                                            i
excessive hours due to low manning. The inspector determined based on the
                c.       Conclusions
*
                          Management support for the physical security program was determined to be
results of the document reviews and discussions with licensee and contractor
                          excellent.                                                                                       ]
]
                                                                                                                            j
supervision, and SFMs that manning levels were adequate and overtime was being
                                                                                                                            .
properly controlled.
                S7       Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities                                         I
i
                S7.1 Effectiveness of Manaaement Controls
c.
                a.       Insoection Scope
Conclusions
                          A review of the licensee's controls for identifying, resolving and preventing -
Management support for the physical security program was determined to be
                          programmatic problems was conducted,
]
                b.       Observations and Findinas
excellent.
                          The inspector determined that the licensee had controls for identifying, resolving,
j
                          and preventing security program problems. These controls included the
.
                          performance of the required annual quality assurance (QA) audits, a formalized self-
S7
                          assessment program, and ongoing shift oversight by supervisors. The licensee also
Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities
                          utilized industry data, such as violations of regulatory requirements identified by the
I
      ,
S7.1 Effectiveness of Manaaement Controls
                          NRC at other facilities, as a criterion for self-assessment.
a.
                c.       Conclusions
Insoection Scope
                          A review of documentation applicable to the programs indicated that initiatives to
A review of the licensee's controls for identifying, resolving and preventing -
                          minimize security performance errors and identify and resolve potential weaknesses
programmatic problems was conducted,
                          were being implemented and were effective.
b.
                                                                                                                            I
Observations and Findinas
                                                                                                                            i
The inspector determined that the licensee had controls for identifying, resolving,
                S7.2 Audits                                                                                                 !
and preventing security program problems. These controls included the
                                                                                                                            1
performance of the required annual quality assurance (QA) audits, a formalized self-
                                                                                                                            .
assessment program, and ongoing shift oversight by supervisors. The licensee also
                a.       Inspection Scope
utilized industry data, such as violations of regulatory requirements identified by the
                                                                                                                            i
NRC at other facilities, as a criterion for self-assessment.
                          The inspector reviewed the licensee's audit of the security program to determine if             l
,
                          the licensee's commitments as contained in the NRC-approved physical security                   ;
c.
                          plan were being satisfied,
Conclusions
                                                                                                                            l
A review of documentation applicable to the programs indicated that initiatives to
minimize security performance errors and identify and resolve potential weaknesses
were being implemented and were effective.
I
i
S7.2 Audits
!
.
a.
Inspection Scope
i
The inspector reviewed the licensee's audit of the security program to determine if
the licensee's commitments as contained in the NRC-approved physical security
plan were being satisfied,
l


                          =       ..-                   . - . - - .   .-                     . ~ . --
. . 3
  . . 3                                            -                        ~  _    .
=
    .    .                                                                                            .
..-
                                                      59
-
        b.   Observations and Findinas
. - . - - .
                                                                                                        i
.-
              The inspector reviewed the 1995 QA audit of the security program conducted
~
l             between September 6 - November 1,1995, (Audit No. A25109). The inspector
_
l             determined that the audit was conducted in accordance with the Plan and that the         '
.
. ~ .
--
.
.
.
59
b.
Observations and Findinas
i
The inspector reviewed the 1995 QA audit of the security program conducted
l
between September 6 - November 1,1995, (Audit No. A25109). The inspector
l
determined that the audit was conducted in accordance with the Plan and that the
'
I
I
results were distributed to appropriate levels of management. The audit identified
'
three findings, two unresolved items and one recommendation. The audit findings
addressed potential weaknesses in record retention, lock and key control and key
card record accountability. The inspector determined that the noted findings were
not indicative of programmatic weaknesses or noncompliance with regulatory
requirements, but would enhance program effectiveness. The inspector also
determined, based on discussions with security management and a review of the
,
responses to the findings, that the corrective actions were effective.
'
'
              results were distributed to appropriate levels of management. The audit identified
i
              three findings, two unresolved items and one recommendation. The audit findings
c.
              addressed potential weaknesses in record retention, lock and key control and key
. Conclusions
              card record accountability. The inspector determined that the noted findings were
:
              not indicative of programmatic weaknesses or noncompliance with regulatory
The review concluded that the audit was comprehensive in scope and depth, that
              requirements, but would enhance program effectiveness. The inspector also
the findings were approp iately distributed and that the programs were being
              determined, based on discussions with security management and a review of the            ,
]
              responses to the findings, that the corrective actions were effective.                    '
properly administered.
                                                                                                        i
'
        c. . Conclusions
F2
                                                                                                        :
Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment
              The review concluded that the audit was comprehensive in scope and depth, that           !
i
              the findings were approp iately distributed and that the programs were being             ]
F2.1
              properly administered.                                                                   '
Fire Protection Svstem Valve Flanae Cracks
        F2   Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment                                       i
a.
        F2.1   Fire Protection Svstem Valve Flanae Cracks
Inspection Scoce
        a.   Inspection Scoce
The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee compensatory actions in response to
              The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee compensatory actions in response to
fire suppression system corrective maintenance.
              fire suppression system corrective maintenance.
b.
        b.   Observations and Findinas
Observations and Findinas
              On October 18,1996, maintenance mechanics were replacing fire system valve FP-
On October 18,1996, maintenance mechanics were replacing fire system valve FP-
              V-123. During the torquing of the fasteners for the threaded cast iron flange, the
V-123. During the torquing of the fasteners for the threaded cast iron flange, the
              flange cracked. The licensee replaced the cast iron flange and restored the fire
flange cracked. The licensee replaced the cast iron flange and restored the fire
              header back to service on October 22,1996. The inspector noted that the
header back to service on October 22,1996. The inspector noted that the
              mechanics were not provided any specific guidance on the maximum torque
mechanics were not provided any specific guidance on the maximum torque
              specification for the cast iron flange.
specification for the cast iron flange.
              On October 21, the inspector confirmed tag clearance 96-1011 provided adequate
On October 21, the inspector confirmed tag clearance 96-1011 provided adequate
              isolation and protection to the workers in the fire protection system. Additionally,
isolation and protection to the workers in the fire protection system. Additionally,
              the inspector confirmed that the licensee was appropriately implementing                 j
the inspector confirmed that the licensee was appropriately implementing
              compensatory measures in the technical requirements manual sections ll.1.C.3.1.a,
j
              and ll.1.g.3.1.
compensatory measures in the technical requirements manual sections ll.1.C.3.1.a,
                                                                                                        l
and ll.1.g.3.1.
t
t
                                                                                                        l
l
                    __
__


  g-       7
g-
                      _         ._           _   _ _..             _ - -       ._. _ _ . _ . _       _ _ _ _ _
7
!     .       .
_
._
_
_ _..
_ - -
._. _ _ . _ . _
_ _ _ _ _
!
.
.
;
;
                                                                                                                  ,
,
                                                          60
60
            c.     Conclusions
c.
                                                                                                                  ,
Conclusions
                    The inspector noted that mechanics were not provided. specific guidance on the               !
,
                    maximum torque for fasteners on a threaded cast iron flange. Appropriate technical
The inspector noted that mechanics were not provided. specific guidance on the
!
maximum torque for fasteners on a threaded cast iron flange. Appropriate technical
I
I
                    requirements manual compensatory actions were taken.
requirements manual compensatory actions were taken.
                                                                                                                  :
:
                                                V. Manaaement Meetinas
V. Manaaement Meetinas
            X1     Exit Meeting Summary
X1
                    The inspectors presented the inspection results to members of licensee management
Exit Meeting Summary
                    at the conclusion of the inspect lon on November 27,1996. The licensee                       ;
The inspectors presented the inspection results to members of licensee management
                    acknowledged the findings presented.                                                         *
at the conclusion of the inspect lon on November 27,1996. The licensee
                    The inspectors asked the licensee whether any materials examined during the
;
                    inspection should be considered proprietary. No proprietary information was
acknowledged the findings presented.
                    identified.
*
            X4     Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)
The inspectors asked the licensee whether any materials examined during the
                    A recent discovery of a licensee operating its facility in a manner contrary to the
inspection should be considered proprietary. No proprietary information was
                    UFSAR description highlighted the need for a special focused review that compares
identified.
                    plant practices, procedures, and parameters to the UFSAR description. The
X4
                    inspector reviewed licensee activities for conformance with the UFSAR as described
Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)
                    in Sections 15.5.2.2 (detail M1.2) and Section 9.1 (detail E2.5). Discrepancies in           !
A recent discovery of a licensee operating its facility in a manner contrary to the
                    meeting Section 15.5.2.2. are described in detail M1.2 above.
UFSAR description highlighted the need for a special focused review that compares
                                                                                                                  !
plant practices, procedures, and parameters to the UFSAR description. The
                    Since the UFSAR does not specifically include security program requirements, the
inspector reviewed licensee activities for conformance with the UFSAR as described
                    inspector compared licensee activities to the NRC-approved physical security plan,
!
                    which is the applicable document. While performing the inspection discussed in this
in Sections 15.5.2.2 (detail M1.2) and Section 9.1 (detail E2.5). Discrepancies in
                    report, the inspector reviewed Section 6.8 of the Plan, Revision 30, dated February
meeting Section 15.5.2.2. are described in detail M1.2 above.
                    29,1996, titled, " Keys, Locks, Combinations, and Related Equipment" and
!
                    performed an inventory of the key storage cabinets using the licensee's lock and
Since the UFSAR does not specifically include security program requirements, the
                    key control procedure. The review disclosed that security keys and locks were
inspector compared licensee activities to the NRC-approved physical security plan,
                    being maintained and controlled in accordance with the Plan and security program
which is the applicable document. While performing the inspection discussed in this
                    procedures.
report, the inspector reviewed Section 6.8 of the Plan, Revision 30, dated February
29,1996, titled, " Keys, Locks, Combinations, and Related Equipment" and
performed an inventory of the key storage cabinets using the licensee's lock and
key control procedure. The review disclosed that security keys and locks were
being maintained and controlled in accordance with the Plan and security program
procedures.
l
l
l
l
l
l
  .
.
    ,   r       -
,
                                                          - , . . .
r
-
- , . . .


                                                                      ,
,
    .   .
.
      .     .
.
                                                                    '
.
                                                      61
.
  ,-
'
                                  PARTIAL LIST OF PERSONS CONTACTED
61
          Licensee
,-
          Jere LaPlatney, Unit Director
PARTIAL LIST OF PERSONS CONTACTED
          Gerry Waig, Maintenance Manager
Licensee
          Jack Stanford, Operations Manager
Jere LaPlatney, Unit Director
;         James Pandolfo, Security Manager
Gerry Waig, Maintenance Manager
i         Ron Sachatello, Radiation Protection Manager
Jack Stanford, Operations Manager
;        Tom Cleary, Sr. Licensing Representative
;
James Pandolfo, Security Manager
i
Ron Sachatello, Radiation Protection Manager
Tom Cleary, Sr. Licensing Representative
;
George Townsend, Engineering
-
-
          George Townsend, Engineering
j
j        Robert McCarthy, Engineering
Robert McCarthy, Engineering
1         David Bazinet, Instrumentation and Controls
1
          D. Parker, Safety Analysis
David Bazinet, Instrumentation and Controls
!]        M. Kai, Safety Analysis
!]
i         Madison Long, Technical Support
D. Parker, Safety Analysis
]         NRC
M. Kai, Safety Analysis
i
Madison Long, Technical Support
]
NRC
1
1
:         Stephen Dembek, Haddam Neck Project Manager
:
Stephen Dembek, Haddam Neck Project Manager
!
!
4
4
Line 3,589: Line 5,080:
:
:
1
1
.
.
}
}
$
$
3
3
  4
  4
4
4
1
1
                                          -
-


  ., _. _ ,.     .   .-
., _. _ ,.
                        -            . .                     _             -     .
.
                                                                                            __ _ . _ _ _
.-
i       ,       .
. .
                                                                                                          ;
_
-
.
__ _ . _ _ _
-
i
;
,
.
;
;
I
'
'
                                                                                                          I
!
                                                                                                          !
'
'
                                                          62
62
                                            INSPECTION PROCEDURES USED
INSPECTION PROCEDURES USED
4
4
                                                                                                          .
.
4
4
IP 40500:
Effectiveness of Licensee Controls in Identifying, Resolving, and Proventing
'
;
Problems
'
'
            IP 40500:    Effectiveness of Licensee Controls in Identifying, Resolving, and Proventing    ;
iP 60710:
                          Problems                                                                        '
Refueling Activities
            iP 60710:   Refueling Activities                                                           i
i
            IP 62703:   Maintenance Observation                                                         !
IP 62703:
            IP 64704:   Fire Protection Program                                                         i
Maintenance Observation
            IP 71707:   Plant Operations                                                               i
!
            IP 73051:   Inservice inspection - Review of Program                                       j
IP 64704:
            IP 73753:   Inservice inspection                                                           :
Fire Protection Program
            IP 83729:   Occupational Exposure During Extended Outages                                   ;
i
            IP 83750:   Occupational Exposure                                                           i
IP 71707:
            IP 92700:   Onsite Followup of Written Reports of Nonroutine Events at Power Reactor       l
Plant Operations
                          Facilities                                                                     !
i
            IP 92902:   Followup - Engineering                                                         j
IP 73051:
            IP 92903:   Followup - Maintenance                                                         !
Inservice inspection - Review of Program
            IP 93702:   Prompt Onsite Response to Events at Operating Power Reactors                   ;
j
                                                                                                          i
IP 73753:
                                          ITEMS OPEN, CLOSED, AND DISCUSSED
Inservice inspection
            Open                                                                                         j
:
            96 11 01     eel     Failure to Have EOP for Fuel Drop Accident
IP 83729:
            96 11-02     eel     ineffective Corrective Actions for Inventory Control
Occupational Exposure During Extended Outages
            96-11-03     eel     Inoperable SFB Ventilation System
;
            96-11-04     eel     Inadequate instrument Setpoint Calculations
IP 83750:
            96-11-05     eel     inadequate Conective Actions for Instrument Failures
Occupational Exposure
            96-11-06     eel     inadequate PAB flood Protection
i
            96-11-07     URI     SFPCS Single Failures
IP 92700:
              96-11-08   VIO     Inadequate Reporting of RHR Pump Failure
Onsite Followup of Written Reports of Nonroutine Events at Power Reactor
              96 11-09   eel     Inoperable Boric Acid Heat Trace Instruments
l
              96-11-10   eel     Containment Penetration Not Type B Tested
Facilities
              Closed
!
              96-04-01   URI     May 23 Spent Fuel Event
IP 92902:
              95-02-03   IFl     Refueling Equipment Failures
Followup - Engineering
              94-22-02   VIO     AFW Supports
j
              Discussed
IP 92903:
                                                                                                            i
Followup - Maintenance
              96-02-03     URI     Control Room Habitability                                               ;
!
              96-01-03     URI     RVL!S Design Basis                                                       !
IP 93702:
              93-01-01     IFl     Instrument Calibrations                                                 j
Prompt Onsite Response to Events at Operating Power Reactors
                                                                                                          i
;
i
ITEMS OPEN, CLOSED, AND DISCUSSED
Open
j
96 11 01
eel
Failure to Have EOP for Fuel Drop Accident
96 11-02
eel
ineffective Corrective Actions for Inventory Control
96-11-03
eel
Inoperable SFB Ventilation System
96-11-04
eel
Inadequate instrument Setpoint Calculations
96-11-05
eel
inadequate Conective Actions for Instrument Failures
96-11-06
eel
inadequate PAB flood Protection
96-11-07
URI
SFPCS Single Failures
96-11-08
VIO
Inadequate Reporting of RHR Pump Failure
96 11-09
eel
Inoperable Boric Acid Heat Trace Instruments
96-11-10
eel
Containment Penetration Not Type B Tested
Closed
96-04-01
URI
May 23 Spent Fuel Event
95-02-03
IFl
Refueling Equipment Failures
94-22-02
VIO
AFW Supports
Discussed
i
96-02-03
URI
Control Room Habitability
96-01-03
URI
RVL!S Design Basis
93-01-01
IFl
Instrument Calibrations
j
i


-
-
    .
.
  I       e
I
                                                  63                                             !
e
                                                                                                !
63
                                          ATTACHMENT A                                         l
!
                                                                                                !
!
      Procedures Revised
ATTACHMENT A
      'ODI 190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6                                                   ,
!
      'ODI-193, Pre-Evolution Briefings                                                         :
Procedures Revised
      'NOP 2.611, Makeup to RCS During Modes 5 and 6                                           l
'ODI 190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6
      ODI-191, Shutdown Risk Awareness
,
                                                                                                l
'ODI-193, Pre-Evolution Briefings
      ANN 4.24-1, Cavity High Level                                                             '
:
                                                                                                ;
'NOP 2.611, Makeup to RCS During Modes 5 and 6
      ANN 4.24-2, Cavity Low Level
l
      ANN 4.24-3, Reduced Inventory Low Level                                                   ;
ODI-191, Shutdown Risk Awareness
      ANN 4.24-4, Ultrasonic Low Level
l
      *NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Modes 5 and 6
ANN 4.24-1, Cavity High Level
      NOP 2.6-1 A, Mode 5 or Mode 6 RCP Seal Water Supply                                       j
'
      'NOP 2.6-98, Recirculation of 1B Charging Pump on the RWST                               ;
;
      AOP 3.2 31 A, Reactor Coolant / Refueling Cavity Leak                                     i
ANN 4.24-2, Cavity Low Level
      NOP 2.3-5, Refueling Operations                                                           ,
ANN 4.24-3, Reduced Inventory Low Level
                                                                                                '
;
      NOP 26-2, Chemical and Volume Control System Operation                                     ,
ANN 4.24-4, Ultrasonic Low Level
      WCM 1,2-9, Outage Planning, Scheduling, and Implementation                                 l
*NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Modes 5 and 6
      WCM 2.2-8, Control of Heavy Loads                                                         ;
NOP 2.6-1 A, Mode 5 or Mode 6 RCP Seal Water Supply
      WCM 2.2-7, PAB/ Pipe Trench Floor Block Lifting Procedure                                 !
j
      NOP 2.0-1, Shift Relief and Turnover                                                     i
'NOP 2.6-98, Recirculation of 1B Charging Pump on the RWST
      NOP 2.0-2, Shift Supervisors Operating Log                                                 i
;
      NOP 2.3-4, Shutdown from Hot Standby to Colo Shutdown
AOP 3.2 31 A, Reactor Coolant / Refueling Cavity Leak
      NOP 2.9-3, Refueling Cavity Filling                                                       ;
i
      NOP 2.13 5A, Tracking / Establishing Modified Containment Integrity / Containment Closure ;
NOP 2.3-5, Refueling Operations
      ' AOP 3.2-63, Fuel Handling Accident                                                       ',
,
      AOP 3.2-31 A, Reactor Coolant System Leak / Refueling Cavity Leak (Mode 5 and 6)
NOP 26-2, Chemical and Volume Control System Operation
      '
,
        -indicates new procedures
'
WCM 1,2-9, Outage Planning, Scheduling, and Implementation
l
WCM 2.2-8, Control of Heavy Loads
;
WCM 2.2-7, PAB/ Pipe Trench Floor Block Lifting Procedure
!
NOP 2.0-1, Shift Relief and Turnover
i
NOP 2.0-2, Shift Supervisors Operating Log
i
NOP 2.3-4, Shutdown from Hot Standby to Colo Shutdown
NOP 2.9-3, Refueling Cavity Filling
;
NOP 2.13 5A, Tracking / Establishing Modified Containment Integrity / Containment Closure
;
' AOP 3.2-63, Fuel Handling Accident
AOP 3.2-31 A, Reactor Coolant System Leak / Refueling Cavity Leak (Mode 5 and 6)
'
-indicates new procedures
'
- - _
-
__
_.


  .
.
      _,._         _ _ _ _ . .     _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ .             . . _ . _ . - - .
_,._
                                                                                              ..
_ _ _ _ . .
          .       .
_ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ .
                                                                                                                              ,
. . _ . _ . - - .
                                                                                                                              i
..
                                                                                                                              i
.
                                                                                                                              ;
.
l                                                                           64
,
i
i
;
l
64
1
1
                                                                LIST OF ACRONYMS USED
LIST OF ACRONYMS USED
              ACP                 Administrative Control Procedure
ACP
              ACR                 Adverse Condition Report
Administrative Control Procedure
              AEC
ACR
              AEOD
Adverse Condition Report
                                  Atomic Energy Commission
AEC
                                  Office for Analysis and Evaluation of Operational Data
Atomic Energy Commission
                                                                                                                              l
AEOD
              ALARA              As Low As is Reasonably Achievable
Office for Analysis and Evaluation of Operational Data
              ANN                 Annunciator Response Procedure
ALARA
              ANSI               American National Standards Institute                                                     !
As Low As is Reasonably Achievable
                                                                                                                              i
ANN
              AOP                 Abnormal Operating Procedure
Annunciator Response Procedure
              ASME               American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ANSI
              AWO                 Authorized Work Order
American National Standards Institute
              CAR                 Containment Air Recirculation
!
              CAS                 Central Alarm Station                                                                     i
i
                                                                                                                              :
AOP
              - cfm               cubic feet per minute                                                                     j
Abnormal Operating Procedure
              CFR                 Code of Federal Regulations                                                               ;
ASME
              CLIS               Cavity Level Indication System                                                             !
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
              CMP                 Corrective Maintenance Procedure                                                           i
AWO
              CVCS               Chemical and Volume Control System                                                         l
Authorized Work Order
              CY                 Connecticut Yankee                                                                         '
CAR
              CYAPCo             Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company
Containment Air Recirculation
              EA                 Escalated Action                                                                           .
CAS
              EDG                 Emergency Diesel Generator                                                                 l
Central Alarm Station
              ENG                 Engineering Procedure                                                                     i
i
              EOP                 Emergency Operating Procedure                                                             f
:
              EP                 Emergency Preparedness
- cfm
              EPIP               Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure
cubic feet per minute
              ESF                 Engineered Safety Feature
j
              F                   fahrenheit                                                                                 l
CFR
              gpm                 gallons per minute                                                                         l
Code of Federal Regulations
              HECA               High Efficiency Charcoal Air                                                               !
;
              HEPA               High Efficiency Particulate Air
CLIS
              I&C                 Instrument & Control                                                                       ,
Cavity Level Indication System
              IDP                 Ingersol Dresser Pump                                                                     l
CMP
              IDS                 Intrusion Detection Systems                                                               i
Corrective Maintenance Procedure
                IPAP               Integrated Performance Assessment Process                                                 ;
i
                IR                 Inspection Report
CVCS
                IRT               Independent Review Team
Chemical and Volume Control System
              ISI                 in-Service Inspection                                                                     ,
l
                                                                                                                              '
CY
                LER               Licensee Event Report
Connecticut Yankee
                LLRT               Local Leak Rate Testing
'
                MOV               Motor Operated Valve                                                                       ,
CYAPCo
                MTE               Measuring & Test Equipment
Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company
                NOP               Normal Operating Procedure
EA
                NCV               Non-Cited Violation
Escalated Action
                NOV               Notice of Violation                                                                       r
.
                NRC               Nuclear Regulatory Commission
EDG
Emergency Diesel Generator
ENG
Engineering Procedure
i
EOP
Emergency Operating Procedure
f
EP
Emergency Preparedness
EPIP
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure
ESF
Engineered Safety Feature
F
fahrenheit
l
gpm
gallons per minute
l
HECA
High Efficiency Charcoal Air
!
HEPA
High Efficiency Particulate Air
I&C
Instrument & Control
,
IDP
Ingersol Dresser Pump
l
IDS
Intrusion Detection Systems
i
IPAP
Integrated Performance Assessment Process
;
IR
Inspection Report
IRT
Independent Review Team
ISI
in-Service Inspection
,
'
LER
Licensee Event Report
LLRT
Local Leak Rate Testing
MOV
Motor Operated Valve
,
MTE
Measuring & Test Equipment
NOP
Normal Operating Procedure
NCV
Non-Cited Violation
NOV
Notice of Violation
r
NRC
Nuclear Regulatory Commission
1
1
!
!
I
I
            w
w
1
1
!   ..                                                                                                         _ _ _ _ . _ _
!
                                .                            ,                                   . , . . . _-
..
.
,
. , . . .
_-
_
_ _ _ . _ _


-
-
    .
.
  ,     .
,
                                                k
.
                                        65
k
      NSO   Nuclear Side Operator               ,
65
      ODI   Operations Department instruction
NSO
      OJT   On the Job Training
Nuclear Side Operator
      PA   Protected Area
,
      PAB   Primary Auxiliary Building
ODI
      PIR   Plant Inspection Report
Operations Department instruction
      PMP   Preventive Maintenance Procedure
OJT
      PORC Plant Operations Review Committee
On the Job Training
      PORV Power Operated Relief Valve         ,
PA
                                                '
Protected Area
      ppm  parts per million
PAB
      PPR   Plant Performance Review
Primary Auxiliary Building
      psig pounds per s quare inch
PIR
      QA   Quality Assurance
Plant Inspection Report
      RCS   Reactor Coolant System
PMP
      RHR   Residual Heat Removal               {
Preventive Maintenance Procedure
      RFO   Refueling Outage                     '
PORC
      RPWST Recycle Primary Water Storage Tank
Plant Operations Review Committee
      RWST Refueling Water Storage Tank
PORV
      SAS   Secondary Alarm Station               i
Power Operated Relief Valve
      SFB   Spent Fuel Building                   l
ppm
      SFM   Security Force Members
parts per million
      SFP   Spent Fuel Pool                       )
,
      SRO   Senior Reactor Operator               !
'
      ST   Special Test Procedure
PPR
                                                  l
Plant Performance Review
      SUR  Surveillance Procedure                 l
psig
      SW   Service Water                         i
pounds per s quare inch
      T&Q   Training and Qualification
QA
      TPC   Temporary Procedure Change
Quality Assurance
      TRM   Technical Requirement Manual
RCS
      TS   Technical Specification
Reactor Coolant System
      UFSAR Updated Final Safety Analysis Report
RHR
      VIO   Violation
Residual Heat Removal
      VP   Vendor Procedure                       !
{
      WCC   Work Control Center
RFO
      WCM   Work Control Manual
Refueling Outage
                                                  !
'
RPWST
Recycle Primary Water Storage Tank
RWST
Refueling Water Storage Tank
SAS
Secondary Alarm Station
i
SFB
Spent Fuel Building
l
SFM
Security Force Members
SFP
Spent Fuel Pool
)
SRO
Senior Reactor Operator
!
ST
Special Test Procedure
SUR
Surveillance Procedure
SW
Service Water
i
T&Q
Training and Qualification
TPC
Temporary Procedure Change
TRM
Technical Requirement Manual
TS
Technical Specification
UFSAR
Updated Final Safety Analysis Report
VIO
Violation
VP
Vendor Procedure
WCC
Work Control Center
WCM
Work Control Manual
!
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 09:15, 12 December 2024

Insp Rept 50-213/96-11 on 960921-1115.Violations Noted. Major Areas Inspected:Plant Operations,Maint,Engineering & Plant Support
ML20133A503
Person / Time
Site: Haddam Neck File:Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Co icon.png
Issue date: 12/24/1996
From:
NRC OFFICE OF INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT (IE REGION I)
To:
Shared Package
ML20133A483 List:
References
50-213-96-11, NUDOCS 9612310147
Download: ML20133A503 (71)


See also: IR 05000213/1996011

Text

._ . _.. . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _

_ . _ . . . _

. . _ _ . . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ .

..

.

.

j

>

l

<

!

I

-

1

l

U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION

i

l

REGION I

l

!

.

!

-

Docket No.:

50-213

i

License No.:

DPR-61

'

t

i

.

,

Report No.:

50-213/96-11

l

!

Licensee:

Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company

f

?

P. O. Box 270

i

Hartford, CT 06141-0270

)

Facility:

Haddam Neck Station

u

!

]

Location:

Haddam, Connecticut

1

I

Dates:

September 21,1996 - November 15,1996

i

inspectors:

William J. Raymond, Senior Resident inspector

'

Peter J. Habighorst, Resident inspector

,

!

Edward B. King, Physical Security inspector

'

i

2

Barry C. Westreich, Resident inspector

,

Larry L. Scholl, Reactor Engineer

l

Alfred Lohmeier, Senior Reactor Engineer

I

i

1

.

.

Approved by:

John F. Rogge, Chief, Projects Branch 8

!

Division of Reactor Projects

i

.

i

<

T

1

.

,

9612310147 961224

PDR

ADOCK 05000213

G

PDR

. _ . _

_ .,

.

.

_ _ _ .

-.

_

__

,

,

,

-

.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Haddam Neck Station

NRC Inspection Report No. 50-213/96-11

This integrated inspection included aspects of licensee operations, engineering,

maintenance, and plant support. The report covers a seven-week period of resident

inspection; in addition, it includes the results of announced inspections by regional

specialists.

Plant Operations:

Licensee corrective actions were ineffective in preventing a reactor dilution on September

26,'1996. Operations personnel did not properly monitor the transfer of water to the

refueling water storage tank, did not investigate potential dilution of the emergency

boration flowpath, and did not follow normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.6-3. No

preventive maintenance program existed for valve (BA-V-367) that was suspected of

leaking-by. This was an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B Criterion XVI.

The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The quality and detailin the

procedures improved when compared to the procedures prior to September 1,1996. A

violation of technical specification (TS) 6.8.1 was identified whereas the licensee did not

have a procedure for a fuel handling accident. The emergency operator procedure (EOP)

exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by the refueling

crane operators. The training for operators appropriately focused on the details and

purpose for the significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.

!

The reactor drain down and actions to evaluate cavity sealleakage were acceptable.

l

Actions to prepare the plant for defueling were thorough. The defueling operations were

safely conducted utilizing good teamwork and communications. The refueling senior

i

reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management oversight and professional

l

demeanor. Training records and the content of refueling-related training material were

acceptable. The licensee did not have a training program description and implementing

procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined

management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.

Maintenance:

The licensee addressed several significant material deficiencies prior to entry into the

refueling mode and completing core offload. The residual heat removal (RHR) pump failed

due to the rotation of the baffle, which was caused by the inadequate sizing and spacing

of the oil baffle seal. A contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the

problem was the lack of the pump vendor drawings. Actions were completed to modify

and significantly upgrade the preventive maintenance checks performed on the refueling

equipment. New tools were used to facilitate fuel movement in the spent fuel pool. The

plant mechanics were not provided specific guidance on the maximum torque for fasteners

on threaded cast iron flanges in the fire protection system.

The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation system was

not adequate to ensure that acceptable air flow is achieved. This surveillance inadequacy

l

.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _

__

[

.

. -

,

,

,

.

I

!

I

i

!

resulted in a historical violatior' of the technical specificetions to maintain adequate

.

ventilation flow during fuel movement. Additional calibration program and surveillance test

j

deficiencies resulted in apparent violations regarding the heat trace circuits for the boric

t

acid system, and the testing of a containment penetration.

i

The licensee addressed several significant deficiancies in the spent fuel cooling system.

The licensee identified flaw indications in the spent fuel pool (SFP) service water system

,

(SWS) supply lines during the Inservice Inspection (ISI) of five welded pipe supports. NRC

review included the location of the reported indications, the description and nondestructive

!

techniques used to characterize the indications, the evaluation of the SWS supply line

i

operability, and the corrective action taken to preclude failure of other SFP SWS supply line

l

piping. The safety significance of the findings of " pipe lap" defects in the supply pipe was

satisfactorily evaluated. The expanded inspection of all SFP SWS supply pipe at the

!-

support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of the defects, the NDE examinations of

the defects, the analytic evaluation of the defects, and the corrective action taken was

consistent with good engineering practice.

,

i

j

Enoineerina:

$

)

Engineering support for plant operations showed mixed performance. The initial decision

l

regarding operational readiness of the spent fuel pool cooling system for defueling

operations was non-conservative with respect tc the technical specifications and the

j

implementing surveillance procedure. A planned modification to correct a long standing

)

deficiency changed a check valve design and location was completed prior to defueling

activities. This modification was implemented to improve the cooling system

,

J

configuration. The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool

was performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of pool

temperatures,

,

j

The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect safety

equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require flood barrier

installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure resulted in a non-

,

(

conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to mitigate the event. This

condition is considered an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion Ill,

,

i

Inadequate engineering support was identified regarding the safety-related instrumentation

setpoint calculations and calibration procedures. Two apparent violations were identified

j

regarding the calculation of instrument setpoint allowances, and for the corrective actions

j

j

taken for failed instrument calibrations. The inspection also identified weaknesses in the

independent verification process. These weaknesses were evident in the setpoint reviews

'

d

and also in a technical specification clarification that was issued for the reactor vessel level

indicating system.

i

The licensee f ailed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a

j

deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and inexperienced

personnel in the licensing organization. Although actions were completed to address

2-

deficiencies in the procedure used to assess control room habitability, the bases for the use

4

of portable breathing apparatus was found to be inadequately supported by engineering

l

calculations. Further NRC review is warranted to determine whether the licensing basis for

the spent fuel pool cooling system is adequately defined relative to single failures. The

r

'

iii

d

V

,

2

~ . -

-

,

- , _

. - _ _

_ _ _ _ _ . .

. -

'

,

,

l

?

l

1

failure to make a prompt report regarding plant operation outside the design basis due to

an inoperable B residual heat removal pump was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72.

Plant Support:

'

The licensee maintained an effective security program. Management support is ongoing as

l

evidenced by the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system and the installation of the

biometrics hand geometry system for more positive plant access control. Alarm station

operators were knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was

being performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and

the training was well documented. Management controls for identifying, resolving, and

preventing programmatic problems were effective and noted as a programmatic strength.

Protected area detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security plan (the

Plan) commitments, and security equipment testing was being performed as required in the

Plan Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in a timely manner as

evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with non-functioning security

equipment, and documentation weaknesses noted during the previous inspection had

improved. As an addition to the inspection, Section 6.8 of the Plan, titled Keys, Locks,

Combinations and Related Equipment was reviewed. The inspector determined, based on

discussions with security supervision, procedural reviews, and by performing an inventory

of the key storage cabinets, using the licensee's lock and key accountability

documentation, that the locks and keys were being controlled and maintained as described

in the Plan.

iv

. _

. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ - _ _ - _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ ..-_ _ - .._. _ _ _

I

!

..

s

,

.

,

i

1

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

-!

l

1

,

!

l

EX EC'UTIVE S U M M A RY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

i

i

TA B LE O F C O NT E NTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

..

R E PO RT D ETA I L S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

!

!

>

l

l

Sum m a ry of Pla nt St at u s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1

l . O p e r a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

,

1

!

6

>

t

i

01

Co nduct of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

i

01.1 Draining to the Refueling Reference Level

2

j

......................

01.2 Re actor Cavity Seal Leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

l

01.3 Def ueling Activitie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

l

1

02

Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

l

O 2.1 Operational Readiness for Defueling (Mode 6) and Core Offload . . . . . . . 7

i

i

1

03

Operations Procedures and Documentation

12

j

.........................

03.1 Revision of Procedures for Shutdown Operations (eel 9 6-1 1 -01 ) . . . . . ' 12

j

>

.

04

Operator Knowledge and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

j

04.1 Reactor Coolant System inventory Diversion (eel 96-11-02)

14

. . . . . . . .

04.2 Response to Low Cavity Level Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

l

1

05

Operator Training and Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

05.1 Cavity Seal Lea k Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

l

05.2 Operator Training on Procedural Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

1

'

08

Miscellaneous M atters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

08.1 19 9 6 1N PO Evalu ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

l

11. M a i nt e n a n c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

M1 -

Conduct of Maintenance

18

............................. ........

M1.1. General Comments

18

]

.....................................

M1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)

19

1

...

4 . . . . . . . .

M2

Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment

22

. . . . . . . . . .

M 2.1

"B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Following Overhaul

22

. . . .. . .

M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supply Line inspection . . . . . . . . . . 24

l

.

M8

Previous Open items

26

.........................................

M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03, Followup Refuel Equipment Failures . . . . . . . . . 26

,

l

M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, Investigation of May 23 Spent Fuel Event . . . . 27

!

f

.

V

, , . ,

-, .

.

. -

-

.

-.

-

-

-

- .

. . . - -

..

1

.

.

l

.

!

I

Table of Contents (cont'd)

i

Ill. Engineering

27

. ...... ....... ....... ...... .

.

..... ... ..

l

El

Conduct of Engineering

27

l

..... ............... .. ...... .......

E1.1

Instrumentation Setpoint Control (eel 96-11-04)

27

... ............

.2

Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05) .

34

.................

E2

Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment . . . . . . . . . .

35

...........

E2.1

Temporary Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Cooling . . . . . . . . .

35

....

E2.2 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Check Valve Replacement . . . .

37

..........

E2.3 Inadequate Auxiliary Building Flood Protection (eel 96-11 -06) . . . . . .

38

E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation

39

...........

. ...........

E2.5 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Single Failures (URI 96-11 -07) . . . . . . 40

E2.6 Refueling Boron Concentration

45

..... .. . . ... ............

E7

Quality Assurance in Engineering o .tivities

45

... ......... ...........

E7.1

Missed Commitments . . . . . .

45

.............

. ............

E8

Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902) . . . . .

47

.. ...............

E8.1

(Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Design Basis . .

47

..................

E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability

49

..

. ........ .

E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loading . . . .

49

..

.... ....

E8.4 Review of LERs (VIO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09, eel 96-11-10)

50

.....

IV. Plant Support

54

1

.....

..............

....... . ........... ..

S1

Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities .

54

......... ...........

S2

Status of Security Facilities and Equipment

55

....... .. .. .... .....

S 2.1

Protected Area Detection Aids

55

i

. .............. ...........

S5

Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification

57

....... ......

S6

Security Organization and Administration .

57

........... .. .. .......

S7

Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities . . .

58

... .

.. ..

67.1 Effectiveness of Management Controls

58

.. .. .............. ..

S7.2 Audits

58

.. ................

.

... ...

. .. . ......

i

F2

Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment . . . . . .

59

.....

.....

F2.1

Fire Protection System Valve Flange Cracks

59

.......... ... ....

V. Management Meetings . . . . .

60

.. ........ ........ ....

.... .. ..

X1

Exit Meeting Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60

... ..... . ..

.

... ..

X4

Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)

60

...... .. .

vi

-

~ -

.

- - -

.

-

.

. -.- -

- -

--

.-. -

!

,

,

P

i

'

REPORT DETAILS

Summarv of Plant Status

'

!

i

At the start of the inspection period, the plant was in cold shutdown (Mode 5) with the

4

reactor and pressurizer vented. The plant was in a recovery mode with activities in

progress to repair or address degraded RHR system deficiencies and thereby restore

i'

redundancy to the shutdown cooling function prior to proceeding with the vessel

!

disassembly and core offload. The reactor operated in Mode 5 and 6, and then entered

operational Mode O when the core was completely offloaded during the period. The

,

licensee ceased most outage activities during the September 1,1996 nitrogen intrusion

!

,

event, which were not recommenced.

l

The major operational and outage milestones achieved included: repair and restoration to

.

service of the B RHR pump on September 25; evaluation of a pin hole leak in the RHR heat-

exchanger inlet valve RHR-V-791 A and obtaining code relief from the Nuclear Regulatory

Commission (NRC) on October 7; completion of items to remove a stop work order placed

j

on the plant by the Nuclear Safety Organization (NSO) group and needed to correct

j

deficiencies identified by the licensee independent Review Teams root cause evaluation for

i

the September 1 nitrogen intrusion event; drained reactor water to the refueling reference

level on October 28; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to begin

refueling - Mode 6 was entered on October 31; lifting the reactor head on November 6;

l

4

1

filling the reactor vessel and refueling cavity to 23 feet on November 7; the removal of the

reactor internals on November 11; the completion of actions to address material

-

deficiencies in the spent fuel cooling system to assure the spent fuel pool was ready to

receive the fuel from the reactor; the completion of actions needed to assure readiness to

,

'

begin core offload, which began on November 13; and, the removal of all fuel from the

]

reactor - the core offload was completed on November 15,1996.

'

)

Oraanizational Chanaes

!

Significant organizational changes and developments occurred. A new President and Chief

1

Executive Officer for Northeast Utilities was appointed in September and further

1

management changes were announced as part of a Recovery Organization for the five NU

nuclear plants. A new Operations Manager was selected, and the plant staff was

reorganized in October to place three Directors at the site in the ares of engineering, work

services and unit operations. The board of directors for the Haddam Neck joint owners

met on October 9 to review the results of the economic analysis, which was not favorable

,

for continued plant operation. The owners announced that the permanent shutdown of

Haddam Neck was likely. The licensee essentially halted outage activities except as

necessary to support the core offload. On November 18, the licensee announced plans for

staffing reductions and organizational changes needed to support plant decommissioning.

,

The licensee initiated plans to reduce site staffing in stages starting in April 1997 and to

achieve a final decommissioning organization by December 1997. Further decisions

regarding future operations were deferred pending a vote by the board of directors, which

was scheduled for early December 1996.

4

On October 23, the NRC announced the creation of the Office of Special Projects that was

effective on November 4. The new organization was established for the oversight of

i

activities at Millstone and Haddam Neck. The Director of the Special Projects, Dr. William

i

Travers, toured the site on November 5 and met with the senior site management. Dr

Travers was accompanied by Mr. Jacque Durr during the tour.

- ,

.

.

.

-

.

.

o

O

>

,

!

l

I

l

'

Table of Contents (cont'd)

2

I. Ooerations

l

01

Conduct of Operations'

Using Inspection Procedure 71707, the inspectors conducted periodic reviews of

plant status and ongoing operations. Operator actions were reviewed during

i

,

'

periodic plant tours to determine whether operating activities were consistent with

the procedures in effect, including the alarm response procedures.

01.1 Drainina to the Refuelina Reference Level

a.

Inspection Scoce (71707)

,

l

The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee procedures and observe

licensee controls and management oversight for the draining of the reactor vessel in

preparation for removing the head,

b.

Observations and Findinas

The licensee prepared a new procedure NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Mode 5

and 6, for this evolution. The inspector reviewed the procedure for content and

technical adequacy. The procedure provided the operator guidance on the flow

paths to use for draining to the refueling reference level, the required valve lineups,

the limitations on the rate of draining and the use of diverse level indications to

confirm actuallevel, and guidance on monitoring the evolution for unanticipated

conditions.

The inspector observed on October 28 the conduct of the drain down to a level of

about 10 inches below the vessel flange. The crew conducting the evolution had

previously reviewed and practiced the evolution. The pre-job brief was thorough.

The evolution was monitored by the shift mentors and a licensee management

representative. The drain down was completed initially by opening valve PU-V-275

i

to divert water to the refueling water storage tank; the evolution was completed by

draining to the waste disposal tank via valve WD-V-210. The operators were very

attentive to the controls and indications during the evolution, and monitored

pressurizer level and the cavity level indication system.

c.

Conclusions

The drain down was completed without incident, and in a well controlled manner.

Topical headings such as 01, M8, etc., are used in accordance with the NRC

'

standardized reactor inspection report outline. Individual reports are not expected to

address all outline topics.

,

,

Table of Contents (cont'd)

3

01.2 Reactor Cavity Seal Leak

a.

Insoection Scope

The inspecticn scope was to review the licensee's response to a leak in the reactor

cavity seal.

b.

Observations and Findinas

Backaround

in 1988, the licensee installed a new, permanent refuehng cavity seal ring as part of

PDCR 85-781. The seat is a solid ring that bridges the space from the cavity floor

to the reactor vessel flange. The seal ring incorporates a flexible metal membrane

which is part of the annulus seal, and provides for relative displacement of the

reactor vessel and the reactor cavity during plant operations. The primary seal is

attached at both the reactor and cavity ends by all welded joints. A secondary type

sealis installed as a backup to the flexible membrane, which limits the possible flow

area should the primary barrier fail. The seat ring also has four hinged hatches,

which are open during normal operations, and closed for refueling. The hatches are

the only non-welded gasketed joints in the seal. Each hatch is sealed by a set of

double gaskets made of an elastomer material; each gasket is mounted in a separate

groove on the edge of the hatchway. The hatches have provisions for leak testing

with air and were tested to assure proper seal at the start of this refueling. Finally,

a catch basin with tell-tale drain is mounted below the entire seal arrangement to

allow monitoring from the welded and gasketed joints. The leak detection system

collects leakage from the north (loop 1/2) and south (loop 3/4) halves of the seal

plate.

Rak Event

The licensee finished preparations to fill the reactor cavity as part of the core

offload sequence. The reactor head was lifted and stored at about 3:00 a.m. on

November 5, and the licensee began to transfer water from the refueling water

storage tank starting at 4:43 a.m. The intention was to fill the cavity to the

refueling level with at least 23 feet of water above the top of the core,

corresponding to a level of about 560 inches on the cavity level indication system

(CLIS).

The operators stopped the cavity fill with the level at 479 inches at 9:50 a.m. on

November 6 when excessive leakage was identified from the cavity sealleakoff tell

tale drain. The acceptable leak rate limit to support fuel movement established by

the Westinghouse refueling procedure was 200 drops per minute, or 16 ml/ min.

The measured leak rate varied slightly, but was about 10' times the allowable limit at

200 to 250 ml/ min (or about 4 gallons per hour). The leakage stabilized at about

160 ml/ min on November 5. The core offload was delayed starting on November 5

as the cavity leak was investigated and evaluated. On November 6, after

concluding that the safety benefits outweighed possible negative safety

.

.

.

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

4

implications, the licensee continued the cavity fill to the 23 ft level. The leakage

increased slightly to 180 ml/ min at that time.

The licensee's engineering evaluated the leakage with the assistance from

Westinghouse (the seal designer) and maintenance. Divers were used to complete

an air leak test of the hatches. Although all four hatches showed acceptable

leakage, the results were deemed ambiguous due to the possibility that the

underwater test did not check the entire sealing surface. The licensee completed

and approved technical and safety evaluations, which concluded that the most

probable source of the leak was from the gasketed hatch joints, and that

catastrophic failure was highly improbable. The technical evaluation considered the

ruggedness of the seal ring design, the expected stresses on the welded joints from

refueling and normal operations, as well as from design basis events, such as

earthquake and fuel drop loads. A new leakage limit of 2 liters / min was

established, corresponding to a flow area of 0.004 square inches, which was not

considered significant for weld failure.

Procedure guidance was provided to define operator periodic monitoring of the leak

i

rate, as well as expected actions if limits or total leakage or rate of increase were

exceeded. The operators monitored the leakage from the tell tale drain using a

closed circuit television camera with readout in the control room; the leak rate was

trended. The operators also measured leakage as needed depending on leakage

trends. The licensee recommenced the defueling sequence with the removal of the

vessel internal package at 12:22 a.m. on November 11. The cavity seal leak rate

slowly and monotonically decreased and became very small (10 ml/ min) by the time

core offload was completed.

,

c.

Conclusions

j

Licensee actions to evaluate the cavity sealleakage were acceptable, with good

support provided by engineering and maintenance.

01.3 Defuelina Activities

a.

Inspection Scope

During the week of November 11,1996, the residera inspector staff with the

assistance of one region based NRC inspector, conducted a performance-based

inspection of the Haddam Neck's defueling operations using NRC Inspection

Procedure 60710, " Refueling Activities."

The purpose of this inspection was to evaluate the effectiveness of the licensee's

defueling activities. The inspection consisted of observations of defueling activities

in containment, in the spent fuel pool, and in the control room, and to independently

verify adherence to various procedural and technical specification requirements.

The inspectors reviewed the training material and content provided to licensee

operators and contractors hired to perform defueling activities.

l

.- -

-

. _ _ - .

- - - _ .

.

. - - -

.

._

.

O

<

,

Table of Contents (cont'd)

5

j

.

<

b.

Observations and Findinas

The inspectors observed approximately 60% of the fuel transfer activities between

November 11 through November 15,1996. The inspectors noted good

communications between the control room, opender operator in containment,

upender operator in the spent fuel pool, and manipulator crane operator in

containment. The upender operator in containment conscientiously performed his

)

duties using good communication skills and maintained the refueling log up-to-date.

'

The refueling senior reactor operators (SROs) maintained good management

oversight and professional demeanor.

,

i

The inspectors obe mad personnel operate the manipulator crane safely and used

good communications throughout the operations. They were observed to

j

communicate well with the refueling SRO, the refueling engineer and the health

'

physics technicians. For example, late Wednesday (November 13,1996) day shift

i

problems were experienced grappling the second fuel cell on the west side of the

vessel, Apparently, the cell was slightly bowed and didn't allow grappling using the

ncrmal indexing methods. The bridge operators proceeded cautiously to manually

position the bridge several times. The refueling engineer and the bridge supervisor

were present and deliberated with the refueling SRO on various alternatives. The

J

dayshift bridge personnel suggested rotating the refueling mast to achieve alignment

i

but the refueling procedures did not specifically allow or prohibit this action

j

although the contractors considered this an acceptable practice. The evening bridge

crew arrived within a half an hour after the problem occurred and suggested moving

the mast cable to achieve alignment with the fuel cell. This was allowed in the

refueling vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure. Operators

moved the mast cable and successfully grappled the fuel cell.

On November 12,1996, the inspectors observed appropriate control by the

refueling SRO as the manipulator crane operator bypassed crane limit switches. The

limits switches were bypassed during the refueling equipment checks and during the

emergency procedure exercise. Both activities were accomplished with the

manipulator mast grappled to the " dummy" fuel assembly. The inspectors observed

that no other request to bypass any of the trolley, bridge, or hoist limit switches

occurred during fuel movement.

The licensee adhered to various procedural and technical specification requirements,

based on direct inspector observations in the control room, the spent fuel building

,

and in the containment. The inspectors verified the following requirements;

minimum reactor cavity level, minimum spent fuel pool level, source range nuclear

,

,

!

instrumentation operability and audible count indication, establishment of

communications, residual heat removal operability and minimum flowrate,

l

-

equipment tag-outs for the reactor coolant pumps and the refueling canal drain

i

piping valves. The equipment was in its proper operation and requirements were

adhered to. The health physics coverage and foreign material controls were

effective. The foreign material control was maintained as specified in WCM 2.2-5

and the log was maintained up-to-date. The refueling prerequisites, precautions and

l

l

t

1

1

l

I

._

_

._

__.

_ _

g

a

.

.

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

6

surveillance requirements were completed as specified in NOP 2.3-5, Refueling

i

Operations.

>

l

l

On November 13,1996, the inspectors walked down the containment purge system

using licensee normal operating procedure (NOP) 2.13-2, " Reactor Containment

'

Atmospheric Control System, attachment 7.1." The inspector's walkdown of the

ventilation alignment concluded that the dampers were correctly aligned for

containment purge, radiation monitors were operable to measure release rates, and

that the flowrate from the purge fans were within the release permit. The inspector

walked down the spent fuel cooling system to verify it was aligned as specified in

NOP 2.10-1.

On November 14,1996 the inspectors compared NOP 2.13-5A, " Tracking and

Establishing Modified Containm.-it Integrity and Containment Closure," with tag

clearance 96-1004. The purpose of the comparison was to validate containment

closure was established during core alterations. The inspector noted no

discrepancies between the completed NOP 2.13-5A and tag clearance 96-1004.

The inspector verified approximately 40% of the tags were properly hung on the

'

components identified in tag clearance 96-1004.

The training records were reviewed for the training conducted to licensed operators

and contractors who were hired by the licensee to perform refueling activities. The.

inspector reviewed the lesson plans, attendance records, and the job performance

1

measures used in the training. The inspector concluded that the records and

training material content were acceptable. The inspector noted that the licensee did

not have a training program description and implementing procedure for conducting

j

refueling operations and fuel movements that outlined management's expectations

for the training of licensed operators and contractor personnel.

Throughout the core offload, the inspector verified that fuel movement was

completed in accordance with the sequence specified in the Fuel Handling Data

Sheets of FP-CYW-R19. The inspector confirmed that the fuel stored in the pool

met the burnup requirements of Technical Specification 4.9.14, based on the

completion of SUR 5.3-54 and the independent confirmation of fuel assembly

burnup data. The licensee maintained the fuel movement status boards during the

core offload. The inspector verified by a sampling review that the status board was

accurate and reflected the finallocation of special nuclear materialin the spent fuel

pool.

c.

Conclusions

The defueling operations observed were safely conducted utilizing good teamwyk

and communications between allinvolved. The refueling SROs maintained gooo

management oversight and professional demeanor. Technical specification

requirements and procedural controls reviewed were acceptably implemented and

l

adhered to. The training records and training material content were acceptable.

i

The inspector noted that licensee did not have a training program descriptio1 and

i

implementing procedure for conducting refueling operations and fuel movements

.

_._.~ _

_._

.

,

!

o

.

l

+

.

l

!

!

!

Table of Contents (cont'd)

7

'

that outlined management's expectations for the training of licensed operators and

,

contractor personnel.

!

t

,

02

Operational Status of Facilities and Equipment

O2.1 Operational Readiness for Defuelino (Mode 6) and Core Offload

a.

Insoection Scope

!

The inspection scope was to review the licensee actions to recover from the

j

nitrogen intrusion event and to assure the plant was ready to complete the core

'

offload,

b.

Observations and Findinos

,

'f

Following a nitrogen intrusion event in September,1996, the licensee initiated a'

l

series of broad actions to recover from the event and to assure the plant was ready

l

to enter Mode 6 and to begin core offload. The licensee action plan established the

l

following criteria which had to be satisfied prior to proceeding to core offload: (i)

l

both RHR trains were available for service, including the securing of regulatory relief

as needed; (ii) the completion of an independent review team (IRT) to investigate

and determine the root cause of the major events that challenged reactor safety

!

,

margins; and, (iii) the completion of appropriate corrective actions identified from

j

'

the IRT as related to the initiation of core offload. The action plan was

!

subsequently expanded to include the findings and weaknesses noted in NRC

!

Inspection 50-213/96-80, and the recommendations from the Nuclear Safety and

!

Oversight (NSO) group, as described below. The licensee requested the NU Safety

Analysis Branch to complete an analysis of the nitrogen intrusion event to assess

!

the adequacy of the available compensatory measures and the potential plant

vulnerabilities.

>

>

The NSO provided recommendations to line management regarding actions that

i

should be taken to address performance issues prior to proceeding to reactor

disassembly and core offload. The recommendations were included in memoranda

,

dated September 20 (CT-NCO-96-004) and September 25 (CY-NSO-96-004 Rev 1),

1

and included the results of the Independent Review Team investigation and the

common cause analyses. The recommendations covered the following ',tems:

restore both RHR trains to an operable status; review plant systems r.eeded for core

j

offload to provide confidence that systems will function as intended; review the

l

systems needed for Mode 6 to verify that deficiencies are resolved or will not

!

degrade system performance; continue the stop work order in effect to protect key

safety functions as the RHR deficiencies were addressed; improve the quality of pre-

.

job briefs; improve the control of outage activities to reduce shutdown risk; increase

{

i

management coverage of key activities; review and improve operating and

l

l

maintenance procedures associated with reactor disassembly and core offload;

i

assure the level of controls for reduced inventory conditions are appropriate and

i

increase operator sensitivity to single barrier configurations; address deficiencies in

!

reactor vessel vent and levelindications for Mode 5 operations; and address

i

-r.

.

-

~-

r . - . -y

..

,

. _ . , . ,

, , . , .

,.

~.,

,m

-

k

D

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

8

management expectations for operators to seek outside assistance when

unexpected results are encountered.

The inspector reviewed the activities by the line and NSO organizations to develop

,

and implement the action plans to address the issues summarized above. The

-

licensee divided the corrective actions into a Mode 6 and Core Offload Checklists,

and assigned responsibility to the operations, maintenance, work control, and

engineering groups as needed to implement the plan. The inspector monitored the

completion of the activities and selected certain actions for independent review and

followup. The inspector also attended meetings by the plant operations review

committee convened on September 30, October 7,18,24,28,31 and November 7

'

to review the status and completion the actions needed proceed with the offload.

The licensee plan addressed the items discussed above as well as other actions

necessary to assure operational readiness for refueling. The inspector reviewed the

completion of the action plan on a sampling basis. The actions are described

below, and were summarized (in part) in a letter to the NRC dated October 23,

1996 (B15938).

(1)

Safety Analvsis Assessment

The NUSCo Safety Analysis Branch provided the results of its assessment of the

September 1 nitrogen intrusion event in a memorandum dated September 25,1996

(NE-96-SAB-240). The assessment included three aspects of the event: the

adequacy of procedure Abnormal Operating Procedure (AOP) 3.2-12, the potential

scenarios that could have occurred had other barriers to adequate core cooling

failed; and, a simulation of the event using the RELAP5/ MOD 3 computer model to

provide a best estimate of the lowest level reached in the reactor.

Based on an estimated nitrogen in leakage rate of 4 cubic feet per minute, the

licensee calculated that about 5000 to 6300 gallons of RCS water was displaced

during the nitrogen intrusion event, and the minimum reactor vessel water level was

between 31 and 62 inches above the top of the hot leg. The guidance provided to

the operators in AOP 3.2-12 would have allowed the operators to successfully

mitigate the event had the level decrease continued. This outcome was assured

even if the RHR and charging pumps had become air bound. Although core boiling

would have occurred, the core would have remained cool through reflux boiling, or

natural circulation cooling, until the operators restored forced cooling using an RHR

or charging pump. The licensee concluded that the margins to core safety were

significantly reduced during the event, and a number of potential conditions which

could have lead to core damage were identified had additional degradations

occurred. The probability of those outcomes were not quantified due to the

absence of the conditions during the event, the lack of quantitative data, and the

!

operator awareness of degraded conditions starting on September 1,1996.

Although the safety significance of the nitrogen intrusion event was high, there

were no actual adverse safety consequences for the plant, plant personnel or the

public health and safety.

l

,

I

-

,

.

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

9

(2)

fare Coolina System Redundancy

The licensee completed repairs to the "B" RHR pump on September 25,1996 and

characterized the defect in the "A" RHR heat exchanger inlet valve, RHR-V791 A.

The "B" pump failed due to a combination of original manufacturing defects and a

marginal design in the tolerances of internal components in the rotating element.

Licensee actions this period addressed those deficiencies on the "B" pump, as well

as leakage from the stationary oil baffle ring on September 23. Since some of the

same tolerance deficiencies had been corrected on the "A" RHR pump, the licensee

concluded that the "A" RHR pump was reliable for core offload and deferred

additional work identified as lessons learned from the "B" pump f ailure until after

core offload. The RHR system had two operable pumps as of September 25.

Non-destructive examination of the defect on valve RHR-V791 A was completed on

September 20 after a radiographic source was lowered into the RHR pit. The

licensee's engineering evaluation was that the structural integrity of the valve was

not affected by the highly localized through-wall defect, there was no gross wall

thinning, and large flaws exceeding the structural limits of ASME Section XI IWC-

3000 were likely not present. The licensee submitted a request for relief from the

requirements of ASME code Section XI IWC-3000 to allow declaring the valve

operable, but degraded with the through-wall defect. The NRC granted the code

relief on October 7,1996. The licensee continued to monitor leakage from the

valve using the operators during normal rounds to the RHR pit, as supplemented by

the installation of video equipment with continuous readout in the control room,

i

The licensee established criteria to reclose the valve should leakage exceed set

limits. RHR-V791 A was opened and both trains of RHR were fully operable on

October 7,1996.

(3)

Refuelina Seouence

Based on an analysis of the September 1 nitrogen bubble event, the licensee

recognized that the refueling sequence defined in Refueling Procedure FP-CYW-R19

J

contained windows of vulnerability where indications of core temperature and

vessel level were reduced for periods that were unnecessarily long. The refueling

sequences was reviewed and revised to optimize availability of levelindication for

operators. Specifically, as described in Temporary Procedure Change TPC 96-648,

Section 7.1.2 was changed to move the action of disconnecting the temporary core

thermocouple and reactor vessellevelinstrumentation closer to just before the head

lift sequence, so as to keep vessel level information available to the operators as

long a possible.

(4)

Procedure Uoarade and Operator Trainina

in response to the September 1 event, the licensee established an operation's

procedure grotp to address deficiencies within infrequently used shutdown

procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two reactors.

operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor. The licensee

,'

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

10

revised in excess of twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations.

I

The type of procedures involved included operations department instructions,

normal operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating

procedures, and work control manual procedures. Attachment A of this report lists

the revised procedures that were reviewed by the inspector Major changes

included: operator logging of all reactor coolant system inventory changes, guidance

'

on when pre-evolution briefings should occur, various methods to make-up to the

reactor coolant system, awareness of shutdown risk, annunciator actions in

response to high/ low cavity level alarms, methods of adding make-up to the reactor

coolant system during a postulated cavity leak or reactor coolant leak, and

additional requirements for operator log entries. The above procedures were

prepared in October,1996. The level of detail and quality of the procedures

improved from prior to September 1,1996. Operator training on the revised

procedures was observed by the inspector, as documented in report detail 05.2.

(5)

System Readiness Reviews

The system engineers conducted reviews of systems needed to support operation in

Mode 6 to assure the plant was ready for core offload. The reviews included a

walkdown of the systems and a review of outstanding trouble and deficiency

reports to assure items impacting system operation were addressed. The purpose

of the review was to assure that no significant material conditions existed that

'would affect the safe conduct of core offload.

The licensee identified and corrected several items in the spent fuel pool cooling

system, as described in section (6) below. Several other significant deficiencies

were identified and corrected, including problems in the boric acid heat trace system

)

(see LER 96-27 and Section E8.4 below) and inadequate spent fuel building

)

ventilation (see LER 96-25 and Section M1.2 below). The licensee also addressed

l

the uncertainty calculation for instrument loops needed in Mode 6 and the condition

of the refueling equipment. Several material condition deficiencies were identified

regarding leaky valves in the CVCS system. The licensee elected to continue to use

administrative means to address the valve leakage, and to defer maintenance to

address valve leakage until after the core was offloaded. The deferral of the valve

work was deemed necessary to minimize the time in a higher risk condition (by

offloading the core), and then conduct the valve work with the reactor defueled.

(6)

Spent Fuel Pool Material Deficiencies

Several actions were taken to address deficient material conditions in the spent fuel

pool (SFP) cooling system. The areas addressed by the licensee prior to core

offload included: replacement of the check valves on the discharge of the SFP

cooling pumps; replacement of both SFP cooling pump motor breakers due to

potential hot spots; identification and repair of a linear indication on the service

water (SW) supply piping to the SFP heat exchangers; the inspection and repair as

necessary of pipe support attachments welded to the SW pipes, starting from the

intake structure up to the SFP heat exchangers; inspection and repair of degraded

welds on the SW supply and return piping at the SFP heat exchangers; inspection

.

.

-

.

,

1

Table of Contents (cont'd)

11

and cleaning of valve SW-MOV-837A to assure it was leak tight; and, the

replacement of valve SW-239 on the Adams filter supply to the SFP heat

exchanger, after the valve disc was found separated from the stem. See Section

M2.2 for further NRC review of this area.

(7)

Operations Performance

The licensee took several actions to correct deficiencies in operations performance,

as characterized by low stanurds in procedure use and adequacy, a lack of a

questioning attitude ano inadequate pre-j( . briefs. The action included: the

appointment of a new Operatio,s Manager; the issuance of several new and or

revised procedures; and, the promulgation of an increased emphasis on

management standards and expectation:, through revised procedures and

management meetings with plant workers. A new department instruction was

prepared for pre-evolution briefings, which provided a detailed checkoff of the items

to be covered during a briefing. The department instruction for " conduct of

'

operations (ODI-1)" was revised to emphasize expectations regarding the need for a

questioning attitude, and the expectation that assistance from outside the duty shift

crew be obtained when offnormal conditions exist.

The licensee also issued revised department instructions for monitoring RCS

inventory in Modes 5 and 6 (ODI 190). Finally, the licensee increased management

oversight and control of outage activities by revising WCM 1.2-9 to require that

significant delays and work stoppages be processed as an outage schedule change.

The schedule changes would be reviewed for impact on shutdown risk and would

be approved by the Unit Director.

(8)

Manaaement Oversiaht

f

The licensee took steps to better define management expectations to the work force

in a series of memoranda and meetings. In particular, management expectations

regarding several station activities were defined in a memorandum form the Unit

Director dated October 7,1996, covering the following topics: the conduct of

physical work, work planning, pre-job briefs, supervisory oversight, job

completeness, feedback of lessons learned, and stopping work when help is

needed. The licensee increased the presence of upper management onsite during

back shift hours and for the following key activities: drain down to the refueling

reference level, lift of the reactor head, filling the reactor cavity, removing the upper

internals, and starting core offload. The back shift coverage was provided by the

Operationa Manager, the Work Services Director and the Unit Director. The licensee

also assigned mentors to each operating shift to monitor for compliance with the

new standard for the conduct of operations. The shift mentors were experienced

operations personnel from other nuclear plants. The mentors were on shift from the

start of the vessel drain down to the completion of the core offload.

.

l

.

.

.

.

'

Table of Contents (cont'd)

12

(9)

Awareness of Shutdown Risk

The licensee issued a revised department instructions for monitoring shutdown risk

(ODI 191). The purpose of ODI 191 was to promulgate expectations and to

increase operator awareness of five key safety functions, procedural controls and

operational philosophies designed to minimize shutdown risk.

The inspector noted that the implementation of the above measures had mixed

success. Despite the renewed emphasis on monitoring key functions and shutdown

risk, an event occurred on November 2 while the vessel was drained to the refueling

reference levelin which work on the critical path for defueling was interrupted for

about 15 hours1.736111e-4 days <br />0.00417 hours <br />2.480159e-5 weeks <br />5.7075e-6 months <br /> following a personnel contarnination event inside the containment.

The delays occurred at the time of high shutdown risk, and were not fully

appreciated nor investigated by plant personnel, and were not communicated to

upper management in a timely manner. Plant operators and other outage personnel

demonstrated a poor sensitivity to the time spent in a high risk condition. This

matter is addressed further in Inspection 96-12.

c.

Conclusions

Licensee actions were generally thorough to recover from the nitrogen intrusion

event, restore redundar.cy to core cooling functions and to assure the facility and

a'

plant staff were ready to enter Mode 6 and complete the core offload sequence.

Corrective actions to address plant material conditions and plant staff performance

deficiencies were appropriate. Subsequent routine inspections will review the

adequacy of licensee actions to improve worker performance and minimize

shutdown risk.

O3

Operations Procedures and Documentation

O 3.1 Revision of Procedures fo Shutdown Operations (eel 96-11-01)

a.

Inspection Scope

The inspection scope was to evaluate the completeness of procedure changes that

addressed deficiencies in procedures used for shutdown operations. The

deficiencies involved:

improper use of an administrative control procedure (ACP) 1.2-5.3,

Evaluations of Activities / Evolutions Not Controlled by Procedure, to vent the

charging system and drain the reactor coolant system

lack of guidance on preserving reactor coolant loop overpressure protection

when isolated

identification of station nitrogen usage

Additionally, the inspector reviewed the quality of procedural changes.

o

.

.

.

Table of Contents (cont'd)

13

b.

Observations and Findinas

in response to the events in early September,1996, the licensee established an

operation's procedure group to address deficiencies with infrequently used

shutdown procedures. The group consisted of four senior reactor operators, two

reactors operators, support from system engineers, and one outside contractor.

The inspector verified that the licensee deleted the use of ACP 1.2-5.3 on October

23,1996. The licensee developed and approved two NOPs that were previously

developed using the guidance of ACP 1,2-5.3. The two procedures were NOP 2.6-

12, " Draining the Reactor Coolant System in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.6-98,

" Recirculation of 18 Charging Pump on the Refueling Water Storage Tank." The

procedures provided adequate detail and guidance to accomplish their intended

objective.

The licensee implemented procedural enhancement in NOP 2.6-12, " Draining the

Reactor Coolant System (RCS) in Modes 5 and 6" and NOP 2.4-7, " Return of a

Loop to Service with the Plant Shutdown," to provided guidance during a draindown

to preserve loop overpressure protection (isolated RCS loop) with the drain header

aligned to the loop and placing the drain header relief valve in-service.

Operations Department instruction (ODI)-190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6,

required operators to log on a shiftly basis station nitrogen use, and to make

management aware of an unexpected change in its trend. The licensee revised an

additional twenty-four (24) procedures concerning shutdown operations. The type

of procedures involved included operations department instructions, normal

operating procedures, annunciator procedures, abnormal operating procedures, and

work control manual procedures. Attachment A to this report lists the procedures

that were reviewed by the inspector.

The licensee identified during the procedural upgrades that no procedural guidance

existed for a fuel handling accident. On October 24,1996, the licensee approved

AOP 3.2-63, " Fuel Handling Accident." Failure to ha've a procedure providing

guidance during a postulated fuel handling accident is a violation of technical specification (TS) 6.8.1. TS 6.8.1 requires that written procedures shall be

established and maintained covering the applicable procedures recommended in

Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.33, Revision 2, (February,1978). Regulatory

Guide 1.33 Appendix A item 6.X lists procedures for irradiated fuel damage while

refueling. This is an apparent violation (eel 96 11-01). The lack of procedural

guidance is significant in that this event is analyzed in the Updated Final Safety

Analysis Report, and emergency declarations are based upon a dropped assembly.

The inspector noted that the licensee experienced a dropped fuel assembly on

February 26,1986. The licensee corrective actions were to improve the foreign

material exclusion procedures since the apparent cause was a foreign object.

Specifically, a foreign object caused the fuel alignment pin to be bent resulting in

the fuel assernbly coming up with the vessel's upper internal package. No

corrective actions addressed procedural guidance to mitigate a dropped fuel

assembly.

-.--

_.--

.

<

,

.

.

t

,

,

i

Table of Contents (cont'd)

14

l

c.

Conclusions

The upgrade of various operating procedures was appropriate. The inspector noted

j

improved detail and quality in the procedures revised when compared to the quality

l

of procedures prior to September 1,1996. A v'sation of TS 6.8.1 was identified

'

whereas the licensee did not have a procedure for fuel handlinC accident as

j

recommended in Regulatory Guide 1.33.

!

04

Operator Knowledge and Performance

04.1 Reactor Coolant System Inventorv Diversion (eel 96-11-02)

i

a.

Insoection Scone

The inspector evaluated operator performance during a makeup to the refueling

water storage tank (RWST) on September 26,1996. Operators initiated a makeup

'

of approximately 15,020 gallons to the RWST using the guidance in NOP 2.6-3,

" Blended Makeup to RWST." The purpose of the RWST makeup was to prepare to

l

fill the reactor cavity. The RWST is the primary source of borated water for the

reactor cavity.

b.

Observations and Findinas

On September 26,1996, during a makeup to the RWST, operators noted a

diversion of approximately 600 gallons or 4% of the total makeup inadvertently sent

into the rsector coolant system (RCS). The apparent cause was leak-by through a

shut manual valve (BA-V-367). Valve BA-V-367 is a 2 inch manual globe valve in

the piping system between the recycled pure water storage tank (RPWST) and the

suction of the charging pumps. In order to have the makeup water enter into the

RCS, BA-V-367 and charging flow control valve CH-FCV-110 needed to leak by.

l

Procedure NOP 2.6-3 6.1.1 required a valve lineup be performed if the dilution

!

water supply is aligned from the RPWST. The operators did not perform this step,

yet the dilution water supply was from the RPWST. This valve alignment would

have verified that BA-V-367 was closed.

The operators did not aggressively pursue a decrease in RCS boron from 2305 part

l

per million (ppm) to 2288 ppm after the makeup to the RWST. Operators requested

l

a second boron sample from chemistry; however, they did not identify the source of

l

the diverted water. The potential existed for pure water to be in the charging

system that was credited as the emergency boration flowpath. On October 1,

1996, the licensee sampled the flow paths. The boron concentration was between

1817 and 1825 ppm less that the RCS, which confirmed the existence of a dilution

l

into the RCS. The boron concentration was still greater than the required shutdown

,

margin concentration of approximately 850 ppm.

j

'

!

The inspector reviewed the maintenance history for valve BA-V-367. The valve

3

was not subjected to any routine preventive maintenance activity, and the only

.

1

-

_

_ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _

.

c.

.

.)

-

I

)

Table of Contents (cont'd)

15

i

recorded corrective maintenance activity was performed in 1989 (Authorized Work

.

i'

Order 89-10487) to adjust the valve packing due to leakage,

j

4

.'

Prior to this event, five adverse condition reports (ACRs) were prepared in

!

September,1996, identifying various chemical and volume control system valve

,

i

leakage. On September 3,1996, a similar event occurred whereas operators

j

l

suspected that a boric acid flow control valve (BA FCV-112C) was leaking through

i

[

to the charging header during a makeup to the RWST. The difference between the

4

two events was the makeup flowpath, and that operators secured from the makeup

,

j

on September 3,1996, when they noted an unexpected rise in pressurizer level of

1 %. Additionally, on September 18,1996 the licensee documented in ACR 96-

.

1062 that boric acid and pure water valves were not designed as zero leakage thus

!

creating the possibility of dilutions into the RCS. The inspector concluded that

]

based upon the recent events, licensee corrective actions to preclude the event on

<

September 26,1996 were ineffective in that compensatory measures to preclude

.

unintended leakage into the RCS were not taken. Each of the corrective actions

proposed from the five related ACRs were to trouble report the suspected leaking

j

valve, and schedule future repairs. This is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50

l

'

Appendix B criterion XVI (eel 96-11-02).

I

?

c.

Lonclusions

,

1

l

The Q:ensee corrective actions in response to recent valves that leak-by in the boric

,

j

acid at:d pure water systems were ineffective in preventing the event on September

!

i

26,1959. Operations personnel did not aggressively respond to either terminating

l

j

the make up to the RWST with known RCS inventory changes, or the potential of

,

having diluted water in the credited emergency boration flowpath. Operators did

j

,

l

not adhere to the NOP 2.6-3 that would have required a valve alignment check of

'

valve BA-V-367. No preventive maintenance program existed for the valve (BA-V-

<

.

367) that was suspected of leaking-by.

04.2 Resoonse to Low Cavity Level Alarm

-

)

!

1

a.

Inspection Scoce

i

,

t

The inspection scope was to observe and evaluate operator actions in response to a

low cavity level alarm on October 24,1996.

,

!

f

b.

Observations and Findinas

{

On October 24,1996, the inspector observed operator actions in response to a

j

slow decrease in RCS inventory (pressurizer level decrease of 1 %) over

j

approximately 3.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. The inventory reduction was confirmed by a reactor

cavity low level alarm. The operator quantified the rate of inventory decrease at

,

approximately 0.44 gallons per minute (gpm), and implemented the applicable

procedures; AOP 3.2-31 A," Reactor Coolant Systern/ Refueling Cavity Leak (Modes

5 and 6)," and Annunciator Procedure (ANN) 4.24-2, " Cavity Low Level." The

operators did not identify any leakage from the RCS, or the RHR system. At the

---

-

.-.

- -

--

-

- . - - . . - - - . - - - - - - - - -

-- - -

.

_~.

.

- - -

j

,

.

.

.

e

,

,

l

'

l

j

Table of Contents (cont'd)

16

~

'

time of RCS inventory reduction, the operators noted an increase in the aerated

drains tank level. Conversations between operations personnel and the on-shift

chemistry technician concluded that two RHR boron samples were drawn at the

start and the end of the RCS inventory reduction. The first sample at approximately

'

8:00 a.m., equated to the start of the decrease in reactor coolant system inventory.

A second sample taken at approximately 11:30 a.m., at the end of the reduction in

j

RCS inventory. The operators attributed the decrease to a RHR sample valve that

'

was leaking by from the RHR system into the aerated drains tank. The valve was

trouble reported.

l

c.

Conclusions

i

!

On October 24,1996, the operator.s noted RCS inventory changes and implemented

]

the applicable procedures,

j

05

Operator Training and Qualification

>

!

05.0 Cavity Seal Leak Trainina

i

I

1

a.

inSDection Scope

,

,

On November 12,1996, the inspector observed the refueling crane operators

perform exercises involving emergency operating procedure (EOP) 3.1-48, " Loss of

'

Refueling Cavity Inventory." The inspection scope was to evaluate cperator

adherence to the EOP action steps, and to verify that the actions were

accomplished within the acceptance criteria,

b.

Observations and Findinas

i

The contractor refueling crane operators displayed adequate knowledge of the

procedure and its implementation. The operators adhered to the applicable steps

within EOP 3.1-48 Attachments A and B for both the manipulator crane operator

and the upender operator. The scenario was to take a mock fuel assembly from

above the core to its safe location within the fuel transfer canal, place the transfer

cart into containment, close the spent fuel pool sluice gate, and simulate closing the-

manual transfer canal valve inside containment.

The evolution was timed to verify that the required actions could be taken in less

time than assumed in the analysis for the time it would take to drain the cavity in

the event of a seal failure. The licensee had shown that the cavity could drain in

about 20 minutes based on past operating events at Haddam Neck, with a seal

design more vulnerable than the existing seal. The acceptance criteria for EOP 3.1-

48 was established at half that time, or 10 minutes.

During establishment of initial conditions, the inspector observed that one of the

manipulator crane operators lowered the mock fuel assembly on top of the core,

whereas the initial condition for the exercise stated within two feet from the top of

the core, in discussions with the operator, the inspector learned that he was not

,

-

.

_.

-

-

-

__

.

-_

- _ -

_ _

. -

_ _ _ _

_ _ - _ __ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _

. ,

.

.

.

-

t

.

f

f

!

1

Table of Contents (cont'd)

17

!

i

familiar with the top of core location on the Z-Z tape (vertical orientation). The

i

refueling SRO was notified by the inspector and the manipulator crane operator

raised the assembly above the core. The inspector confirmed that the Z-Z tape was

l

appropriately marked for the top of core as part of the final manipulator crane

!

checkouts. The final crane checkouts occurred after the training exercise. No

l

adverse consequence was observed during this evolution.

}

l

The completion of the training was verified as being appropriately documented in

l

vendor procedure (VP)-798, FP-CYW-R19 Refueling Procedure.

'

c.

Conclusions

l

The EOP exercise on a postulated cavity sealleak was successfully implemented by

l

'

the refueling crane operators.

i

05.2 Operator Trainina on Procedural Revisions

!

r

a.

Inspection Scope

j

The scope of the inspection was to observe and evaluate the quality of classroom

i

training provided to operators. The training was on the procedural changes used

,

.

during a shutdown condition.

>

'

l

b.

Observations and Findinas

i

The inspector attended operator training on September 27,1996 for the rt.3:: tor

l

cavity level indication system (CLIS), and on October 22,1996 for the significant

l

changes to the operations procedures for shutdown operations.

l

The training provided to the operators on the CLIS focused on indicator limitations

and system errors in response to excessive RCS gas flowrates. The training also

identified the purpose of vacuum compensation, and the lesson-learned during the

ingress of nitrogen into the RCS in late August,1996.

The training on October 22,1996 provided an overview of sixteen (16) new or

j

significantly revised procedures, accomplished an "in-plant" job performance

measure to align the purification system for RCS makeup, and simulated a pre-

l

evolution briefing on RCS draindown. At the closure of the training, a written exam

j

was provided to operators. The training duration was approximately eight hours.

The trainer provided a copy of each procedure, went over the basis for each of the

'

prerequicites and precautions for the new procedures, and provided the basis for

each procedure step change. During the classroom instruction, exercises were

l

performed to classify the emergency level for a dropped fuel assembly, and to

calculate the expected volumes of inventory during either draindown or makeup to

the RCS.

The operations manager and training instructor provided a critique on the operations

4

crew pre-evolution briefing for a RCS draindown from 50% pressurizer level to

j

,

(

.,

.--

-

-

- -

-__ - - . - . -

- - _-_.

..

.- .-

. _ . . -- -

-

-

.

.

.

.

l

Table of Contents (cont'd)

18

eleven inches below the reactor vessel flange. The critique of the bricfing focused

on the need for communication repeat backs, improvements for the unit supervisor

(US) to state all procedure prerequisite steps, and the need to request engineering

support for contingency actions.

c.

' Conclusions

.

The training to operators appropriately focused on the details and purpose for the

significant changes to operations shutdown procedures.

08

Miscellaneous Matters

08.1 1996 INPO Evaluation

l

The last evaluation by the Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) was

performed in May,1996, and the report was issued in September and made

available for NRC review on October 3,1996. In overview, the assessment found

several notable practices and accomplishments, including a high level of pride in the

plant, strong plant focus of the station work groups that resulted in good teamwork,

effective valve maintenance, a concerted effort to upgrade equipment in the areas

of control rod position indication and radiation monitoring, the use of nonintrusive

acoustic testing.

i

Several areas for improvement were also noted, such as: precursors to reactivity

control events, maintenance conducted outside the AWO job scope, engineering

evaluations that are not thorough, a need to be more aggressive in ALARA, and,

ineffective use of operating experience, work observations, self-assessments and

risk assessment tools. The inspector noted that the INPO findings did not identify

any safety significant findings not already known to the NRC.

II. Maintenance

M1

Conduct of Maintenance

,

i

1

M1.1 General Comments

a.

inspection Scone (62703)

The inspectors observed all or portions of the following work activities:

e

AWO 96-7718

Cavity Seal Hatch Leak Test

e

AWO 96-6787

RHR-V791 A Nondestructive Examination

e

AWO 96-7552

B RHR Pump Thrust End Stationary Oil Baffle

i

e

AWO 96-8734

Ultrasonic Service Water Flow Measurements on the

I

i

Spent Fuel Pool Return Header

!

.

.

<

.

l

19

l

AWO 96-8540

SFP Cooling Piping Repair

AWO 96-9229

Reactor Cavity Seal Leak

b.

Observations and Findinas

The above maintenance activities were adequately implemented. Except as

discussed in Section M2 below, the inspector had no further comments in this area.

M 1.2 Observation of Surveillance Activities (eel 96-11-03)

a.

Inspection Scope

The inspectors observed the following surveillance activities:

,

1

1

SUR 5.1-159B

Boron Injection Flowpath Verification and

Metering Pump Test

SUR 5.7-162

In-Place Testing of the Spent Fuel Building Filters

Special Test 11.7-200

Underwater Reactor Cavity Hatch Seal

Troubleshooting

SUR 5.3-54

Burnup Requirements for Spent Fuel Pool

Storage

SUR 5.1-104A

Boric Acid Flowpath Operability Test

ENG 1.7-102

SFPC Heat Exchanger and Pump Test

Except as noted below, the inspector had no further comments in this area,

b.

Observations and Findinas

Ventilation Testina

On September 27,1996, the system engineer documented a failed air flow while

performing surveillance procedure (SUR) 5.7-162. SUR 5.7-162 implements

technical specification (TS) surveillance 4.9.12.a.3. The minimum TS spent fuel

'

building air flow through the charcoal filters is 3,600 cubic feet per minute (cfm)

and the measured air flow on September 27,1996 was 1,990 cfm. The spent fuel

building ventilation system is required to be operable during movement of fuelin the

spent fuel building. The ventilation system ensures that all radioactive material

released from an irradiated fuel assembly will be filtered through the charcoal

absorber prior to discharge to the atmosphere.

..

-

o

.

.

20

The licensee learned through troubleshooting efforts between September 28 -

October 2,1996 that the flowrate through the spent fuel building ventilation system

was dependent on the configuration of the primary auxiliary building (PAB)

ventilation system. Specifically, spent fuel building ventilation system airflow

changes from acceptable to unacceptable depending on the number of PAB exhaust

fans in operation, amount of supply air in the PAB system, and if containment purge

is in service or not. The primary reason for interaction of the two ventilation

systems is that both are connected to the exhaust ducting prior to reaching the

main stack. The proper flow was obtained by adjusting the fan Jischarge damper.

The surveillance procedure did not require a verification of the PAB exhaust

ventilation system alignment. The inspector reviewed historical surveillance results

and concluded that the last three tests were performed within the acceptance

,

criteria of the TS, however they were performed during power operation with no

containment purge in service. Specifically, the surveillance was performed on

January 14,1993 (refueling outage was between May,1993 - July 20,1993), and

on July 13,1994 (refueling outage began January 28,1995 - April 19,1995), and

February 13,1996 (outage began on July 22,1996). During refueling conditions,

containment purge supply and exhaust valves must be operable in accordance with

TS 3.9.9. and one of the two PAB exhaust fans are in operation for containment

purge. The failure to have an adequate procedure to verify that the spent fuel

building ventilation system was able to perform its intended function is considered a

violation of TS 6.8.1 (eel 96-11-03). Even though the testing performed in

September,1996 was prior to the system being required to be operable, the results

indicate that the airflow was less than required based upon the affects of PAB

ventilation, and when the historical surveillance were performed.

,

i

On October 4,1996 the licensee determined that this surveillance failure was a

condition prohibited by technical specifications. Licensee event report (LER)96-025

dated October 24,1996 documented this event. An apparent cause of the

surveillance failure was inadequate knowledge of testing and engineering personnel

j

regarding the PAB ventilation alignment changes between power operation and

refueling operations, and the affects on the flowrates through the spent fuel pool

j

building ventilation system.

The design basis of the spent fuel pool ventilation system was evaluated in

systematic evaluation program (SEP) Topic XV-20 and referenced in Updated Final

Safety Analyris Report (UFSAR) section 15.5.2.2. The licensee concluded in SEP

Topic XV-20 that spent fuel building ventilation was not required to be in operation

during a fuel hindling accident to maintain offsite doses less than 10 CFR 100

limits; however, it was recognized that the normal operating procedure requires that

it be in service with the exhaust aligned to the charcoal filter when fuelis being

l

moved. Notwithstanding, the analysis in SEP Topic XV-20, technical specification 3.9.12 requires the system to be operable during movement of fuel within the spent

l

fuel building at an airflow of 4,000 cfm +/-10%.

UFSAR section 15.5.2.2 states

that the fuel be4 ding ventilation system and its associated charcoal filters will be in

operation durir g fuel handling.

1

>

.

,

,

21

Licensee corrective actions were to administratively control the position of the PAB

ventilation damper (specifically dilution damper setting), and control the SFB

exhaust fan discharge damper position. The surveillance was re-performed

successfully with containment purge in-service prior to fuel movement.

The inspector verified that SUR 5.7-162 appropriately implemented ASME/ ANSI

N510-1980, Testing of Nuclear Air-Cleaning Systems, Section 8, Airflow Capacity

and Distribution Tests guidance. The industry standard was reference in technical specification basis 3.9.12.

Boron Flow Path

On October 18,1996 the inspector observed a nuclear system operator (NSO)

implement SUR 5.1-1598, Boron injection Path Valve Lineup and Metering Pump

Test (Shutdown Modes 5 and 6). The activity on October 18,1996 was performed

with appropriate procedural compliance and a good pre-evolution briefing.

Seal Hatch Leak Test

On November 8,1996, the inspector observed licensee personnel implement special

test (ST) 11.7-200. The procedure was to confirm the o-ring integrity on the cavity

seal hatches. An air pressure test between the two o-rings on the hatches was

performed prior to flooding of the reactor cavity. It was performed satisfactorily on

October 2,1996; however, due to leakage from the cavity tell-tail drains on

November 5,1996, the licensee opted to re-verify the hatch integrity with the

refueling cavity full of water. ST 11.7-200 was developed to accomplish this diving

evolution.

The pre-evolution briefing was led by the system engineer with operations

management, maintenance personnel, contractor divers, health physics, and

radwaste technicians in attendance. The briefing was detailed. The health physics

technicians led a briefing wi:h the divers on the radiological controls during the dive

l

using radiation protectio., manual (RPM) 2.5-7, Diving Evolutions, for guidance. The

j

health physics briefing focused on low dose areas, importance of controls of cavity

i

entrance and exits, and the process for tool removal. The inspector noted that dose

to the divers was remotely displayed and during the performance of ST 11.7-200

and continuously monitored by health physics technicians. The inspector observed

the reactor operator at the cavity tell tail drains record the cavity sealleak rates

prior to, during, and after each of the pressure tests on the cavity hatches. No

change in cavity sealleak rates was observed. The inspector noted that the

i

operator displayed good knowledge of radiological conditions by remaining in the

designated low dose areas when leak rates were not requested.

The performance of ST 11.7-200 did not identify that the cavity seal hatches as the

source of leakage. Notwithstanding, the inspector noted appropriate health physics

support and good control by the system engineer during implementation of the

procedure.

_. ._ _ _

__

_

_ _ _ _ _ _

. .

. _ _ _

__ _ _

C

.

i

22

c.

Conclusions

.

The surveillance test to verify operability of the spent fuel building ventilation

system had inadequate controls to ensure that acceptable airflow results were

obtained. This surveillance inadequacy resulted in a historical violation of the

technical specifications. The licensee reported this event as a condition prohibited

by technical specifications. The method of air flow testing was consistent with

industry standard ASME/ ANSI N510-1980 as depicted in the technical specification

basis and surveillance requirements. The inspector noted appropriate health physics

support during the implementation of ST 11.7-200.

M2

Maintenance and Material Condition of Facilities and Equipment

M 2.1

"B" Residual Heat Removal Pump Repairs Followina Overhaul

a.

I Joection Scope

l

On Saturday September 15,1996, while running the "B" Residual Heat Removal

(RHR) pump for 43 hours4.976852e-4 days <br />0.0119 hours <br />7.109788e-5 weeks <br />1.63615e-5 months <br /> following pump repairs discussed previously, operators

noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal on the motor end of the pump.

Following investigation the oil baffle seal was replaced with a new seal. However,

once the pump was started, within seconds operators observed smoke and

unexpected noise. Once the pump was secured, inspection revealed the oil baffle

i

'

was damaged and had welded to the pump shaft. The inspectors reviewed

maintenance procedures, safety evaluations, root cause determination and test

l

procedures, and interviewed maintenance, test and operations personnel to

l

determine causes and the adequacy of corrective actions.

b.

Observations and Findinas

l

Following the "B" RHR pump shaft seizure on September 1,1996, Connecticut

l

Yankee (CY), determined the cause of the failure and performed repairs to the

pump. As a retest, the pump was started and run for approximately 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />. At

,

that time, operators noticed oil leaking from the stationary oil baffle seal, which is

l

located on the motor side of the pump housing. The pump was secured and

l

inspected. It was determined that the oil baffle seal had rotated, either because of

vibration e ontact with the pump shaft. As a result of the baffle seal rotation, the

j

drain hole, t .ich directs the oil back into the casing also rotated out of the "6

,

o' clock" position. With the drain hole out of the required position, oil traveled down

the shaft and was observed by the operator.

The oil baffle seal was designed to be secured into the bearing housing cover with

an interference fit. As a result, the measurements and manufacturing tolerances of

the baffle are critical to ensure an adequate fit so that the baffle does not come in

contact with the pump shaft.

'

l

l

,

.

- - -

- -- .. .-

.

_ - . _ - - . .

_ - . - . _ .

. _

_ - -

C

.

.

!

!

23

I

A new beffle was ordered and received onsite. However, when installed it was also

loose and did not have the required interference fit. With the vendor, Ingersol

l

Dressor Puraps (lDP) approval, the baffle seal was " punch pricked" and locktite was

,

!

l

used to secure it to the pump housing cover. Because of the tight clearance

!

!

requirements, the clearance between the baffle seal and the shaft was also

questioned by CY personnel. On September 21,1996, during a telephone

conversat;on, the vendor told CY that the clearance should be between 4 and 11

l

mils total diametrical clearance. That is 2 to 5.5 mils radial clearance between the

i

shaft and the baffle seal.

!

1

As a result, CY determined to use a 3.5 mil radial clearance (7 mil diagonal) and

milled the baffle to this specification prior to installation. The runout, or flex, of the

'

shaft was measured to be approximately 2 mils total. This should have given the

baffle approximately 5 mils of diametrical clearance or 2.5 mil radial clearance.

i

When the pump was started on September 21,1996, operators immediately

'

observed smoke and noise coming from the area of the oil baffle seal. The pump

!

was secured and operators observed that the baffle had welded itself to the shaft

l

and rotated with the shaft.

,

!

.

'

I

l

Following partial disassembly and inspection of the pump shaft, oil baffle seal and

l

thrust housing, CY determined that the clearances specified by IDP during the

,

l

September 21,1996 telephone conversation had been inaccurate and that the

l

baffle had made contact with the shaft. As a result of the combined tolerances

,

,

l

allowed on components of the pump, the clearance specified between the baffle

'

l

and the shaft was too small to ensure adequate clearance.

{

l

As a result of the failure the vendor performed a more detailed review of the

specifications for the oil baffle seal. This review indicated that the nominal

j

clearance required between the baffle and the housing should be a diametrical total

of 18 mils. The 4-11 mils specified earlier was in error and was based on a review

of the tolerances stocking up on the pump components. At the time of the

,

September 21,1996 call, IDP had been reluctant to give CY the actual pump

i

'

drawings because they included proprietary information. Tho lack of ability to

)

review the actual drawing specifications resulted in CY reiving completely on IDP

for technical information regarding pump measurement specifications.

Because of problems with ordering the correct sized baffle seal, CY decided to

l

f abricate a baffle seal onsite using actual drawings obtained from the pump vendor

[

representative and measurements of the previous baffles. The new baffle was

'

f abricated such that an interference fit was used and the baffle was shrunk fit into

l

the housing.

i

On September 24,1996, the Plant Operating Review Committee (PORC) reviewed

and approved of the repair and retesting procedures. On September 24,1996, the

,

"B" RHR pump was started. However, low discharge pressures and low running

amps indicated that the pump was air bound. Difficulty in venting the RHR pumps

j

has been experienced in the past. As a result of the pump piping arrangement, air

!

_

_

i

, - -

- .

.

. - - -.-

- -- - - . - --- .--.

-- -

.

e

.

,

.

o

,

l

i

i

!

24

,

becomes trapped in the discharge and suction piping of the pump. Once the pump

I

was started with air in the piping, and the "A" RHR pump running, the "B" RHR

pump was not able to generate a high enough discharge pressure to open the

'

downstream check valve, which was at RHR header pressure of over 118 psig.

Once "B" RHR pump discharge pressure exceeds the RHR header pressure, the

!

che,ck valve can open and sweep any remaining air out of the pump.

l

l

As a result of the test failure, CY developed a second test. This test opened a heat

l

l

exchanger bypass valve which raised header flow and lowered header pressure.

l'

The procedure "B" RHR Pump Startup & Troubleshooting test, ST11.7-199 Rev.1,

also allowed the pump to be vented during the run and allowed repeating the run

three times to ensure that the pump was adequately vented. At approximately-

l

9:00 p.m. on September 25,1996, the pump was run satisfactorily and declared

- '

operable.

c.

Conclusions

j

!

The RHR pump failures due to rotation of the baffle were caused by inadequate

sizing and spacing of the oil baffle seal. The lack of vendor drawings was a

contributor to the inadequate corrective actions to resolve the problem.

l

!

M2.2 SFP Service Water System (SWS) Supolv Line Inspection

!

i

a.

Inspection Scope

The inspector reviewed the reported findings by the licensee of spent fuel pool

)

(SFP) SWS supply line indications during the Inservice inspection (ISI) of five welded

i

pipe supports. The review included the location of the reported indications, tha

'

description and nondestructive techniques used to characterize the indications, the

evaluation of the SWS supply line operability, and the corrective action taken to

I

preclude failure of the SFP SWS supply line piping.

i

b.

Observations and Findinas

Acoarent Pine Crack

As part of the 10-year ISI visual inspection (VT) of hanger-to-pipe welds of the

SWS, a Level ll licensee inspector noted cracked paint in the region adjacent to the

hanger support WS 2028 pipe plate weld. The licensee inspector performed

magnetic particle testing (MT) of the pipe surface and found an indication running in

an axial direction for 29.75 inches into the Plant Auxiliaries Building (PAB) South

Wall through which the pipe passed. The licensee further performed ultrasonic tests

(UT) of the crack and reported radial depths of .206 to .235 inches at intervals of 2

inches. Since the nominal thickness of the 6-inch pipe was .253 inches, the

indication bode a serious effect on pipe structural integrity. Because of the

characteristics of the UT reading, the licensee believed that the indication depth

reading may have been affected by an irregular inner pipe surface. Two Level 111

1

.

==

s

- .,-

--

M-

+=

-

,iimmi

-

y

yei

-.

- . - _ - -

.

_ . - - -

- - - . ..

. _ _ _

_ . - -

-_.-

- ]

_

.

.

4

-*

\\

.

25

NDE technicians re-e'xamined the UT test results and found depths no greater than

.065 inches. The Level til technicians believed the defect was typical of a shallow

" pipe lap" present in the manufactured pipe material. The indication extended

through the wall and ended at a pipe elbow circumferential weld on the other side

of the wall.

A 52-inch sample of the SFP SWS supply line containing the defect was sent to the

Materials Testing Laboratory of Northeast Nuclear Energy for flaw characterization.

An area 40 inches in length revealed a linear, but intermittent indication. Two

significant indications were located 2.25 inches from the WS-2028 pipe support

!

'

pad weld, and a third was located 1 inch from the circumferential pipe weld at the

pipe elbow beyond the PAB South Wall. The NRC inspector examined etched

photomicrographs (100X and 150X) from a sample slice containing the defect. The

photomicrographs revealed defects 7 mits and 4 mits in depth. The etched

microstructure of the unaffected pipe was typical of A53 carbon steel, with an

equal mixture of ferrite and pearlite. The indication opening of .003 inches was

l

filled with a decarburized matrix with oxide inclusions. The defect morphology

indicated that the defects were " pipe laps"probably existing after manufacture.

These were believed by the licensee not to be caused by any service-induced

loading.

,

in order to ascertain the qualification of the inspector reporting the initial defect

depth, the inspector reviewed the NDE inspector's qualifications and found them to

be consistent with requirements of Level ll for VT, MT, and UT, The UT inspectors

.

re-interpreting the defect depth UT tests were both Levellliin UT.

The licensee evaluated the pipe lap defect to determine the possible effect on

>

operability of the pipe under the anticipated operating conditions, including design,

thermal, and seismic loading. For the initially large depths (exceeding .200 inches)

the licensee determined that the pipe was inoperable. Subsequently, the pipe was

replaced. Subsequent evaluation of the operability of the pipe with " pipe laps"

shows that the depth, directionality, and morphology of the flaw detracts negligibly

from the ability of the pipe to sustain such loading. The wall thickness reduction,

and increased stress resulting therefrom, was negligible. The engineering evaluation

was provided in memorandum dated October 22,1996 (CES-96-325).

Following the initial pipe lap indication finding, the licensee performed MT

examinations of the pipe at all 32 SFP SWS pipe supports. At these locations, five

non-conformance reports (NCRs) were written. The defects at these locations were

found to be shallow " pipe lap" indications and were removed using light buffing, or

" flapping" tools.

The inspector requested the original material certifications for review. The licensee

could not produce them for examination. There was much of this Class 3 piping in

the service water system, and it was believed that any specific piece of pipe

material could be identified only from a certified material test report (CMTR) from a

batch of piping, in lieu of providing the original CMTR, the licensee arranged for an

e

<

26

independent contractor (Dirats Laboratories) to test a sample of the pipe material

containing the defect. The results of the test show that the sample was consistent

with the ASTM Standard Specification for A-53 Type S seamless pipe, Grade B.

The licensee reviewed the indication findings, the results of the expanded inspection

'

of pipes at the supports, the results of VT, MT, and UT, and concluded that the

piping defects resulted from the manufacturing process, and not from any applied

loading to the pipe. The licensee concluded that the indications were not of a

nature to detract from the ability of the pipe to perform its intended function. On

this basis, the licensee believes replacement of any sections of SFP SWS supply line

pipe will be necessary only if discovered defects exceed the magnitude permitted by

Section XI of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure

Vessel Code.

Other Material Deficiencies

The licensee expanded the review of SW piping and evaluation of potential defects

to assure the SFPCS was acceptable for core offload. The licensee identified flaws

in two tee-to-pipe welds in the service water return line from the SFP heat

exchangers. The licensee established a flood watch until repairs were done. The

affected pipe tee was replaced during an outage of the SW supply to the heat

exchangers. Additionally, the licensee rep! aced a tee on the heat exchanger supply

line which had a known defect that was being tracked under the SW corrosion

monitoring program (and had been previously found to be acceptable until the

Spring of 1997). The licensee replaced the supply side tee as well. The SW supply

to the SFPCS was restored to normal on October 30,1996.

c.

Conclusions

The licensee satisfactorily evaluated the safety significance of the findings of " pipe

lap" defects in the SFP SWS supply pipe. The use of expanded inspection of all

SFP SWS supply pipe at the support hangers, the metallurgical characterization of

the defect, the NDE examinations of the defect, the analytic evaluation of the

defect, and the corrective action taken was conservative and consistent with good

engineering practice. Actions to address other material deficiencies in the SFPCS

prior to core offload were appropriate.

M8

Previous Open items

M8.1 (Closed) IFl 95-02-03. Followup Refuel Eauipment Failures

~

This item was last reviewed in Inspection 96-01 and remained open pending NRC

review of licensee actions to upgrade and maintain refueling equipment. The

licensee completed several actions to improve or upgrade the refueling equipment

prior to the final core offload. The actions and plans in this area were summarized

in a engineering memorandum dated September 30,1996 ( CY-TS-96-462), and

included: implementing PDCR 1575 to upgrade the fuel assembly upender; checkout

i

i

,

.

.

.

27

of new fuel handling tools and the transfer cart; replacing the cable on the new fuel

elevator; checkout of the sluice gate operation; performing preventive maintenance

and load testing of the manipulator crane; performing preventive maintenance on

the polar and spent fuel building cranes; and, revising the refueling procedures.

Finally, the licensee identified a new fuel handling accident involving the dropping of

a fuel bundle in the pool from the surface of the water (ACR 96-278). This item

needed to resolved prior to placing the new fuel into the spent fuel pool. However,

this evolution was never completed after the joint owners of Haddam Neck

l

announced on October 9 that the permanent shutdown of the plant was likely. The

listed corrective actions were completed as necessary prior to the core offload.

This item is closed.

M8.2 (Closed) URI 96-04-01, investiaation of Mav 23 Soent Fuel Event

This item concerned the completion of the licensee's review of an event in May,

1996 in which a fuel bundle became suspended on top of the fuel racks. The

licensee identified personnel performance issues regarding the overriding of

interlocks while inserting the bundle on May 23, and the need for a tool to guide

insertion of fuel bundles in the new racks. A funnel type guide tool was

successfully used for the core offload in November,1996. The inspector reviewed

personnel performance and actions to operate the fuel handling equipment during

the November 1996 defueling. No inadequacies were identified. This item is

closed.

M8.3 (Ocen) IFl 93-01-01: Safety Instrument Calibrations

This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to assure

instruments used to satisfy technical specification surveillances are periodically

calibrated. Section E8.2 of this report (see LER 96-27) describes additional

discrepancies regarding the failure to calibrate temperature instruments used on the

safety related boric acid heat trace circuits. This item remains open pending further

i

NRC review of licensee corrective actions.

Ill. Enaineerina

E1

Conduct of Engineering

E1.1

Instrumentation Setooint Control (eel 96-11-04)

a.

Insoection Scope (92903)

The scope of this inspection included a review of the licensee instrumentation

setpoint calculation program associated with the reactor protection system,

engineered safeguards features systems and a sample of other instrumentation

included in the plant technical specifications. The inspectors also reviewed the

engineering procedures utilized to perform instrument uncertainty and setpoint

_

,

-

.

_ _ _

.

.

_ ~ _ . _ . _ ~ _

_ _ . . _ _ - . _-_ .

_ _ _ - _ _ _

.

.

l

e

l

l

[

28

i

calculations. A sample of setpoint calculations were reviewed to assess the

,

methods utilized in the calculation and the overall quality of the engineering work.

b.

Observations and Findinas

6

Setooint Calculation Proaram Development

[

_

i

The inspector reviewed factors and events associated with the development of

,

instrument uncertainty and setpoint calculations. The initial technical specification

!

trip setpoints and allowable values were provided by the nuc! ear steam supply

i

system (NSSS) vendor during the initial plant construction and licensing. The plant

,

modification to replace the reactor protection system identified the need to perform

!'

setpoint calculations as part of the modification process in 1983.

'

Licensee Event Report (LER)90-022 reported a miscalibration of auxiliary feedwater

flow transmitters. At that time, a long term corrective action was identified that

!

consisted of the systematic evaluation of critical safety-significant setpoints and

developing uncertainty calculations to support the selected hardware setpoints. In

1991, Project Authorization (PA)91-064 initiated a Setpoint Verification Program

for the reactor protection system, engineered safeguards features systems and

i

primary containment isolation system instruments. This PA was to address the long

term actions identified in LER 90-022.

i

Responsibility for the setpoint verification program was transferred from the

I

corporate engineering organization to the site in 1994 following the reorganization

of the engineering departments. The setpoint verification program effort was

combined with the project to revise the technical specifications to support a 24-

)

month fuel cycle. The calculations required for the 24-month fuel cycle technical

j

specification change were completed in 1995 and the proposed technical

specification revision was submitted to the NRC on December 20,1995.

Enaineerina Procedures

The inspector reviewed procedures SP-ST-EE-286, Rev. 6, " Guidelines for

Calculating Instrument Uncertainties," and SP-ST-EE-320, Rev.1, " Guidelines for

Calculating Instrumentatio-n Setpoints for Safety Systems." The procedures were

'

,

initially issued in 1989 and 1993 respectively, and both procedures utilize methods

!

described in the instrument Society of America (ISA) Standard ISA-S67.04,

j

"Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation." The NRC endorsed the use

'

of the ISA methods in USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.105, Revision 2, " Instrument

Setpoints for Safety Related Systems."

The inspector found the procedures to be generally of good quality. However, the

inspector did note that SP-ST-EE-320 did not include an allowance for seismic

effects (SE) when calculating the setpoint allowable values. The inspector noted

that, although not included in the procedure, the calculations performed to support

-

-

.

.

.

.-

a

o.

.

o

l

29

the 24 month fuel cycle did include the SE and the licensee acknowledged that a

procedure correction was necessary.

Calculations that were performed prior to 1989 appear to have used the ISA 67.04

and R.G.105 guidance directly since there were no engineering department

procedures that provided specific guidance on performing instrumentation

uncertainty and setpoint calculations.

Calculation Proaram Findinas

The licensee approach for calculating allowable values and trip setpoints for

instruments is summarized as follows:

(1)

The analytic limit for the parameter monitored by the instrument is obtained

from the safety analysis engineer and is the value assumed in the safety

analysis that supports the design basis of the safety system.

(2)

The errors that contribute to the totalinstrument loop uncertainty are

calculated and categorized as either errors that are not observable during

i

routine testing and calibration and those that are observable. Those errors

that are not observable are combined to calculate a term designated as

Allowance No.1. Observable errors are combined and designated as

Allowance No. 2.

(3)

The allowable value, defined in procedure SP-ST-EE-320 as a " limiting value

that the trip setpoint may have when tested periodically beyond which

appropriate action shall be taken," is then calculated as follows:

Allowable value = analytical limit

Allowance No.1.

(Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2, discussed below, are added or

subtracted depending on whether the trip occurs on an increasing or

decreasing value.)

(4)

The trip setpoint, which is defined in procedure EE-320 as a predetermined

value for actuation of the final actuation device to initiate protective actions,

is calculated as follows:

Trip setpoint = allowable value i Allowance No. 2.

For example, with an instrument trip that occurs on an increasing value the

relative values would be established as follo.vs:

.

.-

-

_

. . - - - - .

= . - . ~ . _ .

l-

,

.

l

'

<

30

,

!

Analytical Limit

t f

'

I

Allowance #1

i

,

Allowable Value

i

t

Allowance #2

4

Trip Setpoint

'

t f

Operating Margin

,

4

!

Normal Operating Point

.

Where Allowance No.1 includes the following terms, as applicable:

Process Measurement Accuracy (PMA)

Primary Element Accuracy (PEA)

'

Sensor Temperature Effects (STE)

Sensor Pressure Effects (SPE)

Rack Temperature Effects (RTE)

Harsh Environment Effects-Radiation Allowance (RA)

Insulation Resistance Effect (IRE)

LOCA/HELB Effects (DLH)

1

Additional Margin (AM)

And Allowance No. 2 is the resultant of the following terms:

Sensor Calibration Accuracy (SCA)

Sensor Drift (SD)

Rack Calibration Accuracy (RCA)

Rack Drift (RD)

l

Measurement and Test Equipment Accuracy (MTE)

Procedure SP-ST-EE-320 permits the inclusion of additional margin in the Allowance

l

No.1 term to reduce the probability of exceeding the analytical limit.

p

.

The inspector also noted that the plant technical specification (TS) bases for

!

TS 2.2.1, " Reactor Trip System Instrumentation Setpoints," provides information

relative to trip setpoints and allowable values. Specifically, the bases states that

!

" Operation with ( trip set less conservative that its Trip Setpoint but within its

i

specified Allowat le Value is acceptable on the basis that the difference between

'

each Trip Setpolit and the Allowable value is equal to or less than a drift allowance

accounted for in the design basis analysis."

'

.

,

'

.

.

.

+

o

.

31

The inspector identified the following issues with the setpoint control program:

(a)

During the performance of the calculations for the 24 month fuel cycle the

value of Allowance No. 2 was increased by the inclusion of an " additional

margin (AM)" term when combining the uncertainty effects that are

observable during testing and calibrations. Including the AM term in

Allowance No. 2 resulted in additional rnargin between the analytical value

and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip setpoint and

the allowable value was no longer less than or equal to the drift allowance

that should be accounted for according to the setpoint calculation procedure,

SF-ST-EE-320 and as discussed in the TS bases. As a result, excessive

ir.strumer3 drift could occur before the condition would be identified and

evaluated fcr operabiiity and the need for corrective action. In some cases

the amount of AM included in Allowance No. 2 was very significant. For

example, in calculation PA 90-013-321 EY, Revision 1, " Uncertainty

Calculation For Steam Flow Loops F-1201-1 B,-1 C,-28,-2C,-3B,-3D,-4B,-4D

and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Flow /Feedwater Flow Mismatch," the

calculated uncertainty for Allowance No. 2 was 25,250 lbm/hr and the AM

added was 33,430 lbm/hr. This resulted in the difference between the trip

setpoint and the allowable value being more than twice the allowance that

should have been included based on SP-ST-EE-320 and the plant technical

specification bases. Similarly, in calculation PA 90-013-341 EY, Revision 1,

" Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculation For Steam Line Break Flow F-1202-1,-

2,-3,-4," Allowance No. 2 was calculated to be 0.99% flow and an

additional 1.01 % flow was added as AM. The inspector concluded that the

addition of AM in the Allowance No. 2 term was not appropriate and

defeated the purpose of establishing allowable values.

(b)

In addition to reducing the effectiveness of the allowable values by the

addition of AM in Allowance No. 2, the inspector noted that sensor drift

effect and sensor calibration accuracy values in the uncertainty calculations

were arbitrarily increased to provide added " conservatism." The inspectors

agreed that this practice would add conservatism between the analytical

value and the trip setpoint. However, the difference between the trip

setpoint and allowable value again would not be equal to or less than the

expected component drift. For example, calculation 95-01262EY,

Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D;

402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," determined that the sensor calibration

accuracy for the Foxboro transmitters in the loop were 10.52% of span and

the sensor drift was i3.81 % of span. However, one transmitter (FT-402D)

is a Model 1164 Rosemount transmitter that has a manufacturer-specified

sensor calibration accuracy of

0.25% of span and an expected drift of

10.28% of span based on a licensee drift analysis. In the setpoint

calculation the sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracies for the Foxboro

transmitters were used for all transmitters for conservatism. The inspector

concluded that the use of these values for the Rosemount transmitter could

again allow excessive drift to go undetected.

___

_-_

-.

.. .

- .. . .

_

. ~ - . . . . .

. _-

.

.

.

j

l

1

,

32

l

The failure to assure that the allowable values were determined in accordance with

the design basis is a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111, Design Control.

,

(eel 96-11-04) This is the first of two examples of a design control violation.

I

1

l

(c)

The inspector reviewed the instrument testing and calibrat'on process to

determine how testing or calibration f ailures were evaluated to determine if

1

the instrument as-found data was within the technical specification allowable

value and to evaluate instrument operability. The inspector noted that the

instrument loop components are generally tested or calibrated on a

component level bases versus an integrated loop calibration. The licensee

initially stated that the acceptance criteria for each of the loop components

j

was conservative relative to the potential errors determined in the

uncertainty calculations. As such, test and calibration data that met the

procedure specifications would ensure that the loop was performing within

the technical specification allowable values. The inspector reviewed several

l

surveillance procedures and found that the acceptance criteria was not

consistent for similar components in different instrument loops, and in some

cases, the acceptance criteria specified in the tests was not conservative

,

relative to the instrument uncertainties determined in the calculations. For

example:

)

Procedure SUR 5.2-6.1, " Steam Generator #1 Narrow Range Level Channel

e

,

Calibration," specifies an acceptance criteria of * 1.0% of span for Model

l

1154 Rosemount transmitter LT-1301-1 A,-1C and -1D. Calculation PA 90-

i

013-262EY, Rev. 2, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for Steam Generator

Narrow Range Level L-1301-1 A/C/D, 2A/C/D, 3A/C/D ,4A/C/D," specifies a

sensor calibration accuracy (SCA) of iO.25% of span for the transmitter.

4

'

-This value (iO.25% span) is applied as a sensor calibration tolerance for

another Model 1154 Rosemount transmitter for instrument PT-1201-2B in

surveillance procedure SUR 5.2-11.2, " Steam Generator #2 Train A Steam

Flow, Feedwater Flow, Steam Generator Pressure Channel Calibration." The

inspector concluded that the use of i1.0% span acceptance criteria was

inappropriate since even when all factors associated with the sensor

calibration (i.e. sensor calibration accuracy, sensor drift and measurement

and test equipment accuracy) are considered, the total probable error would

be iO.6% of span. Therefore, the use of i1.0% would allow a sensor with

excessive drift to be found acceptable during the calibration. The inspectors

reviewed the results of surveillance procedure 5.2-6.1 that was completed

on March 6,1995, and found that the as found calibration data for

,

transmitter LT-1301-1 A would have failed a

0.6% acceptance criteria.

i

The failure to ensure that the results of the engineering calculations were translated

j

into plant procedures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criteria 111,

!

Design Control. (eel 96-11-04) This is the second of two examples of a design

control violation.

l

1

,

$

.-

-

..

.

-

---

... . .. -

. .

._-

.

-

.

1

l

l

33

'

!

Specific Calculation Errors

in addition to the programmatic issues identified above, the inspectors noted the

following specific errors in setpoint calculations:

In calculation 95-01262EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for RCS

i

Flow Loops F-401 A,C,D; 402A,C,D; 403A,C,D; 404A,C,D," the instrument

i

span is -0.5 to 30 psid and Allowance No.1 and Allowance No. 2 were

i

calculated as a percent of the instrument span. The useable span is 0.0 to

30 psid which correlates to O to 100% of rated reactor coolant system (RCS)

,

flow. When the allowable value and trip setpoints were calculated, the

l

percent span errors were added to the percent RCS flow values without first

adjusting percent span errors to a corresponding percent flow.

{

In calculation 93-ENG-552EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainty and Setpoint

l

Calculation for Pressurizer Level L-401-1,-2,-3,-4," the rack temperature

effect (RTE) term was not included in the calculation of Allowance No.1.

The inspector did note that there was additional margin included in the

Allowance No.1 term that was greater than the omitted term and therefore

'

there was adequate margin between the analytical value and the trip

setpoint.

i

i

e

in calculation IC-CY-1451EY, Revision 0, " Uncertainties and Setpoints for

the Wide Range Nuclear Flux Monitoring System Startup Rate Reactor Trip

Channels WR1, WR2, WR3, and WR4," the allowable value was incorrect

due to a transposition error. The inspector noted that the licensee had also

)

identified and corrected this error when the calculation was subsequently

l

revised for other reasons.

Calculation IC-CALC-90-026, "RCS Low Flow Channel Accuracy / Safety

Setpoint Calculation," improperly concluded that the technical specification

allowable value was adequate although the margin between the trip setpoint

and allowable value was excessive and therefore not consistent with the

technical specification bases. Also, the calculation assumed that rack drift

was zero without providing any justification for the assumption and the

calculation did not consider sensor drift and sensor calibration accuracy

when assessing the adequacy of the existing allowable value.

Effects on Analvtical Limits and Accident Analyses

The inspector discussed the impact of the 24 month fuel cycle calculations with a

member of the accident analysis group. The results of the 24 month cycle

calculations supported the existing analytical limits and no additional accident

analyses was required. The previously established setpoints provided sufficient

margin to the analytical limits to ensure safe operation. However, as discussed

above the allowable values were not set sufficiently conservative to ensure

detection of excessive instrument drift.

F

t

_ - - - -

_ . _ . . . ,

.-

. . . . .

-

.

. . ~

.

.

_

____-

_.

__

_ . _ _ _ __

_ . _ _ . _ _

_ _ _ _

_ _ _ _

.

O

l

=

.

l

34

l

The licensee acknowledged the issues identified by the inspector and documented

these concerns and other related issues in an adverse condition report.

!

-

c.

Conclusions

.

E

The inspector concluded that there were weaknesses in the setpoint control

!

program that resulted in incorrect calculation results and inappropriate calibration

i

procedure acceptance criteria. The licensee did not establish clear engineering

procedures on how to perform setpoint calculations until 1993. The errors

.l

identified indicate that a review and assessment of the accuracy of the information

i

submitted in the technical specification change request is warranted. The

{

inspectors also concluded that the independent review process was not effective in

!

identifying programmatic or specific calculation errors. The potential safety

l

consequences of the identified deficiencies were minor because appropriate

!

conservatisms were included in the uncertainty factors that make up Allowance

!

No.1 and the additional margins that were included in the Allowance No. 2

I

uncertainty f actors combined to increase the margin between the analytical limits

l

and the trip setpoints. The detrimental effects of the problems were that the

!

inflated difference between the allowable values and the trip setpoints impaired the

l

ability to detect components that had excessive drift or may have been degraded

j

and trending towards f ailure.

E1.2 Instrumentation Calibrations (eel 96-11-05)

'

a.

Insoection Scope (92903)

The inspectors reviewed the licensee procedure for evaluating and dispositioning

instrumentation calibration results that do not meet the established acceptance

criteria.

.

t

b.

Observations and Findinas

i

!

The licensee procedure for performing instrumentation calibration reviews is

l

WCM 2.3-7, Revision 2, " Instrument Calibration Review." This procedure requires

that an Instrumentation Calibration Review (ICR) Form be processed for each

instance when a surveillance procedure is performed and the as-found calibration

data is outside of the acceptance criteria. The ICR form is utilized to document

whether or not the drift was in the conservative or non-conservative direction and

to document whether or not the calibration was within the technical specification

limits The procedure also provides directions to assess whether the failure is

reportable in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 10 CFR 50.73

and to implement corrective action to prevent recurrence based on instrument

performance and history.

'

The inspectors reviewed several completed ICRs and found the following:

.

'

l

-

_

- __

_ . , _

,

_

_,

,

, _ . _ ~

i

.

.

.

.

r

,

35

(1)

ICRs95-009 and 95-011 documented calibration failures for two identical

I

model Rosemount transmitters. The only corrective action was for the

'

failure to be tracked by the system engineer. The reviews did not question

the adequacy of the acceptance criteria even though there was different

!

criteria for identical components. The procedure associated with ICR 95-009

specified an acceptance criteria of i1.0% of span and the other specified

l

0.25% of span. Also, when the as-found data was evaluated to determine

!

if the technical specification allowable values were exceeded, only the

'

affected components were evaluated and the combined. effects of all of the

loop components were not assessed.

,

i

I

(2)

ICRs 95-23 and 95-24 documented the cause of the failures as drift and the

only corrective actions were to recalibrate.

)

1

(3)

ICR 95-025 documented a failure of a Foxboro rack component and the-

l

cause of the failure was documented as unknown, the component was

'

adjusted and no additional corrective action was taken.

c.

Conclusions

1

i

The inspectors concluded that the licensee did not adequately determine the root

[

causes of instrument calibration failures nor were adequate corrective actions taken

-i

to prevent recurrence. None of the ICR evaluations considered potential corrective .

actions such as adjustment of testing frequency, setpoint revision, reevaluation of

the trip setpoint or allowable value, evaluation of equipment installation and

environment, evaluation of calibration equipment and technique or repair or

,

replacement of the component. The failure to implement adequate corrective

I

actions for instrumentation failures is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix

B, Criteria XVI. (eel 96-11-05)

E2

Engineering Support of Facilities and Equipment

E2.1

Temocrarv Soent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanaer Coolina

a.

Insoection Scoce

The inspection scope was to evaluate the implementation and controls for

temporary cooling supply of service water to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers.

The temporary cooling was required to affect repairs to the service water supply

pipe to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers,

b.

Observations and Findinas

On October 11,1996, the licensee isolated service water to the "A" spent fuel pool

heat exchanger. The reason for the isolation was to prepare for installing a

temporary modification to supply cooling to the heat exchanger. The temporary

_

.

. _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ - . . _ . - _ ._

__ ._,

_

.

.

e

l

36

1

1

l

modification was required to make repairs to the permanent service water supply

piping that had indication of severe pipe degradation.

The service water was isolated to the spent fuel pool cooling heat exchanger for

approximately 13 hours1.50463e-4 days <br />0.00361 hours <br />2.149471e-5 weeks <br />4.9465e-6 months <br /> between October 11 and October 12,1996. The spent fuel

pool temperature increased approximately 13 degrees fahrenheit (F) to a maximum

of 86 F. The design basis temperature for the pool is 150 degrees F.

The temporary modification installed two three (3) inch fire hoses from the service

water filter drain connection to the supply of the "A" spent fuel pool heat

exchanger. The connection to the inlet of the "A" spent fuel pool heat exchanger

,

required the removal of the permanently installed piping and the connection of a

'

spool piece with fire hose connections.

The licensee concluded that the temporary modification was not an unreviewed

safety question as defined in 10 CFR 50.59. The postulated malfunctions evaluated

included the rupture of the fire hose and affects on internal flooding in the primary

auxiliary building, inadequate flow to the spent fuel pool heat exchangers, loss of

service water, and response of the fire hoses during a seismic event. A prerequisite

for installation was that flow through the hoses was in excess of 100 gallons per

!

minute (gpm) to maintain the pool temperature in the normal operating bands. The

i

licensee confirmed this by measurement. Redundant fire hoses were staged as an

'

additional contingency if one of the two hoses burst. UFSAR accidents evaluated

L

were the loss of spent fuel pool cooling, loss of normal power event, boron dilution

l

event, and fuel handling accident inside containment. The installation and removal

l

of the temporary modification occurred prior to fuel movement.

The installation of temporary cooling was supported by procedure changes to NOP

2.24-3, Filtered Service Water System and Adams Filter Operation, and SUR 5.1-

OA, Steady State Operational Surveillance (Modes 5 and 6). The procedure

i

changes provided guidance on installation of the jumper, control of flowrate to the

i

spent fuel pool (SFP) heat exchanger, response to a failed hose, and actions

necessary to remove the temporary modification. The change to SUR 5.1-0A was

to add a check by the NSO every eight hours to verify no leakage, and to walkdown

the entire length of hose.

The inspector walked down the installation of the temporary modification on

October 13,1996. The installation appeared to be appropriately supported at

various locations and was installed in accordance with the documentation of the

- modification. In addition to the installation walkdown, the inspector independently

verified that tag clearance 96-1006 was adequate to isolate the service water

system from the temporary installation. The temporary modification was removed

on October 30,1996.

i

!

.

R

u

i

i

4

4

,y--

1m,

,

,.

,,w.,, . - - . _

m-

-_~ -

.m

- - - - m r -r

. -

-

--,+-,--r--- . .-.-

-.4-'-----.i

..--r


<------4

.

__ _

.

.

-

.

37

c.

Conclusions

The temporary modification to supply cooling water to the spent fuel pool was

performed satisfactorily, with appropriate contingency planning and monitoring of

pool temperatures.

,

E2.2 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina Check Valve Replacement

a.

Inspection Scone

The inspection scope evaluated the operability of the spent fuel pool cooling system

with one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pump discharge check valve internals

removed.

,

b.

Observations and Findinas

On September 28,1996, the spent fuel pool system engineer documented to

licensee management that there was no condition that could adversely affect

availability of spent fuel pool cooling in Mode 6 operation. The system engineer

initially concluded that the "B" spent fuel cooling pump was operable with the

internal parts of the discharge check valve (SF-CV-866) removed under temporary

modification 96-12.

The inspector questioned this decision since technical specification (TS) 3.9.15

states that spent fuel pool cooling shall be operable with both pumps operable and

i

at least one cooling pump and plate heat exchanger in operation. Additionally,

surveillance procedure SUR 5.3-51, Refueling Operations, step 1.3.6, requires prior

!

l

to movement of irradiated fuel to the spent fuel pool, that the licensee verify that

l

both spent fuel cooling pumps are lined up to provide flow to the plate heat

l

exchanger. With the valves internals removed from SF-CV-866 the manual

'

discharge isolation valve for the "B" spent fuel pool cooling pump would be closed

to assure operability of the A pump. Thus, the B pump could not be lined up as

required, but would require manual operator action to be placed in service. The

licensee acknowledged the inspector's concern.

The licensee implemented a previously planned plant modification to replace both

spent fuel pool discharge check valves and relocate the "B" check valve further

away from the pump, and in conformance with industry guidelines on locations of

check valves from bends in piping systems. The modification was completed prior

to refueling activities on November 11,1996,

i

l

The inspector noted the following regarding this condition. First, the "B" SFP

discharge check valves internals have been removed since March,1996 without

timely corrective actions. Second, the licensee overcame the component deficiency

by implementing a procedure change to NOP 2.10-1, Spent Fuel Pit Cooling System

Operation by requiring the manual discharge valve on the "B" SFP cooling pump

when not operating to be closed. Third, when the internals were removed from SF-

1

i

_

-

_

..

.

.

.

l

38

CV-866 in March,1996, the licenseo concluded that no affect on operability

existed; however, TS 3.9.15 was not applicable at that time.

c.

Conclusions

The licensee's initial decision-making on operational readiness of the spent fuel pool

cooling system for defueling operations was non-conservative with respect to the

technical specifications and the implementing surveillance procedure. A planned

modification was completed prior to defueling activities to restore the cooling

system to an improved configuration. Initial corrective actions were not timely to

address deficient material conditions.

E2.3 Inadeauste Auxiliary Buildina Flood Protection (eel 96-11-06)

a.

inspection Scope

The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee actions in response to a plant

configuration deficiency as it related to internal flood protection in the PAB.

b.

Observations and Findinas

On October 23,1996, the licensee identified various floor penetrations in the PAB

that did not provide assurances that the response times assumed in the licensing

basis was conservative for the worst-case internal flood scenario. Approximately,

thirty-five (35) penetrations did not have a 24 inch high carbon steel barrier.

In 1973, the licensee implemented plant modification (PDCR 156, Flooding

Protection of Safeguards Equipment) in response to an Atomic Energy Commission

(AEC) letter to the licensee in August,1972. The AEC letter requested the licensee

to review the facility design and determine if equipment that does not meet criteria

of Class I seismic construction could cause flooding sufficient to adversely affect

the performance of engineered safety systems. Additionally, the licensee was

asked to consider if the failure of any equipment could cause flooding such that

common mode failure of redundant safety related equipment would result. The

modification installed steel barriers around piping penetrations on both elevations of

the primary auxiliary building and around the engineered safety features pumps. At

the time, the licensee did not install pipe barriers for penetrations in areas connected

to the pipe chase since no credit was taken in the flood analysis for the additional

delay time to flood the RHR pumps (i.e. taking into account the delay of flood water

flow through the pipe chase and ultimately to the RHR pumps). This was

documented to the NRC is a letter dated August 1,1975.

The NRC's safety evaluation in support of technical specification amendment 27

(July 20,1978) concluded that it was appropriate to add area flood annunciators

and operability requirements to the technical specification to provide adequate

operator response time to determine the source of leakage and to take corrective

action. In the safety evaluation, the licensee concluded that approximately 12

_ _

__

. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _ _ -

_._,

.

.

j

!

l

l

!

!

'

39

!

e

I

1

.

[

!

minutes were available for operator action to terminate flooding in the PAB for the

!

worst case break of the service water return piping from the component cooling

!

'

water heat exchangers. The NRC position as documented in the safety evaluation

!

j

was that credit for operator action is not assumed during the first ten minutes of a

l

postulated event. Since the worst-case analysis calculated a 12 minute response

3

for operator action, no automatic trip of the service watar pumps was required.

j

l

The licensee performed further reviews of PAB flooding, as described in LER 96-08

l

' (reference Inspection 96-06, Section E3.1). Licensee calculation 96-PABFLOOD-

'

01497 (November 7,1996) concluded that the RHR pumps would be inoperable in

7 minutes without operator action to mitigate or isolate the leak, and approximately

,

3

6 minutes after receiving the flood alarm in the RHR pit. This revised calculation

contributed to the identification en October 23,1996 that various piping

,

penetrations (accumulated two square foot opening) did not have flood barriers

!

i

installed.

I

}

Licensee corrective actions upon identification were to establish a flood watch in

I

.

the PAB to provide for early detection and isolation of the worst-case scenario pipe

{

failure. This watch was established 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day until November 15,1996 when

!

i

all of the reactor fuel was removed from the reactor vessel, and RHR operability

l

j

was not required.

~

'

+

This condition represents a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix B, Criterion lli (eel 96-

,

11-06)in that measures to assure applicable regulatory requirements and design

basis for structures were not correctly translated into specifications. Specifically,

j

'

the lack of flood barriers around the piping penetrations invalidated the basis for

operator response time to mitigate an internal flood scenario. An apparent cause for

i

this violation was lack of engineering rigor in a past plant modification.

4

c.

C_qnclusioni

The inspector noted a lack of engineering rigor for a past modification to protect

safety equipment from an internal flood scenario. The modification did not require

flood barrier installation for approximately thirty-five (35) penetrations. This failure

<

resulted in a non-conservative flood analysis regarding operator response time to

{

mitigate the event. This condition is considered a violation of 10 CFR 50 Appendix

B, Criterion Ill.

E2.4 Porous Concrete Sub-Foundation

4

a.

Insoection Scoce

The scope of this inspection was to determine whether the concrete beneath the

containment base mat was eroding.

.

1

)

9

,-g

,-r

--v

,+

a,

-

- - - -

, . - -

- , ,

~

, , - - - , -

_ ._

.

_

_ _ _ .

_-

o

,

.

,

40

b.

Observations and Findinas

The NRC issued a request for information by letter dated October 18,1996, to

evaluate the potential generic implications of the erosion of cement from underneath

l

the containment foundation basement. As shown on plant design drawing 16103-

56024, a six inch thick layer of porous (" popcorn") concrete was installed during

plant construction beneath the containment foundation mat.

By letar dated October 21,1996, the licensee reported that there has been no

evidence to date of cement erosion from under the basemat. The licensee reported

that: (i) water from the basemat leaching out into the external containment sump

has been monitored monthly for ten years and there has been no evidence of slurry

in the effluents; (ii) although there have been no program in place to systematically

monitor the settlement of the containment building, the recent inspections

performed under procedure ENG 1.7-147 (as part of the Maintenance Rule) found

no evidence regarding concrete settlement nor any indications of degradation of the

concrete slab.

c.

Conclusions

,

'

The inspector confirmed during routine inspection tours of plant areas and

structures that there were no obvious signs of slurry in the discharged from the

j

external sump, or of settlement in the containment structure. No inadequacies were

'

identified.

E2.5 Soent Fuel Pool Coolina System Sinale Failures (URI 96-11-07)

a.

Inspection Scope (37551)

On October 22,1996, the licensee issued ACR 96-1239 to describe an

inconsistency in the licensing basis for the spent fuel pool cooling system (SFPCC).

The ACR noted that the current design of the SFP cooling pump pown supplies

'

does not support the bases for Technical Specification 3/4.9.15, which states that

" single failure considerations require that both spent fuel pool cooling pumps are

OPERABLE." Both SFP pumps are powered from a Train A electrical sturce. The

ACR was written to evaluate the condition prior to the mode of applicat,ility for TS

3/4.9.15 (Mode 6 during transNr of fuel to the spent fuel pool for a full core

offload).

.

The inspector completed a walkdown of the spent fuel cooling system and

associated power supplies, and reviewed the design basis and licensing basis as

described in PDCR 1592, UFSAR Section 9.1, the safety evaluations and licensing

1

submittals in support of Amendment No. 7 (June 8,1976) and Amendment No.

188 (January 22,1996), SEP Topic IX-1 for spent fuel storage and, the CMP

i

position paper " Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System Redundancy / Single Failure

Capability (draft). The inspector reviewed normal operating and emergency

procedures for spent fuel pool cooling.

. _

_ - _ . . _

m.___

_ __ . _ - _ _ .

_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ . . _

.

.

.

1

-.

i

41

!

l

l

b.

Observations and Findinas

SFPCS Desian Details

The SFPCS consists of two non-safety related pumps which provide forced cooling

through two heat exchangers. The A pump has a 40 hp motor and a capacity of

l

610 gpm; the B pump has a 60 hp motor and a capacity of 620 gpm. The A (shell

and tube) heat exchanger has a heat capacity of 6.2 MBtu/hr; the B (plate) heat

exchanger has a heat capacity of 20 Mbtu/hr.

l

The SFPCS alignment for normal operation (NOP 2.10-1) is to use one SFP cooling

]

l

pump with the A SFP heat exchanger, and for refueling operations (full core offload)

is to allow one or both SFP pumps operating with the B heat exchanger. Both the A

and B SFP pumps are powered from 480 V MCC-2, which is a non-class 1E power

]

supply. MCC-2 has two subsections which are physically located adjacent to each

!

other, but are electrically separate. SFP pump P21-1 A is connected to subsection

MCC2-4, which is powered from Bus 4; pump P21-1B is connected to MCC2-5,

l

which is powered from Bus 5. Both 480 volt Bus 4 and Bus 5 are part of the A

i

train electrical division.

The A electrical division receives normal power from the 115 KV electrical

distribution system via line 1772, transformer T389 and Bus 1-2. During a LNP

condition, the SFP cooling pumps would be load shed on loss of power, and manual

operator action is required to restart a pump to restore cooling. The A train

emergency diesel generator, EG-2A, can be used to provide emergency power to

Bus 4/5 and MCC2. The licensee recently installed a non-class 1E, air cooled

diesel, EG-7, to meet SEP concerns for tornados; this power supply can be operated

I

manually and connected to 4160 volt Bus 1-2, and thereby power the A electrical

division.

Oriainal and Modified Licensina Basis

The SFPCS design when the plant was first licensed included one SFP pump and

one heat exchanger. Thus, no considerations for single failures were included in the

original design. The SFPCS design was modified in support of Amendment 7 to add

the second pump (P21-1B) and heat exchanger (E10-1B). Although redundancy

was added for the pumps (active components in the SFPCS), the design relied on a

l

single heat exchanger (plate) to remove the heat of a full core offload. While the

thermal analysis for both Amendment 7 and 188 demonstrated the cooling system

was adequate for a worst case heat load and assuming a loss of one SFP pump,

there was no change to the electrical distribution system or to the single electrical

,

train dependency.

UFSAR Section 9.1 (March 1996) describes the SFPCS but does not provide design

!,

details on the electrical supplies. UFSAR Figure 9.1-1 does show that both SFPC

pumps are powered from MCC2. The licensee submittals in support of Amendment

'

  1. 188 do not describe the electrical system details. The licensee stated that 1996

- _ . -

.

_

o

.

.

.

42

rerack project did not change the electrical design or the design basis of the SFPCS,

and thus there was no reason to address this detailin support of Amendment #188.

I

The licensing basis provided clear references that equate single failure

!

considerations to the loss of one of the SFP cooling pumps. Examples from the

licensee's March 31,1995 letter (B15136) in support of Amendment #188 include:

(i) page 9, third paragraph "The analysis determined that the cooling system has

sufficient capacity to maintain bulk pool temperature at or below 150F for any

postulated discharge scenario including the single active failure of the most efficient

pool cooling pump"; (ii) page 17, third paragraph "The pool will not exceed 150F

during the worst single failure of a cooling pump"; and, (iii) safety evaluation page

5-5 and Figures 5.4.2,59.2 through 5.8.4 " sing le active failure: one SFP cooling

pump left running."

Desian Calculations - Thermal Analyses

The licensee analyzed the SFPCS capability by calculating decay heat loads per the

NRC's standard review plan (SRP) BTP ASB9-2 and evaluating three discharge

scenarios, allinvolving a full core offload at the end of the final cycle of plant

operations. Decay heat load calculations were conducted for Amendmerts 7 and

188 to assess the adequacy of the spent fuel pool cooling system to handle the

heat with the racks fully loaded to the maximum capacity (1172 and 1480.

respectively). The calculations were performed using conservative assumptions that

would minimize heat removal capabilities, and discharge scenarios that would

maximize the heat input to the pool. The Amendment #188 analyses were

performed for three scenarios: Scenario 1 - normal EOC full core offload with two

pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger; Scenario 2 - EOC full core offload, with

i

a single active f ailure; and, Scenario 3 - BOC emergency full core offload after the

last plant operating cycle (this case evaluates more fuel assemblies than can be

stored in the pool) with two pumps aligned to the plate heat exchanger. The river

temperature assumed for the Amendment #188 analyses was 90 F.

For scenario 2, the analysis started with a SFPCS configuration of one pump aligned

to the plate heat exchanger, assuming the failure of the redundant pump. The

maximum SFP temperature was limited to 150F, and the analysis determined what

incore decay Vme was required on tne discharged fuel to assure this limit would be

met. The requi ed minimum in-core hold times were calculated for different service

water temperatures - 90F, 85F, 80F, and 75F. The analyses showed that the

SFPCS capacP.y with one pump and the plate heat exchanger in operation was

sufficient to limit pool temperatures to 150F for the assumed in-core hold times

4

'

prior to discharge. The only single failure assumed in any of the licensing basis

analyses was one of the two SFPCS pumps.

The licensee also analyzed the time to boil under emergency conditions in which the

heat exchanger assisted forced pool cooling becomes unavailable for any reason.

This analysis was also conservative and assumed the pool was at the maximum

allowed temperature of 150F when cooling was lost and the maximum heat load

,- ...

y

_g

I

.

.

.

43

was present. The calculated minimum time from loss of cocMg to pool boiling was

just over 7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br /> (7.09) with a maximum boil-off (required mak."p) rate of 47 gpm.

The analysis showed that if no action were taken to replenish the pool inventory,

l

the time to fuel uncovery was about three days (68 hours7.87037e-4 days <br />0.0189 hours <br />1.124339e-4 weeks <br />2.5874e-5 months <br />).

The licensee has the capability to make up to the SFP from either the RWST or the

fire water Eystem powered by a diesel fire water pump. In the S3icty Evabation

i

dated 1/22/93, the NRC found that the contingency plan of cooling the pool by

allowing the poo! to boil and adding makeup water in the event of a complete loss

of cooling met the guidance of SRP 9.1.3, and was therefore acceptable.

Desian Versus Actual Heat Loads

The inspector compared the actual maximum heat loads against the conservative

l

assumptions used in the licensing basis thermal analyses. For Amendment #188,

,

the licensee demonstrated that the SFPCS was sufficient to handle a worst case

i

heat load of 22.4 X 10+ 6 Btu /hr, which assumed a full core offload at the end of

plant life in 2007 with all 1480 storage locations filled. The present pool plus core

{

inventory is (862 + 157 =) 1019 spent fuel assemblies. This numb.tr when placed

'

in the tool is less than the previous analyzed (licensed) limit of 11. 72; thus, the past

licensing basis thermal analysis is still bounding.

Howevor, using the Amendment 188 analyses, the assumed rever temperature was

90F; the actual temperature in October 1996 is about 55F, and the river is cooling

.

down. The minimum core residency time in the analysis was assumed to be about

7 days prior to discharge to the pool. The reactor was shut down on July 22,

1996, and as of November 1 the fuel has decayed for 116 days. The estimated

i

combined heat load of the core and the old fuelin the SFP is now less than 5.6 X

10+ 6 Btu /hr, which is within the capacity of either the plate or the shell heat

exchanger operating with a single SFP pump. The time to boilin the spent fuel pool

prior to core offload was 252 hours0.00292 days <br />0.07 hours <br />4.166667e-4 weeks <br />9.5886e-5 months <br />, which decreased to about 60 hours6.944444e-4 days <br />0.0167 hours <br />9.920635e-5 weeks <br />2.283e-5 months <br /> with all

'

1019 fuel assemblies in the pool.

Abnormal Operatina Procedures

The licensee has contingency plans to mitigate a loss of SFP cooling. Blind flanges

are installed in the SFPCS piping at the inlet and outlet of the heat exchangers that

could be used with diesel powered pumps to provide continued forced cooling;

however, this method is no longer credited. AOP 3.2-59 provides several methods

for supplying alternate cooling and providing makeup to the pool. The licensee has

recently demonstrated the capability to implement compensatory measures to

provide alternate service water cooling to the SFPCS heat exchangers. Emergercy

procedure 3.1-10 provides direction for the operator to power MCC2 from B

electrical train Bus 7. This would be accomplished by manipulating 480 volt

i

breakers in the A switchgear room. The inspector estimated through interviews and

'

a walk through of the procedure that the contingency could be implemented in less

than 1.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. The licensee has used this lineup in the past during plant outages.

1

1

-.

_

_

_

. _. _ _

.

_ . .-

_

_.

. . . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _

,

.

I

i

I

'

l

l

44

i

i

The existing instructions in EOP 3.1-10 (revision 17) would provide B train power to

'

P21-1 A. The EOP further directs the operator to request technical support to

process a bypass jumper to power P21-1B from the P21-1 A breaker with jumper

j

cables. A bypass could be used to provide A or B train power to P21-1B either

j

locally at MCC2, or at the pump. Finally, the licensee prepared a change to the

EOPs to provide a method to provide B train power to P21-1B without the use of

2

jumpers (by using 480 volt breaker manipulations to bring Bus 7 power to Bus 5 via

!

'

MCCS).

The inspector concluded that, despite the single train vulnerabilities inherent in the

as-built SFPCS design, there were multiple power supplies for the A train electrical

system, as well as several viable methods to provide alternative power feeds to the

SFPCS from the B electrical distribution system.

Clarified Licensina Basis - Sinale Failure Criteria

l

The licensee issued a change to the bases of TS 3/4.9.15 under 10 CFR 50.59

(reviewed by PORC), that clarified the intent of the licensing basis. The revised

bases (TS Clarification Sheet C-TSC-072 dated 10/23/96) defined that the

requirement to have both SFP cooling pumps operable provides backup capability in

l

the event that an operating pump fails. This action was completed to address ACR

96-1239 prior to entry into Mode 6.

l

The NRC Safety Evaluation dated January 22,1996 issued in support of

Amendment #188 contains wording that tends to broaden the single failure features

,

intended by the design or the licensee submittals. In particular, in Section 2.2 on

page 5, second paragraph, the SER states..."Three scenarios were evaluated: end-

,

of-cycle with full core offload, end of cycle and single active failure in the SFPCS,

i

and an emergency core offload..." Again, in Section 2.2 on pages 5-6, last

paragraph states..."Results of the revised analysis also indicate that in order for the

SFPCS to maintain the pool water temperature at or below 150F during refueling

with a full core offload and a single f ailure in the SFPCS, it is necessary to impose a

fuel handling delay time after shutdown..." Further, the bases for TS 3/4.9.15

suggests that redundant pump operability would require redundant power supplies.

c.

Conclusions

The SFPCS was not designed to perform its functier under any postulated single

f ailure, and relied on a single electrical distribution system (Train A). The SFPCS

was designed to provided adequate cooling for a full core offload, assuming the loss

of one of the two spent fuel pool cooling pumps. The licensing basis did not

represent that the SFPCS was single failure proof in support of license Amendments

  1. 7 and #188; however, the licensing basis lacks details regarding the electrical

power supply for the SFPCS, and it is not clear that the electrical system

vulnerabilities were recognized during the licensing reviews for Amer.cn.ents #7 and

  1. 188.

_

_

_

_ - - . _ ,

-

.-

-

- _

.

.

.

.

45

1

The licensee has emergency procedures in place that provide alternate methods to

provide power to the SFPC pumps from the train B electrical system; further

procedures were changed to provide additional alternate methods. The licensee has

evaluated the complete loss of spent fuel cooling and has shown that event can be

successfully mitigated. This matter is considered unresolved pending further review

of this issue by NRR and NRC management to determine whether any new

information is present that warrants further licensing action (UNR 96-11-07).

E2.6 Refuelina Boron Concentration

a.

Inspection Scone (37551)

The inspector reviewed licensee evaluations of the minimum reactor coolant system

boron concentration needed to assure the minimum shutdown requirements of

'

Technical Specification 3.9.1 were met.

'

b.

Observations and Findinas

The Core 20 design analyses to support the use of higher enriched reactor fuelin

operating cycle 20 required the refueling boron concentration be 2400 ppm in the

reactor coolant system. The licensee determined that a lower boron concentration

was needed to meet shutdown margin requirements for end of operating cycle 19

.

conditions, taking credit for fuel burnup. The licensee left the new higher enriched

fuel for cycle 20 stored in the new fuel storage vault due to the pending decision

,

regarding the permanent shutdown of Haddam Neck. The results of the engineering

j

evaluation were documented in a memorandum dated October 8,1996 (NE-F-339).

j

The licensee determined that a boron concentration of 1370 ppm would ensure the

Mode 6 core multiplication factor would be less than 0.94 under all rods out

conditions, and less than 0.89 with all rods inserted. The analysis also assured

acceptable results were obtained for a postulated boron dilution event.

.

c.

Conclusions

The licensee established an acceptable administrative limit on RCS minimum boron

concentration of 1400 ppm. No inadequacies were identified.

E7

Quality Assurance in Engineering Activities

E7.1

Missed Commitments

a.

Insoection Scoce

The inspection scope evaluated the apparent causes and potential safety impact of

missed commitments to a previous NRC violation and deviation.

.-

t

s

.

.

e

46

b.

Observations and Findinas

in early November,1996, the licensee informed the inspector that two of four

commitments in response to a violation and deviation in inspection report 50-

213/96-04 were not completed within the time frame documented to the NRC. The

licensee's commitments were identified in a letter to the NRC on August 21,1996.

The two commitments that were not completed:

1)

A comprehensive review of the inadequate safety evaluation that allowed for

a sling attachment to the fuel handling tool in the spent fuel pool to be

completed by October 31,1996

2)

A maintenance department revision to a on-the-job (OJT) training guide to

require verification of physical qualification of crane operators by September

30,1996.

The cause for missing the commitments was that no internal assignment was made

to complete these actions, and the licensing person assigned to initiate the

assignments was inexperienced. Notwithstanding these apparent causes, two of

the four commitments were completed by the licensee's responsible departments

initiation of an internal assignment.

For the first commitment, the licensee has subsequently initiated a safety evaluation

and proposed UFSAR change to allow fuel handling activities in the spent fuel pool

without the use of a sling.

The inspector confirmed that part of the second commitment had been completed

by revising procedure work u qtrol manual (WCM) 2.2-9 on August 28,1996,

however one OJT guide for the containmert polar crane had yet to be completed.

,

The inspector verified that the OJT guides for the turbine building, RCA yard crane

had been completed by September 30,1996. The inspector also confirmed that

containment polar crane operators during the current shutdown met the physical

requirements of ANSI B 30.2.

At the end of the inspection, the licensee was completing actions to complete the

corrective actions associated with the notice of violation in inspection report 50-

213/96-04 with the initiation of an adverse condition report. The failure to

implement two commitments within the time frame provided did not constitute

additional violations of NRC requirements, but were examples of ineffective actions

to avoid future violations or deviations. The inspector will evaluate licensee actions

during review of open items 96-004-02 and 96-004-03.

c.

Conclusions

Licensee failed to implement two commitments in response to a violation and a

deviation due to less than adequate internal assignment development and

inexperience personnel in the licensing organization.

... ..

. - _ . ~ _

- - . - - . _ . -

_ - - .

-

.-

... .

-_-

-

.

.

47

-

!

E8

Miscellaneous Engineering issues (92902)

f

E8.1

(Open) URI 96-01-03: RVLIS Desian Basis

!

Previous inspection

in NRC Inspection 96-01 the inspectors reviewed the methods used by the licensee

l

to bypass a sensor in the RVLIS system and also reviewed the technical and safety

!

evaluations to justify the continued use of the affected RVLIS channel.

I

During operating cycles 18 and 19 sensors #6 and #8 on the"A" RVLIS probe had

]

become inoperable and were bypassed, in December 1995 sensor #7 on the same

,

probe showed erratic indication. At that point it was the last operable sensor in the

)

area between the top of the fuel and the top of the hot leg nozzle. Subsequent

investigations and repairs resulted in the restoration of all but sensor #6 to

operation prior to plant restart.

However, the licensee noted during a review for a potential bypass for sensor #7

that although the RVLIS train would remain operable within the technical

specification requirements, the lack of any RVLIS indication in the lower plenum

area at the area of the inlet and outlet nozzles would degrade technical assessment

capabilities following postulated accident conditions. The inspectors concluded that

the matter required further licensee review to determine whether the technical

specifications as written were adequate.

The inspectors found that the affected channel was operable in accordance with the

plant technical specification requirements and that the modifications were

adequately addressed in the emergency operating procedures. However, the issue

was unresolved pending further licensee review to: (i) assure the methods to

bypass inoperable RVLIS sensors provides a conservative level indication; and, (ii)

assure the present licensing basis is adequate to maintain RVLIS fully functional for

intended uses under design basis conditions.

Current inspection

During the current inspection the inspectors reviewed the status of the RVLIS

system and licensee actions regarding inoperable sensors.

The inspectors reviewed the operating experience associated with the system and

the process for addressing sensor failures. The period reviewed was from 1992 to

'

the present. The inspector found that the system had a significant number of

sensor failures up to the time that the probes were replaced in 1993. The initial

probes had individual cables for each of the 8 sensors and some of the failures

resulted with cable and/or connector problems. The model probes that were

installed in 1993 have a single cable and connector design and there is currently

only one failed sensor (sensor #6 in the "A" probe).

.

.

.

.

.

__

_ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

. _ _ ._

_

!

.

..

48

'

!

!

Operation with failed sensors was controlled primarily through the use of bypass

'

jumpers. The bypass jumper process provides controls for the performance of

technical and safety evaluations to support the bypassing of failed sensors. The

'

.

inspectors reviewed safety evaluations associated with several bypass jumpers and

l

found that the safety evaluations were detailed and included an evaluation of

'

specific emergency operating procedure (EOP) changes that would be implemented

i

as a result of the failed sensors. The bypass jumper, the safety evaluation and

'

procedure changes are reviewed by the Plant Operations Review Committee

i

(PORC). The licensee personnel interviewed indicated that normally all of the

documents are presented to PORC at the same meeting and that there is not a

'

significant delay in implementing the necessary procedure changes. The inspector

'

noted that on February 5,1992, bypass jumper 92-010 was written to address the

failure of sensors 1 A,6A,6B,7B, and 8B. The safety evaluation was completed by

engineering on February 10,1995. The bypass jumper and associated safety

>

evaluation were approved for implementation by PORC on February 11,1992. The

-

refueling was completed and critical operations resumed in March 1992.

i

On June 14,1996, a technical specification clarification for the RVLIS system was

'

approved by the PORC. The TS requires that at least three of the lower six sensors

(plenum region) be operable and one of the two upper sensors (upper head) be

-

operable to consider the RVLIS channel to be operable. The clarification specified

i

that of the six lower sensors at least one of sensors 6,7, or 8 be operable for the

'

channel to be considered operable. The verticallocation of sensors 6,7 and 8 are at

the centerline of the hot leg nozzle, at the bottom of the hot leg nozzle and just

above the top of the fuel, respectively. The inspector noted that if sensors 7 and 8

i

were inoperable and sensor 6 was operable the RVLIS channel may not provide any

useful indication of core coverage depending on where the postulated pipe break

'

was located. For example, if the break was in the hot leg piping, water injected by

the safety injection systems could be lost through the break and level may never

recover to the centerline of the hot leg (i.e. location of sensor 6). The licensee

agreed with this assessment and subsequently revised the TS clarification on

,

September 20,1996, to require that either sensor 7 or 8 be operable to consider a

RVLIS train operable. The inspectors noted that prior to issuance of the TS

clarification, the procedure changes were evaluated on a case-by-case basis

depending on which sensors were inoperable and these evaluations reflected the

approach delineated in the TS clarification.

The licensee indicated that the TS clarification will be considered for incorporation

into TSs if the licensee converts to the improved standard technical specification

format.

The inspector concluded that the licensee had implemented appropriate procedure

changes in response to sensor failures and that the replacement of the RVLIS

probes had improved the reliability of the system. The inspector also noted the

failure of the licensee to identify the inadequacy of the technical specification to be

another example of a weakness in the independent review process. This item

.

7-_

_ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _

_. _ _ _ _ .

!

.

- c.

I

J

1

.

l

49

1

i

.

remains open pending final licensee disposition, and NRC review, of the original

issues in unresolved item 50-213/96-01-03 as summarized above.

j

E8.2 (Open) URI 96-02-03: Control Room Habitability

This item was open pending the completion of licensee actions to validate the

i

procedure used to assess control room habitability under degraded plant conditions.

Licensee action on this matter was summarized in a memorandum dated May 14,

,

1996 (HP-96-070). The licensee provided an integrated review of procedure RPM

i

2.3-3, which included participation by health physics, operations, engineering,

j

licensing, radiological assessment, and emergency planning groups. Several

i

deficiencies were identified and addressed: a determination that procedure EPlP 15-

31 was the appropriate reference for guidance to monitor the control room

,

radiological environment under degraded plant conditions; improving protective

action guidelines to better protect control room personnel; adding instructions to

evacuate non-essential personnel in order to assure sujficient breathing apparatus

for essential control room personnel; upgrading the scgtt air packs from the current

,

j

Scott lla to the newer 4.5 versions; and, a plan to include.in a subsequent operator

training cycle to have operators wear respiratory equipment during training at the

simulator to demonstrate the ability to safely operate the plant under degraded

conditions.

On September 18,1996, the licensee identified additional discrepancies in the

,

'

assessment of control room habitability, as documented in ACR 96-1063. The

deficiency was identified by the configuration management group during reviews to

upgrade the licensing and design basis for the plant. The licensee found that no

f

calculations existed for the control room dose with the existing as-built ventilation

system, and no calculation existed to support the adequacy of the use of self-

contained breathing supplies to ensure control room habitability during design a

basis accident. This finding highlighted a deficiency in the licensee actions to close

NUREG-0737 Item lli.D.3.4 on Control Room Habitability for both,Haddam Neck and

Millstone 1. This item remains open pending further review by the NRC.

E8.3 (Closed) VIO 94-22-02: AFW Support Loadina

This issue concerned inadequate corrective action that allowed a loss of control of

the seismic qualification of a Auxiliary Feedwater Pump (AFW) piping restraint.

During the installation of a new non-safety grade AFW system and associated

piping CY, engineering personnel identified that the seismic restraint separating the

j

safety grade and non-safety grade AFW piping was in an unanalyzed condition due

i

to omission of two valves in the load analysis. The unanalyzed condition had

existed for about seven days.

Once the condition was identified, immediate action was taken to break the tie

between the operable and the new systems, eliminating the seismic interaction

concerns. The deficiency occurred because the discipline engineer was not involved

in the pre-construction walkdown review of the rnodification. Several previous

,

_

_ __ _

._

-

.- _ . _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ __ .__ _ . ._

,

.

.

.

i

!

50

Plant Information Reports (PIRs) had identified similar conditions adverse to quality

that involved piping supports that affected the seismic qualification of operable

i

l

portions of safety related equipment.

i

CY attributed the cause of the event to a weakness in work controls that did not

'

l

prevent the coupling of non seismically qualified modifications into existing qualified

l

l

piping. The inspector reviewed the root cause evaluation for the event and

!

corrective actions taken which included: procedural changes which included

j

enhancements for performing pre-construction walkdown checklists, and pre-job

briefings. The PIR process was replaced with the Adverse Condition Resolution

'

Program, which promotes increased reporting of events, and conditions adverse to

l

quality to increase the effectiveness of investigation and corrective actions and

'

l

allows screening of past events to reveal similarities and past corrective actions

I

taken. Based on the review of the completed actions, this item is closed.

!

E8.4 Review of LERs MO 96-11-08, eel 96-11-09 eel 96-11-10)

!

a.

inspection Scope (92700,90712)

i

The purpose of this inspection was to review licensee event reports (LERs) to verify

the requirements of 10 CFR 50.72 and 50.73 were met.

i

b.

Observations and Findinas

l

LER 96-13, CAR Fan Piping Susceptible to Water Hammer

l

'

This LER concerned the operation of the plant with inoperable containment air

i

recirculation fans. This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This

l

item is closed.

LER 96-14, Containment Sump Screens Not Sized as Expected

,

'

This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path.

i

This issue was previously reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.

l

LER 96-16, inadequate RHR Pump NPSH

l

This LER concerned the operation of the plant with an inoperable ECCS flow path

j

and the inadequate assurance that the RHR pumps would perform their design

,

i

function under design basis bccident conditions. This issue was previously

reviewed in inspection 96-08. This item is closed.

LER 96-19, Pin Hole Leak on RHR Heat Exchanger. Valve

i

This LER concerned the discovery of degraded conditions in the RHR system. The

issue was previously reviewed in inspections 96-10 and 96-80, and in Section 02.1

above. This item is closed.

-

-

-

-.

_.

.

_

___

_

_

_

_ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - _ _ _ .

_.

.

.

I

e

I

51

j

LER 96-20, Fuel Transfer Tube Bellows Not Tested

!

This LER concerned the discovery that a containment piping penetration had not

i

been tested as required, as was previously reviewed in Inspection 96-08. This

.

event is similar to another deficiency identified in the containment leakage rate

l

program, as describe in LER 96-28 below. This item is closed.

LER 96-21, Valve Leakage Results in Nitrogen Intrusion

This LER concerned plant operation in Mode 5 with a nitrogen bubble in the reactor

head, as was described in inspections 96-80 and 96-10. This item is closed.

LER 96-22, RCS Loop Stop Valves Opened Without Timely Sample

,

This LER concerned the failure to obtain a timely boron sample of the reactor

coolant system prior to unisolating the loops, as described in Inspection 96-80.

This LER is closed.

i

l

LER 96-24, B RHR Pump inoperable

This event involved the discovery on September 1,1996 that the B RHR pump was

i

in operable. The licersee root cause evaluation was completed on September 23,

which concluded that the pump had been inoperable since it was last run on August

19, and failed on shutdown at that time. The pump f ailed due to a combination of

original manufacturing defects and a maginal design in the tolerances of internal

components in the rotating element. NRC review of the purnp failure and the NRC

findings relative to the event are provided in Inspection reports 96-80 and 96-10.

The inspector had no further questions regarding the response actions for the event.

The licensee determined on September 24 that the event was reportable per

50.72(a)(2)(i)(B) as operation in a condition prohibited by Technical Specification 3.4.1.4.2, since immediate action to return the pump to service was not taken

during the period from August 19 to September 1. The inspector noted that the

licensee did not know that the B RHR pump was inoperable prior to September 1.

Nonetheless, the event was also reportable to the NRC under another 50.73

reporting criteria.

The B RHR pump was operated intermittently as needed for decay heat removal

'

following the plant shutdown on July 22,1996 until the pump failed when

shutdown on August 19. The design basis for the pump following a design basis

event is to operate for an indefinite period (generally greater than 30 days) in the

long term recirculation mode following a postu;sted loss of coolant accident. Due to

!

the inherent manuf acturing defects and marginal design, the pump was in capable

l.

of performing its design function had the plant experienced a design basis event

,

l

prior to the shutdown on July 22. Thus, the event was reportable under

l

50.73(a)(2)(ii)(B) as a condition that resulted in the plant being operated outside the

j

design basis. The NRC reporting guidance in NUREG 1022, Revision 1 for

i

i

. -

--

_

.

__

-

_ . . _

_ _ - - _

.

.

.

52

50.73(a)(2)(ii) states (on page 37) that an example of a condition that is reportable

is the discovery that one train of a required two train safety system has been

incapable performing its design function for an extended period of time during

operation. This would be considered operation outside the design basis because for

an extended period of time, the system did not have suitable redundancy.

As such, the failure of the B RHR pump was also reportable to the NRC under 10 CFR 50.72(b)(1)(ii) and a one (1) hour noti'ication to the NRC Operations Center

should have been made when the root cause analysis and reportability reviews were

completed on September 24,1996. The failure to make the required notification

was a violation of 10 CFR 50.72 (VIO 96-11-08).

l

LER 96-26, Weld Flaws in SFP SW Piping

This LER concerned the discovery of degraded pipe and pipe welds in the service

j

water piping supplying cooling to the spent fuel cooling system, as described in

section M.2.2 above. The preliminary root cause evaluation was that a lack of root

weld penetration and poor weld fitup contributed to the weld flaws. A failure

analysis was planned to determine the cause of the weld degradation, and the

results reported in a supplemental LER. The licensee's safety assessment of all

defects concluded that the spent fuel pool cooling function was not compromised.

This LER is closed.

e

LER 96-27, Boron injection Flow Path Below Minimum Temperature

j

During reviews on October 8 to assure plant system readiness to enter Mode 6, a

system engineer identified discrepancies with the temperature instruments (in panel

HT-BA-PNL-A&B) used to perform surveillances per Technical Specification

4.1.2.1.a on the heat traced portion of the baron injection flow path. The

'

instruments are used per TS 4.1.2.1.a to verify that the heat traced portion of the

flow path was above 140 degrees F when a flow path from the boric acid path was

used. The discrepancy was that the temperature instruments had not been subject

to periodic calibration.

The licensee used portable instruments to verify the accuracy of the instruments.

On October 10, the licensee identified certain locations in the boron injection flow

path in which the temperatures were below the TS required minimum of 140

degrees F, which rendered the associated portions of the boration system

inoperable. The licensee measured temperatures as low as 120 F in the gravity

feed line to the metering pump, and 90 F at the suction of the charging pumps at

the junction of the discharge from the boric acid pumps. This adverse condition

was addressed in ACR 96-1196. The licensee reported this event as plant

operation outside the licensing basis, and past plant operations in a condition

contrary to the technical specifications.

The cause of this event was inadequate desion of control circuits used to monitor

flow path temperatures and energize heat trace circuits as necessary to maintain

..

3 --

-

.-

_ - . .-.

.- - - .

-

- . -

--

-

. - -

_.

.

,

)

'

53

minimum temperature. The licensee also failed to provide an adequate surveillance

'

program to assure the instruments relied upon to meet TS requirements were

accurate. The design used heat trace circuits with 9 watts per foot and 6 watts per

foot cable. Temperature detectors used to energize the heat trace circuits were

located near the high power heat trace cable, which also controlled the low power

circuits. Further, the licensee found that the temperature detectors were not placed

in the optimum locations that would assure the coolest portions of the circuit

remained above the 140 F limit. Finally, the event indicated ineffective corrective

action in response to inspection item 93-01-01, in that the licensee took action to

assure that instruments used to satisfy TS surveillance requirements were

periodically calibrated. The actions at that time failed to identify the present

deficiencies.

The purpose of the heat trace circuits was to assure the fluid in the boron injection

flow path remained above the solubility temperature and thus preclude precipitation

of the high concentration (as high as 22,500 ppm) boric acid. Despite the

i

deficiencies in the heat trace circuit design and calibration, the affected flow paths

l

remained operable as demonstrated by a recent test (SUR 5.1-146 in August 1996)

l

and operations that passed water through the associated piping. This discrepancy

I

had no impact on analyzed accidents. UFSAR Section 15.2.3 describes the

licensee's analysis of the inadvertent boron dilution event. The accident analyses

only credits the use of alarms and monitors to detect the dilution and then manual

operator action to terminate the event prior to the loss of shutdown margin. Thus,

the safety consequences of the boric acid heat trace discrepancy was low.

The licensee took actions to: (i) assure a boration flow path was operable per TS 3.1.2.1 for operation in Mode 5 and 6 (the flow path from the refueling water

storage tank was used); (ii) restore the gravity feed flow path to an operable status

prior to core offload operations by replacing the higher wattage cables with low

wattage cable; and (iii) revise procedures to enhance the periodic monitoring of heat

trace circuits with hand held digital probes.

Plant operation with heat trace circuits in the boron injection flow path less than

140 degrees F was contrary to Technical Specification 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2. (eel

96-11-09).

LER 96-28, Containment Air Lock Hydraulics Not Leak Rate Tested

During a review of a proposed modification of the containment personnel air lock

!

hydraulic system, the licensee identified on October 16 that penetration CN-2 did

j

not meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50 Appendix J and had never been Type B

'

'

leak rate tested. The licensee reported this event as a condition that would have

j

resulted in the plant operating in an unanalyzed condition, and as a condition that

j

alone could have prevented the fulfillment of a safety function needed to mitigate an

l

,

!

accident.

\\

'

._.

-

_

_ . _ _ _ _ _ _

,

,

,

.

,

54

i

The hydraulic system penetrates the primary containment boundary as a non-

!

seismic, non-QA system with no isolation provision for penetration CN-2. Although

the hydraulic hoses and seals are tested as part of the air lock Type B test and the

containment Type A test, the oil reservoir was not vented to atmosphere during

those tests and therefore, the past leak rate tests would not have verified the

,

pressure integrity of the hydraulic system. During a postulated design basis LOCA,

i

'

the containment atmosphere pressure would displace the hydraulic fluid through the

inner hydraulic seals and fittings, through the tubing inside the airlock, and then

escape from the containment through the outer mechanical seals and fittings. This

pathway would allow an untreated leakage path of containment atmosphere to the

environment. The licensee's assessment was that this condition had low safety

significance because, although the potential leak path existed, the amount of

leakage would be greatly reduced by the restrictions provided by the components in

the system, the tortuous path for release, and the resistance provided by the

hydraulic fluid.

Section ll.G of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J defines Type B tests as tests intended to

,

measure leakage across leakage limiting boundary for primary reactor containment

penetrations, including piping penetrations. Technical Specification 4.6.1.2

implements the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix J. Technical Specification 4.6.1.2.d states that containment leakage rates shall be demonstrated in

conformance with the criteria in Appendix J of 10 CFR 50, and that Type B tests

shall be conducted at intervals to greater than 24 months and at a pressure not less

that Pa,39.6 psig. The f ailure to test the containment penetration CN-2 using a

Type B test to measure the leakage is an apparent violation of 10 CFR 50, Appendix

J, and Technical Specification 4.6.1.2.d (eel 96-11-10). The inspector noted that

this violation was similar to the failure to test penetration P-50 (reference inspection

item 96-08-08 and LER 96-20),

c.

Conclusions

The events reported by the licensee provided additional examples of discrepancies

in the design and licensing basis, deficiencies in translating the licensing basis into

practice, in reduced margins for shutdown operations and SFP cooling, inadequate

reporting of plant events, and ineffective corrective actions.

1

i

IV. Plant Support

i

S1

Conduct of Security and Safeguards Activities

a.

inspection Scope

The inspector reviewed the security program during the period of

September 23-26,1996. Areas inspected included: effectiveness of management

control; management support and audits; protected area detection equipment; alarm

.

.

.

55

stations and communication; testing, maintenance and compensatory measures;

and training and qualification. The purpose of this inspection was to determine

whether the licensee's security program, as implemented, met the licensee's

commitments and NRC regulatory requirements.

b.

Observations and Findinas

Management support is ongoing as evidenced by the timely completion of the

vehicle barrier system and the installation of the biometrics hand geometry system

to provide more positive plant access control. Alarm station operators were

knowledgeable of their duties and responsibilities, security training was being

performed in accordance with the NRC-approved training and qualification plan and

. the training were well documented and available for review. Management controls

for identifying, resolving, and preventing programmatic problems were effective and

noted as a programmatic strength.

Protected area (PA) detection equipment satisfy the NRC-approved physical security

plan (the Plan) commitments and security equipment testing was being performed

as required in the Plan. Maintenance of security equipment was being performed in

a timely manner as evidenced by minimal compensatory posting associated with

non-functioning security equipment, and maintenance documentation weaknesses

noted during the previous inspection had improved.

c.

Conclusions

The inspector determined that the licensee was implementing a security program

that effectively protects public health and safety. Weaknesses noted during the

previous inspection, conducted in October 1995,in the area of training and

maintenance documentation, had been corrected.

S2

Status of Security Facilities and Equipment

S2.1

Protected Area Detection Aids

a.

Inspection Scope

The inspector conducted a physical inspection of the PA intrusion detection systems

(IDSs) to verify that the systems were functional, effective, and met licensee

commitments.

b.

Observations and Fir'd;nac and Conclusions

On September 23,1996, the inspector determined by observation that the IDSs

were functional and effective, and were installed and maintained as described in the

Plan.

_

,

,

.

.

56

S2.2 Alarm Stations and Communications

a.

inspection Scoce

Determination whether the Central Alarm Station (CAS) and Secondary Alarm

.

Station (SAS) are: (1) equipped with appropriate alarm, surveillance and

'

communication capability, (2) continuously manned by operators, and that (3) the

systems are independent and diverse so that no single act can remove the capability

,

of detecting a threat and calling for assistance, or otherwise responding to the

threat.

l

b.

Observations. Findinas and Conclusions

Observation of CAS and SAS operations verified that the alarm stations were

equipped with the appropriate alarm, surveillance, and communication capabilities.

Interviews with CAS and SAS operators found them knowledgeable of their duties

and responsibilities. The inspector also verified through observation and interviews

that the CAS and SAS operators were not required to engage in activities that

would interfere with the assessment and response functions, and that the licensee

had exercised communications methods with the locallaw enforcement agencies as

committed to in the Plan.

S2.3 Testina, Maintenance and Compensatorv Measures

a.

Insoection Scope

Determination whether programs were implemented that will ensure the reliability of

security related equipment, including proper installation, testing and maintenance to

replace defective or marginally effective equipment. Additionally, determination

whether security related equipment failed, the compensatory measures put in place

was comparable to the effectiveness of the security system that existed prior to the

j

failure.

)

b.

Observations and Findinas

Review of testing and maintenance records for security-related equipment confirmed

that the records were on file, and that the licensee was testing and maintaining

systems and equipment as committed to in the Plan. During the previous inspection

conducted October 2-6,1995, severalinstances were identified where equipment

had been repaired for months, but the maintenance documentation needed to close

out the work request had not been completed. The inspector determined based on

a review of security equipment maintenance records, including open work requests,

and discussions with security mandgement, that actions taken to address the

'

problem were effective. A priority status was assigned to each work request and

repairs were normally being completed within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from the time a work

request, necessitating compensatory measures, was generated.

I

I

.7_

_

_-

_ _ . _ _ . _

- _ -

_ . _

__

_

_. _ _

.

<

=

t

i

!

!

!

'

.

l

j

57

@

c.

Conclusions

{

Security equipment repairs were being completed in a timely manner and

!

maintenance documentation problems were corrected. The use of compensatory

I

measures was found to be appropriate and minimal.

S5

Security and Safeguards Staff Training and Qualification

l

a.

Insoection Scope

!

Determination whether members of the security organization were trained and

I

j

qualified to perform each assigned security related job task or duty in accordance

I

with the NRC-approved training and qualification (T&O) plan.

i

b.

Observations and Findinas

.i

!

The inspector selected at random and reviewed the training, physica., and firearms

'

qualification /requalification records of ten security force members (SFMs).

l

During the previous inspection, conducted October 2-6,1995, the inspector noted

i

several training records which had anomalies, involving lapses in SFM certification,

!

for which there were no clear explanations recorded. Some files contained an

I

,

explanatory memorandum indicating that the lapse was due to an extended period

l

of leave, but few were dated, or contained details. To address the concern, the

!

training department reviewed the documentation process and took appropriate

4

action. No unexplained anomalies were identified during the inspector's review of

'

the randomly selected training records. Additionally, the inspector interviewed a

number of SFMs to determine if they possessed the requisite knowledge and ability

<

to carry out their assigned duties.

t

j

c.

Conclusions

j

4

The inspector determined that the training had been conducted in accordance with

the T&O plan, and that it was prop.erly documented. Based on the SFMs responses

to the inspectors' questions, the training provided by the security training staff was

,

effective.

S6

Security Organization and Administration

.

'

a.

Inspection Scope

I

A review of the level of management support for the licensee's physical security

j

program was conducted.

'

,

b.

Observations and Findinas

The inspector reviewed various program enhancements made since the last

'

inspection, which was conducted in October 1995, with security management.

,

These enhancements included the timely completion of the vehicle barrier system

installation, procurement and installation of the hand geometry /biometrics system to

r-

-

-

-e

. .. ,_

.,.

.- -.

.

.

.

.

. - - . -- .

- . _ _

_

_.

,

_ . -

.

.

4

i

i

!

a

{

58

l

!

provide more positive plant access, installation of new closed circuit monitors in the

CAS/SAS to improve observation of PA barrier, and the allocation of monetary

j

resources for additional training initiatives and improvements. Additionally, the

{

inspector reviewed shift rosters, organizational charts, and payroll records to

,

determine if the security force was adequately staffed and if SFM's were working

excessive hours due to low manning. The inspector determined based on the

results of the document reviews and discussions with licensee and contractor

]

supervision, and SFMs that manning levels were adequate and overtime was being

properly controlled.

i

c.

Conclusions

Management support for the physical security program was determined to be

]

excellent.

j

.

S7

Quality Assurance in Security and Safeguards Activities

I

S7.1 Effectiveness of Manaaement Controls

a.

Insoection Scope

A review of the licensee's controls for identifying, resolving and preventing -

programmatic problems was conducted,

b.

Observations and Findinas

The inspector determined that the licensee had controls for identifying, resolving,

and preventing security program problems. These controls included the

performance of the required annual quality assurance (QA) audits, a formalized self-

assessment program, and ongoing shift oversight by supervisors. The licensee also

utilized industry data, such as violations of regulatory requirements identified by the

NRC at other facilities, as a criterion for self-assessment.

,

c.

Conclusions

A review of documentation applicable to the programs indicated that initiatives to

minimize security performance errors and identify and resolve potential weaknesses

were being implemented and were effective.

I

i

S7.2 Audits

!

.

a.

Inspection Scope

i

The inspector reviewed the licensee's audit of the security program to determine if

the licensee's commitments as contained in the NRC-approved physical security

plan were being satisfied,

l

. . 3

=

..-

-

. - . - - .

.-

~

_

.

. ~ .

--

.

.

.

59

b.

Observations and Findinas

i

The inspector reviewed the 1995 QA audit of the security program conducted

l

between September 6 - November 1,1995, (Audit No. A25109). The inspector

l

determined that the audit was conducted in accordance with the Plan and that the

'

I

results were distributed to appropriate levels of management. The audit identified

'

three findings, two unresolved items and one recommendation. The audit findings

addressed potential weaknesses in record retention, lock and key control and key

card record accountability. The inspector determined that the noted findings were

not indicative of programmatic weaknesses or noncompliance with regulatory

requirements, but would enhance program effectiveness. The inspector also

determined, based on discussions with security management and a review of the

,

responses to the findings, that the corrective actions were effective.

'

i

c.

. Conclusions

The review concluded that the audit was comprehensive in scope and depth, that

the findings were approp iately distributed and that the programs were being

]

properly administered.

'

F2

Status of Fire Protection Facilities and Equipment

i

F2.1

Fire Protection Svstem Valve Flanae Cracks

a.

Inspection Scoce

The inspection scope was to evaluate licensee compensatory actions in response to

fire suppression system corrective maintenance.

b.

Observations and Findinas

On October 18,1996, maintenance mechanics were replacing fire system valve FP-

V-123. During the torquing of the fasteners for the threaded cast iron flange, the

flange cracked. The licensee replaced the cast iron flange and restored the fire

header back to service on October 22,1996. The inspector noted that the

mechanics were not provided any specific guidance on the maximum torque

specification for the cast iron flange.

On October 21, the inspector confirmed tag clearance 96-1011 provided adequate

isolation and protection to the workers in the fire protection system. Additionally,

the inspector confirmed that the licensee was appropriately implementing

j

compensatory measures in the technical requirements manual sections ll.1.C.3.1.a,

and ll.1.g.3.1.

t

l

__

g-

7

_

._

_

_ _..

_ - -

._. _ _ . _ . _

_ _ _ _ _

!

.

.

,

60

c.

Conclusions

,

The inspector noted that mechanics were not provided. specific guidance on the

!

maximum torque for fasteners on a threaded cast iron flange. Appropriate technical

I

requirements manual compensatory actions were taken.

V. Manaaement Meetinas

X1

Exit Meeting Summary

The inspectors presented the inspection results to members of licensee management

at the conclusion of the inspect lon on November 27,1996. The licensee

acknowledged the findings presented.

The inspectors asked the licensee whether any materials examined during the

inspection should be considered proprietary. No proprietary information was

identified.

X4

Review of Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR)

A recent discovery of a licensee operating its facility in a manner contrary to the

UFSAR description highlighted the need for a special focused review that compares

plant practices, procedures, and parameters to the UFSAR description. The

inspector reviewed licensee activities for conformance with the UFSAR as described

!

in Sections 15.5.2.2 (detail M1.2) and Section 9.1 (detail E2.5). Discrepancies in

meeting Section 15.5.2.2. are described in detail M1.2 above.

!

Since the UFSAR does not specifically include security program requirements, the

inspector compared licensee activities to the NRC-approved physical security plan,

which is the applicable document. While performing the inspection discussed in this

report, the inspector reviewed Section 6.8 of the Plan, Revision 30, dated February

29,1996, titled, " Keys, Locks, Combinations, and Related Equipment" and

performed an inventory of the key storage cabinets using the licensee's lock and

key control procedure. The review disclosed that security keys and locks were

being maintained and controlled in accordance with the Plan and security program

procedures.

l

l

l

.

,

r

-

- , . . .

,

.

.

.

.

'

61

,-

PARTIAL LIST OF PERSONS CONTACTED

Licensee

Jere LaPlatney, Unit Director

Gerry Waig, Maintenance Manager

Jack Stanford, Operations Manager

James Pandolfo, Security Manager

i

Ron Sachatello, Radiation Protection Manager

Tom Cleary, Sr. Licensing Representative

George Townsend, Engineering

-

j

Robert McCarthy, Engineering

1

David Bazinet, Instrumentation and Controls

!]

D. Parker, Safety Analysis

M. Kai, Safety Analysis

i

Madison Long, Technical Support

]

NRC

1

Stephen Dembek, Haddam Neck Project Manager

!

4

i

k

4-

1

.

}

$

3

4

4

1

-

., _. _ ,.

.

.-

. .

_

-

.

__ _ . _ _ _

-

i

,

.

I

'

!

'

62

INSPECTION PROCEDURES USED

4

.

4

IP 40500:

Effectiveness of Licensee Controls in Identifying, Resolving, and Proventing

'

Problems

'

iP 60710:

Refueling Activities

i

IP 62703:

Maintenance Observation

!

IP 64704:

Fire Protection Program

i

IP 71707:

Plant Operations

i

IP 73051:

Inservice inspection - Review of Program

j

IP 73753:

Inservice inspection

IP 83729:

Occupational Exposure During Extended Outages

IP 83750:

Occupational Exposure

i

IP 92700:

Onsite Followup of Written Reports of Nonroutine Events at Power Reactor

l

Facilities

!

IP 92902:

Followup - Engineering

j

IP 92903:

Followup - Maintenance

!

IP 93702:

Prompt Onsite Response to Events at Operating Power Reactors

i

ITEMS OPEN, CLOSED, AND DISCUSSED

Open

j

96 11 01

eel

Failure to Have EOP for Fuel Drop Accident

96 11-02

eel

ineffective Corrective Actions for Inventory Control

96-11-03

eel

Inoperable SFB Ventilation System

96-11-04

eel

Inadequate instrument Setpoint Calculations

96-11-05

eel

inadequate Conective Actions for Instrument Failures

96-11-06

eel

inadequate PAB flood Protection

96-11-07

URI

SFPCS Single Failures

96-11-08

VIO

Inadequate Reporting of RHR Pump Failure

96 11-09

eel

Inoperable Boric Acid Heat Trace Instruments

96-11-10

eel

Containment Penetration Not Type B Tested

Closed

96-04-01

URI

May 23 Spent Fuel Event

95-02-03

IFl

Refueling Equipment Failures

94-22-02

VIO

AFW Supports

Discussed

i

96-02-03

URI

Control Room Habitability

96-01-03

URI

RVL!S Design Basis

93-01-01

IFl

Instrument Calibrations

j

i

-

.

I

e

63

!

!

ATTACHMENT A

!

Procedures Revised

'ODI 190, RCS Inventory in Modes 5 and 6

,

'ODI-193, Pre-Evolution Briefings

'NOP 2.611, Makeup to RCS During Modes 5 and 6

l

ODI-191, Shutdown Risk Awareness

l

ANN 4.24-1, Cavity High Level

'

ANN 4.24-2, Cavity Low Level

ANN 4.24-3, Reduced Inventory Low Level

ANN 4.24-4, Ultrasonic Low Level

  • NOP 2.6-12, Draining the RCS in Modes 5 and 6

NOP 2.6-1 A, Mode 5 or Mode 6 RCP Seal Water Supply

j

'NOP 2.6-98, Recirculation of 1B Charging Pump on the RWST

AOP 3.2 31 A, Reactor Coolant / Refueling Cavity Leak

i

NOP 2.3-5, Refueling Operations

,

NOP 26-2, Chemical and Volume Control System Operation

,

'

WCM 1,2-9, Outage Planning, Scheduling, and Implementation

l

WCM 2.2-8, Control of Heavy Loads

WCM 2.2-7, PAB/ Pipe Trench Floor Block Lifting Procedure

!

NOP 2.0-1, Shift Relief and Turnover

i

NOP 2.0-2, Shift Supervisors Operating Log

i

NOP 2.3-4, Shutdown from Hot Standby to Colo Shutdown

NOP 2.9-3, Refueling Cavity Filling

NOP 2.13 5A, Tracking / Establishing Modified Containment Integrity / Containment Closure

' AOP 3.2-63, Fuel Handling Accident

AOP 3.2-31 A, Reactor Coolant System Leak / Refueling Cavity Leak (Mode 5 and 6)

'

-indicates new procedures

'

- - _

-

__

_.

.

_,._

_ _ _ _ . .

_ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ .

. . _ . _ . - - .

..

.

.

,

i

i

l

64

1

LIST OF ACRONYMS USED

ACP

Administrative Control Procedure

ACR

Adverse Condition Report

AEC

Atomic Energy Commission

AEOD

Office for Analysis and Evaluation of Operational Data

ALARA

As Low As is Reasonably Achievable

ANN

Annunciator Response Procedure

ANSI

American National Standards Institute

!

i

AOP

Abnormal Operating Procedure

ASME

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

AWO

Authorized Work Order

CAR

Containment Air Recirculation

CAS

Central Alarm Station

i

- cfm

cubic feet per minute

j

CFR

Code of Federal Regulations

CLIS

Cavity Level Indication System

CMP

Corrective Maintenance Procedure

i

CVCS

Chemical and Volume Control System

l

CY

Connecticut Yankee

'

CYAPCo

Connecticut Yankee Atomic Power Company

EA

Escalated Action

.

EDG

Emergency Diesel Generator

ENG

Engineering Procedure

i

EOP

Emergency Operating Procedure

f

EP

Emergency Preparedness

EPIP

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure

ESF

Engineered Safety Feature

F

fahrenheit

l

gpm

gallons per minute

l

HECA

High Efficiency Charcoal Air

!

HEPA

High Efficiency Particulate Air

I&C

Instrument & Control

,

IDP

Ingersol Dresser Pump

l

IDS

Intrusion Detection Systems

i

IPAP

Integrated Performance Assessment Process

IR

Inspection Report

IRT

Independent Review Team

ISI

in-Service Inspection

,

'

LER

Licensee Event Report

LLRT

Local Leak Rate Testing

MOV

Motor Operated Valve

,

MTE

Measuring & Test Equipment

NOP

Normal Operating Procedure

NCV

Non-Cited Violation

NOV

Notice of Violation

r

NRC

Nuclear Regulatory Commission

1

!

I

w

1

!

..

.

,

. , . . .

_-

_

_ _ _ . _ _

-

.

,

.

k

65

NSO

Nuclear Side Operator

,

ODI

Operations Department instruction

OJT

On the Job Training

PA

Protected Area

PAB

Primary Auxiliary Building

PIR

Plant Inspection Report

PMP

Preventive Maintenance Procedure

PORC

Plant Operations Review Committee

PORV

Power Operated Relief Valve

ppm

parts per million

,

'

PPR

Plant Performance Review

psig

pounds per s quare inch

QA

Quality Assurance

RCS

Reactor Coolant System

RHR

Residual Heat Removal

{

RFO

Refueling Outage

'

RPWST

Recycle Primary Water Storage Tank

RWST

Refueling Water Storage Tank

SAS

Secondary Alarm Station

i

SFB

Spent Fuel Building

l

SFM

Security Force Members

SFP

Spent Fuel Pool

)

SRO

Senior Reactor Operator

!

ST

Special Test Procedure

SUR

Surveillance Procedure

SW

Service Water

i

T&Q

Training and Qualification

TPC

Temporary Procedure Change

TRM

Technical Requirement Manual

TS

Technical Specification

UFSAR

Updated Final Safety Analysis Report

VIO

Violation

VP

Vendor Procedure

WCC

Work Control Center

WCM

Work Control Manual

!